Solutions Manual

B OOK TWO
Solutions Manual
Brian Heimbecker
Igor Nowikow
Christopher T. Howes
Jacques Mantha
Brian P. Smith
Henri M. van Bemmel
Physics: Concepts and Connections
Book Two Solutions Manual
Authors
Brian Heimbecker
Igor Nowikow
Christopher T. Howes
Jacques Mantha
Brian P. Smith
Henri M. van Bemmel
NELSON First Folio Resource Group

Director of Publishing Project Management
David Steele Robert Templeton
Publisher Composition
Kevin Martindale Tom Dart
Project Editor Proofreading and Copy Editing

Lina Mockus-O’Brien Christine Szentgyorgi
Patricia Trudell
Editor
Kevin Linder Illustrations
Greg Duhaney
Claire Milne
COPYRIGHT © 2003 by Nelson, a ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this

division of Thomson Canada Limited. work covered by the copyright hereon
may be reproduced, transcribed, or used
Printed and bound in Canada. in any form or by any means—graphic,
1 2 3 4 05 04 03 02 electronic, or mechanical, including
photocopying, recording, taping, Web
For more information contact Nelson, distribution, or information storage and
1120 Birchmount Road Toronto, retrieval systems—without the written
Ontario, M1K 5G4. Or you can visit our permission of the publisher.
Internet site at http://www.nelson.com
For permission to use material from this
text or product, contact us by
Tel 1-800-730-2214
Fax 1-800-730-2215
www.thomsonrights.com
Every effort has been made to trace

ownership of all copyrighted material and
to secure permission from copyright
holders. In the event of any question
arising as to the use of any material, we
will be pleased to make the necessary
corrections in future printings.
Table of Contents
I Solutions to Applying the Concepts Questions II Answers to

End-of-chapter
Chapter 1 Chapter 5 Chapter 11
Conceptual
Section 1.3 1 Section 5.2 28 Section 11.4 49
Questions
1.4 1 5.3 28 11.5 49
1.6 1 5.4 29 11.6 49 Chapter 1 61
1.7 3 5.5 29 11.8 49 Chapter 2 63
1.8 3 5.6 30 11.9 50 Chapter 3 65
1.11 4 5.7 31 11.10 51 Chapter 4 66
1.12 5 Chapter 5 67
Chapter 6 Chapter 12
1.13 6 Chapter 6 68
Section 6.1 33 Section 12.2 52
1.14 6 Chapter 7 69
6.2 33 12.3 52
1.15 7 Chapter 8 71
6.3 34 12.4 52
Chapter 9 75
Chapter 2 12.5 53
Chapter 7 Chapter 10 77
Section 2.1 8 12.6 53
Section 7.2 36 Chapter 11 79
2.2 9 12.8 54
7.3 36 Chapter 12 80
2.3 10
7.4 36 Chapter 13 Chapter 13 81
2.4 11
7.5 37 Section 13.1 55 Chapter 14 83
2.5 12
7.6 38 13.2 55
2.6 13
7.7 38 13.3 55
2.7 14
7.8 38 13.4 56
2.8 15
7.9 39 13.5 56
III Solutions to End-
Chapter 3 7.10 39 13.6 57
of-chapter
Section 3.3 17 7.11 40 13.7 57
Problems
3.4 18 13.8 58
Chapter 8
3.5 18 Chapter 1 87
Section 8.4 41 Chapter 14
3.6 20 Chapter 2 95
8.5 41 Section 14.1 59
3.7 21 Chapter 3 107
8.6 42 14.2 59
3.8 22 Chapter 4 120
8.7 43 14.3 59
3.9 22 Chapter 5 126
8.8 44 14.4 59
Chapter 6 134
Chapter 4 8.9 44 14.5 59
Chapter 7 140
Section 4.2 24 14.6 60
Chapter 9 Chapter 8 151
4.3 24 14.7 60
Section 9.5 45 Chapter 9 160
4.4 25 14.8 60
Chapter 10 165
4.5 25 Chapter 10
Chapter 11 170
4.6 26 Section 10.2 47
Chapter 12 178
10.3 47
Chapter 13 183
10.4 48
Chapter 14 191
10.5 48
Table of Contents iii

PART 1 Solutions to Applying the Concepts
In this section, solutions have been provided only for problems requiring calculation.
Section 1.3 3. a) Since the question asks for the car’s

velocity, direction is important. Since the

24 h 60 min 60 s
1. (30 days)
1 day 1h 1 min direction is constant,
d
2.6 106 s (units cancel to give answer in vavg
seconds) t
9.0 m [E] 0 m [E]
vavg

1 mile 1 km
2. (7 furlongs) 1.4 km 8.0 s
8 furlong 0.63 mile
(units cancel to give answer in kilometres) vavg 1.1 m/s [E]
b) The car’s instantaneous velocity at 5 s can

20 oz 27.5 mL
3. (1 quart)
1 quart 1 oz be approximated by the difference between
5.5 102 mL (units cancel to give answer the distance travelled after 6 s and the
in millilitres) distance travelled after 5 s, divided by the
time during that interval:
Section 1.4 d
vavg

1. Since the question is asking for velocity, the t
answer must include a direction. Since the 8.0 m [E] 8.0 m [E]
vavg
direction in which the train travels is 6.0 s 5.0 s
constant, vavg 0 m/s
d
vavg
t Section 1.6
vavg 2.5 104 m [N] 1. v22 v12 2ad
1.8 103 s v22 v12
vavg 14 m/s [N] d
2a
2. a) Since the question is asking for average (600 m/s)2 (350 m/s)2
d
speed, direction is not required. 2(12.6 m/s2)
d d 9.4 103 m
vavg
t 2. 10 cm 1.0 101 m
8.0 km (v1 v2)t
vavg d
5.0 h 2
vavg 1.6 km/h 2d
v1 v2
b) Since the question is asking for average t
velocity, direction is required. 2(1.0 101 m)
v1 0.05 m/s
d 3.0 s
vavg
t v1 1.7 102 m/s
vavg 3.0 km [W] 5.0 km [E] 3. a) Igor: dI vIt
5.0 h 1
Brian: dB aBt2
vavg 3.0 km [E] 5.0 km [E] 2
5.0 h If they meet, dI dB 8.0 m
vavg 2.0 km [E] 1
vIt 8.0 m aBt2
5.0 h 2
vavg 0.40 km/h [E] 1
0 (2.8 m/s2)t2 (7.0 m/s)t 8.0 m
2
0 (1.4 m/s2)t2 (7.0 m/s)t 8.0 m
Solutions to Applying the Concepts 1

b bac
2
4 6. 100 km/h 27.8 m/s
t 1
2a d v1t at2
7.0 m/s
(7.0m/s)2
4(1
.4 m/s2
)(8.0
m)
2
t 1
2(1.4 m/s2) 500 m (27.8 m/s)t (30 m/s2)t2
2
7.0 m/s 2.05 m/s
t 0 (15 m/s2)t2 (27.8 m/s)t 500 m
2.8 m/s2
27.8 m/s
(27.8
m/s)2
4(1
5 m/s2
)(50
0 m)
t 3.2 s or t 1.8 s t 2
2(15 m/s )
We will take the lower value: t 1.8 s. t 4.9 s
1 1
b) dB (2.8 m/s2)(1.8 s)2 7. a) d v1t at2
2 2
dB 4.4 m 1
80 m (17 m/s)t (9.8 m/s2)t2
4. 8.0 cm 8.0 102 m 2
0 (4.9 m/s )t (17 m/s)t 80 m
2 2
v22 v12 2ad
17 m/s
(17 m
/s)2
4(4.9
m/s2)
(80
m)
v22 v12 t
a
2
2(4.9 m/s )
2d
t 2.7 s
(0 m/s)2 (350 m/s)2
a b) v22 v12 2ad
2(8.0 102 m)
v2 vad
1 2
2
a 7.7 105 m/s2

v2 (17
/s)m 2

2(9.8 (80
m/s2))
m
5. ttotal t1 t2 t3
v2 43 m/s
ttotal 3.0 s 6.0 s 10 s
v2 v1
ttotal 19.0 s 8. a) a
t
In the first 3.0 s, the truck travels a distance v2 v1
of: t (eq.1)
a
1
d1 (v1 v2)t1 v2 v1
2
1
d 2
t (eq. 2)
d1 (0 m/s 8.0 m/s)(3.0 s) Substituting equation 1 into equation 2,

2
v2 v1 v2 v1
d1 12 m d 2

a
Since the truck travels at a constant speed
2ad v2 v1 v2v1 v1v2
2 2
over the second interval,

v22 v12 2ad
d2 v2t2
v2 v1
d2 (8.0 m/s)(6.0 s) b) a
t
d2 48 m v1 v2 at (eq. 1)
For the final interval, v2 v1
1
d3 v1t3 at32
2
d 2
t (eq. 2)
1 Substituting equation 1 into equation 2,

d3 (8.0 m/s)(10 s) (2.5 m/s2)(10 s)2 v2 v2 at
d3 2.1 10 m 2
2 d 2
t
dtotal d1 d2 d3 1
d v2t at2
dtotal 12 m 48 m 2.1 102 m 2
dtotal 2.7 102 m
dtotal
vavg
ttotal
2.7 102 m
vavg
19.0 s
vavg 14 m/s
2 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Section 1.7 Section 1.8
1. a) v v 2ad
2 2
vt vt
2 1
1. a) at7.0s 2 1
Assuming up is positive, t2 t1
v22 v12
d
2a 55.0 m/s 51.0 m/s
at7.0s
0 (80.0 m/s)2 8.0 s 6.0 s
d
2(9.8 m/s2) at7.0s 2.0 m/s2
d 330 m 60 m/s 60 m/s
at12s
b) v2 v1 at 13 s 11 s
v2 v1 at12s 0 m/s2
t
a 32.0 m/s 8.0 m/s
at3.0s
0 80.0 m/s 4.0 s 2.0 s
t
9.8 m/s2 at3.0s 12 m/s2
t 8.16 s b) The distance travelled by Puddles from
c) 2(8.16 s) 16.3 s t 5.0 s to t 13 s can be found by
1 finding the area under the curve between
2. a) d v1t at2
2 those times. We must consider two
Assuming down is positive, separate intervals: between 5.0 s and 10 s,
1 and between 10 s and 13 s. The area under
30.0 m (4.0 m/s)t (9.8 m/s2)t2
2 the graph in the first interval can be
0 (4.9 m/s2)t2 (4.0 m/s)t 30.0 m
expressed as the sum of the areas of a
b bac2
4
t triangle and a rectangle:
2a
t1v1
4.0 m/s
(4.0 m/s)2
4(4.9
m/s2)
(30.
0 m) d1 t1v1
t 2
2(4.9 m/s )
2
(10 s 5.0 s)(60 m/s 50 m/s)
4.0 m/s 24.6 m/s d1
t 2
9.8 m/s2
(10 s 5.0 s)(50 m/s)
t 2.1 s
d1 275 m
1
b) d v1t at2 The area under the graph in the second
2
interval can be expressed as a rectangle:
Assuming down is positive,
1 d2 t2v2
30.0 m (4.0 m/s)t (9.8 m/s2)t2 d2 (13 s 10 s)(60 m/s 0 m/s)
2
0 (4.9 m/s2)t2 (4.0 m/s)t 30.0 m d2 180 m
b bac
2
4 dT d1 d2
t
2a dT 275 m 180 m
4.0 m/s
(4.0
m/s)2 4(4.9 m/s
2
)(30
.0 m) dT 455 m
t
2(4.9 m/s2) 2. a) For Super Dave, Sr.,
4.0 m/s 24.6 m/s d
t vavg
9.8 m/s2 t
t 2.9 s d
t
1 vavg
3. d v1t at2
2 50 m
Assuming down is positive, t
10 m/s
1
35 m v1(3.5 s) (9.8 m/s2)(3.5 s)2 t 5.0 s
2
v1 7.2 m/s or 7.2 m/s [up]

We can find the acceleration of Super For segment 2,
Dave, Jr. from the slope of his vt graph: d2 2.0 m 2.0 m
v d2 0 m
a
t vavg 0 m/s
2
6 m/s For segment 3,

a
2s d3 1.0 m 2.0 m
a 3 m/s2 d3 1.0 m
at2 t3 1.8 s 1.0 s
d v1t
2 t3 0.8 s
But v1 0 m/s, so d
at2 vavg 3
d
3
t3
2 1.0 m
vavg

t 2d 3
0.8 s

a vavg 1.25 m/s
3
t
2(50 m)
3 m/s2
For segment 4,
d4 2.2 m 1.0 m
t 6 s d4 1.2 m
b) Super Dave, Sr. wins the race by 1 s. t4 2.6 s 1.8 s
c) Super Dave, Sr.: t4 0.8 s
d d
vavg vavg 4
t 4
t4
d 1.2 m
t vavg
vavg 4
0.8 s
100 m vavg 1.5 m/s
t 4
10 m/s dtotal
b) vavg
t 10 s ttotal
Super Dave, Jr.: 2.2 m 0.5 m
at2 vavg
d v1t , where v1 0 m/s, so 2.2 s 0.0 s
2 vavg 0.65 m/s
2
at
d
2 Section 1.11

t 2d 1. a) Fn Forces are unbalanced as
a the force provided by the

2(100 m) kicker, Fk, will cause the
t 2
3 m/s ball to accelerate.
t 8 s Fk Ball
Super Dave, Jr. wins.
3. a) For segment 1,
d1 2.0 m 0.5 m Fg
d1 1.5 m
t1 0.6 s 0.0 s
t1 0.6 s
d
vavg 1
1
t1
1.5 m
vavg
1
0.6 s
vavg 2.5 m/s
1

b) Fsupport The forces are F
c) 1 m1a3
balanced. The 2
force he provides F1 2m1a3
on the gun, Fm, a
Fm FB will balance the a3 1
Gun 2
force of the 5.0 m/s2
a3
bullet. 2
Fg
a3 2.5 m/s2
2. F ma
c) Fbuoyant The forces are not balanced, as Fg Ff ma
the penny still accelerates Ff m( g a)
downward, but at a slower rate. Ff (90 kg)(9.8 m/s2 6.8 m/s2)
Penny Ff 270 N
3. v2 v12 2ad
2
v22 v12
a
2d
Fg (0 m/s)2 (15 m/s)2
a
2(4.5 103 m)
d) Fparachute These forces are balanced, and
the soldier falls downward at a a 2.5 104 m/s2
constant speed. F ma
F (8.0 102 kg)(2.5 104 m/s2)
Soldier F 2000 N
4. For the first kilometre,
1
d v1t a1t 2
2
Fg
1
d a1t2
2
Section 1.12 2d
a1
1. a) F1 m1a1 t2
F1 2(1000 m)
a1 a1
m1 (21.0 s)2
a1
10 N a1 4.54 m/s2
2.0 kg v22 v12 2ad
a1 5.0 m/s2 v2 2ad

b) F1 2m1a2 v2 2(4.54
(1000m/s2) m)
F1 v2 95.3 m/s
a2
2m1 For the last 1.4 km, the car’s acceleration is:
F1 v22 v12 2a2d
a1
m1 v22 v12
a a2
a2 1 2d
2 (0 m/s)2 (9.53 m/s)2
5.0 m/s2 a2
a2 2(1.40 103 m)
2 a2 3.24 m/s2
a2 2.5 m/s2 Ff ma2
Ff (600 kg)(3.24 m/s2)
Ff 1.94 103 N

During the first kilometre, the forces acting on F1-2 (m2 m3)a
the car are the force due to the engine and the F1-2 (5000 kg 4000 kg)(1.5 m/s2)
frictional force: F1-2 1.35 104 N
Fengine Ff ma1 The tension force in the rope between
Fengine ma1 Ff barges 2 and 3 can be found two ways:
Fengine (600 kg)(4.54 m/s2) i) The difference between the force
(1.94 103 N) required to accelerate all the barges at
Fengine 4.66 103 N a rate of 1.5 m/s2 minus the force
5. v2 v12 2ad
2
required to accelerate the first two
v22 v12 barges at the same rate:
a
2d F2-3 FT F12
(0 m/s)2 (28 m/s)2 F2-3 2.25 104 N
a
2(0.35 m) (6000 kg 5000 kg)(1.5 m/s2)
a 1.12 103 m/s2 F2-3 6.0 103 N
Fmitt ma ii) The force required to accelerate barge 3
Fmitt (0.25 kg)(1.12 103 m/s2) at a rate of 1.5 m/s2:
Fmitt 280 N F2-3 m3a
F2-3 (4000 kg)(1.5 m/s2)
Section 1.13 F2-3 6.0 103 N
1. a) Action: Foot striking the ball east
4. a) FT mTa
Reaction: Ball pushing west on the foot
Fsled FT (m1 m2)a
b) Action: Paddle pushing backward on the Fsled (Ff Ff )
water a 1 2
m1 m2
Reaction: Water pushing forward on the
700 N 200 N
paddle a
600 kg
c) Action: Balloon compressing and pushing
a 0.83 m/s2
air out
b) To find the tension force in the rope
Reaction: Air pushing back the other way
joining the two toboggans, we consider the
on the balloon
forces acting on the second toboggan:
d) Action: Earth’s gravity pulling down on the
FT m2a
apple
Frope Ff m2a
Reaction: Apple’s gravity pulling up on
Frope m2a Ff
Earth
Frope (300 kg)(0.83 m/s2) 100 N
e) Action: Gravitational force downward of
Frope 350 N
the laptop on the desk
Reaction: Normal force upward of the desk Section 1.14
on the laptop 1. a) Friction is the only force acting on the
3. a) FT mTa truck, so
FT (6000 kg 5000 kg 4000 kg) Ff ma
(1.5 m/s2) v2 v1
a
FT 2.25 104 N t
b) The tension force in the rope between m(v2 v1)
Ff
barges 1 and 2 is equal to the force t
required to accelerate barges 2 and 3 at a (4000 kg)(0 m/s 16.7 m/s)
Ff
rate of 1.5 m/s2. 10 s
Ff 6.7 10 N 3

b) Ff k Fn GmEarthmMoon
2. Fg
Fn mg r2
Ff kmg G(0.013)mEarth2
Fg
Ff r2
k
mg (6.67 1011 N
m2kg2)(0.013)(5.97 1024 kg)2
Fg
(3.82 108 m)2
6.7 103 N
k
(4000 kg)(9.8 m/s2) Fg 2.1 1020 N
k 0.17 Gm1m2
3. a) Fg
2. a) Since the toy duck is travelling at a
1
r2

constant velocity, it is not being acted upon 1 Gm1m2
Fg
by an unbalanced force. Therefore, the
2
8 r2
forces must have equal magnitudes and 1
Fg (Fg )
opposite directions.
2
8 1
b) From a), we know that the applied force, G(2m1)m2

b) Fg
Fapp, is equal in magnitude to the force due
2
(3r)2

to friction, Ff . 2 Gm1m2
Fg
Fn mg 92
r2
Fapp Ff 2
Fg (Fg )
Fapp k Fn 92 1
Fapp k mg G4m1m2
c) Fg
Fapp
2
(2r)2
a Gm1m2
m Fg
a k g
2
r2
a (0.15)(9.8 m/s2) Fg Fg
2 1
a 1.5 m/s2 1
4. (Fg ) Fg
3. Ff ma 2 Earth 2

k Fn ma 1 GmyoumEarth GmyoumEarth

kmg ma 2 rEarth2 (rEarth r2)2
a k g 1 1
2
v22 v12 2ad 2(rEarth ) rEarth 2rEarthr2 r22
2
v22 v12 r22 2rEarthr2 rEarth2 0

d
2 k g 2rEarth (2rEarth
)2 4(1)( rEarth2)
r2
(0 m/s)2 (22.2 m/s)2 2
d r2 2.6 106 m
2(0.60)(9.8 m/s2)
d 42 m GmyoumJupiter
5. Fg
rJupiter2
Section 1.15 GmyoumJupiter
myou gJupiter
Gm1m2 rJupiter2
1. Fg
r2 GmJupiter
gJupiter
(6.67 1011 N)(9.11 1031 kg)2 rJupiter2
Fg
(0.01 m)2 gJupiter (6.67 1011 N
m2kg2)(1.9 1027 kg)

67 (7.2 107 m)2
Fg 5.5 10 N
gJupiter 24 m/s2

Section 2.1 vw
tan
1. dA [E35°N] or [N55°E] vb
dB [S12°E] or [E78°S]

4.0 m/s
tan1
dC [S45°W] or [W45°S] 3.0 m/s
dD [W80°N] or [N10°W] 53°
2. a) In the N-S direction, vg 5.0 m/s [up 53° forward]
dy d cos 5. a) Component Method:
d y (50 m) cos 14° [S] vf v1 v2
d y 49 m [S] For the x components,
In the E-W direction, vfx v1x v2x
dx d sin vfx (50 m/s) cos 36° [W]
d x (50 m) sin 14° [E] (70 m/s) cos 20° [E]
d x 12 m [E] vfx (50 m/s) cos 36°
b) In the N-S direction (70 m/s) cos 20°
vy v sin vfx 25.3 m/s [E]
vy (200 m/s) sin 30° [S] For the y components,
vy 100 m/s [S] vfy v1y v2y
In the E-W direction, vfy (50 m/s) sin 36° [N]
vx v cos (70 m/s) sin 20° [S]
vx (200 m/s) cos 30° [W] vfy (50 m/s) sin 36°
vx 173 m/s [W] (70 m/s) sin 20°
c) In the N-S direction, vfy 5.45 m/s [N]
ay a sin vf vv x f
2
fy
2
a y (15 m/s2) sin 56° [N] vf (25.3 m/s) 2

5
(5.4
m/s)2
ay 12 m/s2 [N] vf 26 m/s
In the E-W direction, vf
tan x
ax a cos vf
y
x (15 m/s2) cos 56° [E]

a 25.3 m/s
tan1
x 8.4 m/s2 [E]
a 5.45 m/s
3. Horizontally, 78°
vx v cos vf 26 m/s [N78°E]
vx (5.0 m/s) cos 25° Sine/Cosine Method:
vx 4.5 m/s 54°
Vertically, 90° 54° 20°
vy v sin 16°
vy (5.0 m/s) sin 25° vf2 v12 v22 2v1v2 cos
vy 2.1 m/s vf2 (50 m/s)2 (70 m/s)2
4. vg vw vb 2(50 m/s)(70 m/s) cos 16°
vg 4.0 m/s [forward] 3.0 m/s [upward] vf 26 m/s
Since vw and vb are perpendicular, To find direction,
vg vv v1 vf
w
2 2
b
vg (4.0
/s) m 2
/s)
(3.0 m 2 sin sin
vg 5.0 m/s 50 m/s 25.9 m/s

sin sin 16°
32°

To find , For the y components,
180° 54° nety F
F 1y F
2y F
3y
78°
Fnety (200 N) sin 30° [N]
vf 26 m/s [N78°E] (100 N) cos 35° [S]
Fnety (200 N) sin 30°
20°
ϕ v2 (100 N) cos 35°
θ
Fnety 18.08 N [N]
γ Fnet F net
2
Fnet 2
v1 x y
β Fnet (24.15
N)2 8(18.0
N)2
36°
vf
Fnet 30.1 N
b) 37° (parallel line theorem) Fnet
tan x
180° 53° 37° (supplementary Fnet

y
angles theorem)

24.15 N
tan1
90° 18.08 N
Sine/cosine Method: 53°
df2 d12 d22 2d1d2 cos
Fnet 30.1 N [N53°W]
df2 (28 m)2 (40 m)2 6. vx v2 sin 40° v1 sin 15°
2(28 m)(40 m) cos 90° vx 25.8 m/s [W]
df 49 m vy v2 cos 40° (v1 cos 15°)
To find direction, vy 1.17 m/s [N]
df d1 v (25.8
m/s)2
(1.17 m/s)2

sin sin v 26 m/s
49 m 28 m

25.8 m/s
sin 90° sin tan1
1.17 m/s
28 m 87°
sin
49 m v 26 m/s [N87°W]
35°
To find , Section 2.2
180° 37° 1. a) vog vmg vom
18° vmg
f 49 m [W18°N] cos
d vom
5.0 km/h
γ
cos
20 km/h
df
76°
d2 β The ship’s heading is [S76°E].
ϕ 37°
53° θ d1 b) v2og v2om v2mg
vog (20 km /h)2
(5.0 k
m/h)2
c) Component Method: vog 19 km/h [E]
net F
F 1 F2 F3 d
c) t
For the x components, v
netx F
F 1x F2x F 3x 100 km
netx 140 N [W] (200 N) cos 30° [E] t
F 19 km/h
(100 N) sin 35° [W] t 5.2 h
Fnetx 140 N (200 N) cos 30°
(100 N) sin 35°
Fnetx 24.15 N

Fnetx 24.15 N [W]

vmg b) vom (2.0 m/s)2
(0.50
m/s)2
2. a) sin
vom vom 1.9 m/s [E]

0.50 m/s d
sin1 t
3.0 m/s vom
9.6° t
5.0 m
The girl’s heading is [N9.6°E]. 1.9 m/s
b) The girl: t 2.6 s
vg (3.0 m /s)2 (0.50
m/s)2
vg 2.96 m/s [N] Section 2.3
1
t
d 1. a) dy vi t ay t2
v
y
2
1
t
500 m 15 m (0 m/s)t (9.8 m/s2)t2
2.96 m/s 2
t 169 s 30 m
t2 2
9.8 m/s
The boy:
d t 1.7 s
t 1
v b) dx vi t axt2
500 m
x
2
t 1
3.0 m/s dx (25 m/s)(1.7 s) (0 m/s2)t2
2
t 167 s
dx 43 m
c) The boy travels an extra distance west of
v2 v1
the girl’s landing point, caused by the 2. a) ay y y
t
horizontal component of his velocity (equal
v2 v1
to the river’s current). t y y
a
d vt
0 m/s (35 m/s) sin 40°
d (0.50 m/s)(167 s) t
9.8 m/s2
d 83 m
t 2.3 s
d) The time required for the boy to run the
b) Since the curve Blasto travels is
extra 83 m at 5.0 m/s is 17 s. The boy’s
symmetrical (a parabola), the time he takes
total time is 167 s 17 s 184 s. The
to reach maximum height is the same as
girl’s time was 169 s. She wins the race.
the time he takes to reach the ground.
3. vpw vsw vps
ttotal 2(2.3 s)
v2pw v2sw v2ps
ttotal 4.6 s
v2pw (10 km /h)2 (6.0 k
m/h)2
Solving for horizontal distance,
vpw 12 km/h 1
10 km/h dx vi t axt2
tan
x
2
6.0 km/h dx (35 m/s) cos 40°(4.6 s)
59° dx 120 m
vpw 12 km/h [N59°E] 3. a) To find the time required for the bomb to
4. a) vog vom vmg reach the ground,
vmg 1
cos dy vi t ayt2
vog y
2
200 m (97.2 m/s) cos 25°t

0.50 m/s
cos1
2.0 m/s 1
(9.8 m/s2)t2
76° 2
Terry must throw at [S76°E]. 200 m (88.1 m/s)t (4.9 m/s2)t2

0 (88.1 m/s)t (4.9 m/s2)t2 Equating equations 1 and 2,
200 m vi sin 250 m
g
2
88.1 m/s
(88.1
m/s)
4(4
2
.9 m/s
2
)(20
0 m) 4.9 m/s vi cos
t
g

2(4.9 m/s2) (250 m)(4.9 m/s2)
vi 2
t 2.0 s
g
sin cos
To calculate the horizontal distance, 1225 m2/s2
vi 2
1
g
sin 17°cos 17°
dx vi t axt2
2
x
vi 66 m/s
g
Since there is no horizontal acceleration, vi 66 m/s, 17° above the horizontal
g
dx vi t x
dx (97.2 m/s) sin 25°(2.0 s) Section 2.4

dx 82 m 1.
Fp
F1 F2

Fp 200 N [N] 300 N [W]
b) The y component of the final velocity, vfy, is
vf 2 vi 2 2ad Fp F F
1
2
2
2
Fp (200
) N00 (3 N)2
y y
2
vf 2 [(97.2 m/s) cos 25°]2
Fp 361 N
y
2(9.8 m/s2)(200 m)
vf 108 m/s
F
tan 2 F2
y
F1 Fp
vf (97.2 m/s) sin 25°
x θ
300 N
vf 41.1 m/s tan
x
200 N F1
vf (108
/s) m 2
m/s)
(41.1 2
56°
vf 115.6 m/s Ff
41.1 m/s
tan
Fp 361 N [N56°W]
108 m/s
21° For the frictional force,
vf 116 m/s inclined at 21° to the vertical Ff kmg
4. Since the time it takes for the ball to hit the Ff 0.23(200 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
green is not given, we can find two time- Ff 451 N
related equations (one for the horizontal This is the maximum force of friction between
component and one for the vertical the stove and the floor. However, friction only
acts to oppose motion, so F f 361 N [S56°E].
component), for the golf ball’s velocity, equate

Fnet Fp F
f
both equations, and solve for horizontal

Fnet 361 N [N56°W] 361 N [S56°E]
velocity. For the vertical component,
1 net 361 N[N56°W] 361 N [N56°W]
F
dy vi t ayt2
y
2 Fnet 0 N
Since the change in height is 0 m, Fnet ma
1 Fnet
0 (vi sin )t (9.8 m/s2)t2 a
g
2 m
(4.9 m/s2)t vi sin 0N
g
a
vi sin 200 kg
t g
(eq. 1)
4.9 m/s2 a 0 m/s2
For the horizontal component, Since the frictional force is stronger than the
1
dx vi t axt2 force provided by the people’s pushing, the
2x
stove does not move.

250 m (vi cos )t g
250 m
t (eq. 2)
vi cos g

2. a) F net F 1 F 2 F 3 Adding the y components,

Fnet 25 N [S16°E] 35 N [N40°E]
F2y (50.0 N) sin 15° [S] (100 N) cos 25° [S]
45 N [W]
F2y 103.6 N [S]
Adding the x components, F2 F
x 2
2
y
F2 2

Fnetx F 1x F 2x F 3x F2 (6.03
N) 2

(103.6
N)2

Fnetx (25 N) sin 16° [E] F2 104 N
(35 N) sin 40° [E] 45 N [W] tan
F2 y
Fnetx (25 N) sin 16° F2 x
(35 N) sin 40° 45 N 103.6 N

tan
Fnetx 15.6 N 6.03 N
netx 15.6 N [W]
F 86.7°
Adding the y components, 90° 86.7°

Fnety F 1y F 2y F 3y 3.3°

F2 104 N [S3.3°W]
Fnety (25 N) cos 16° [S]
(35 N) cos 40° [N] 4. The only two forces in the x direction are Fx
Fnety (25 N) cos 16° and Ff.
net F
F x F f
(35 N) cos 40°

Fnety 2.78 N [N] Fx F cos 45°
Fnet Fnet 2 Fnet 2 Fx (250 N) cos 45°
x y
Fnet (15.6 N) 2

(2.78
N)2 Fx 177 N
Fnet 15.8 N Ff kFn
Fnet
Fn Fg F y
tan x
y
Fnet Fn mg F sin 45°
15.6 N Fn (20 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 177 N
tan
2.78 N Fn 372 N
80° Ff (0.40)(372 N)

Fnet 15.8 N [N80°W] Ff 149 N
b) Fnet ma Fnet 177 N 149 N

Fnet Fnet 27.9 N

a
m Fnet ma
16 N [N80°W] Fnet
a a
80 kg m

a 0.20 m/s2 [N80°W] 27.9 N
a
net ma
3. F 20 kg
net (0.250 kg)(200 m/s2 [W15°S])
F a 1.38 m/s2

Fnet 50.0 N [W15°S]

Fnet F 1 F 2 Section 2.5

F2 F net F 1 1. The only two unbalanced forces are F|| and Ff.
2 50.0 N [W15°S] 100 N [N25°W]
F Fnet F|| Ff (eq. 1)
2 50.0 N [W15°S] 100 N [S25°E]
F F|| Fg sin 25° (eq. 2)
Adding the x components, Ff Fn

F2x (50.0 N) cos 15° [W] Ff Fg cos 25° (eq. 3)
(100 N) sin 25° [E]

F2x 6.03 N [W]

Substituting equations 2 and 3 into equation 1, For the deceleration on ramp 2,
Fnet Fg sin 25° Fg cos 25° Fnet F|| Fn
Fnet Fg(sin 25° cos 25°) ma mg sin 25° (0.1)mg cos 25°
Fnet (2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(sin 25° cos 25°) a 5.02 m/s2
Fnet (19.6 N)(sin 25° cos 25°) For d,
Fnet 6.51 N v32 v22 2ad
Fnet ma (0 m/s)2 (9.9 m/s)2 2(5.02 m/s2)d
6.51 N (2.0 kg)a d 9.8 m
a 3.26 m/s2 4. Fnet m(0.60g)
1 Fnet also equals the sum of all forces in the
d vit at2
2 ramp surface direction:
1
Fnet F|| F
f F
engine
4.0 m (3.26 m/s2)t2
2 m(0.60g) mg sin 30° Fn Fengine
8.0 m

t 2
3.26 m/s
m(0.60g) mg sin 30° (0.28)mg cos 30°
Fengine
t 1.6 s Fengine (0.60)mg mg sin 30°
2. Since there is no friction, the only force that (0.28)mg cos 30°
prevents the CD case from going upward is Fengine mg(0.60 sin 30°
the deceleration due to gravity, F||. (0.28) cos 30°)
Fnet F|| Fengine 3.36m N
Fnet Fg sin 20°
Since Fnet ma, Section 2.6
ma mg sin 20° 1. a) For m1,
a g sin 20° Fnet m1a
a 3.35 m/s2 T m1 g m1a (eq. 1)
v2 v1 For m2,
a
t Fnet m2a
v2 v1 m2 g T m2a (eq. 2)
t
a Adding equations 1 and 2,
4.0 m/s m2 g m1 g a(m1 m2)
t 2
3.35 m/s m2 g m1 g
t 1.2 s a
m1 m2
3. To find the distance the skateboarder travels (15 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 0.20(10 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
up the ramp, we need to find the velocity of a
25 kg
the skateboarder entering the second ramp at 5.1 m/s2 [right]
a
v1. Since there is no change in velocity on the Substitute a into equation 2:
horizontal floor, v1 v2. T m2 g m2a
For the acceleration on ramp 1, T 71 N
Fnet F|| b) For m1,
ma mg sin 30° Fnet m1a
a g sin 30° T m1 g sin 35° m1 g cos 35° m1a
a 4.9 m/s2 (eq. 1)
v22 v12 2ad For m2,
v22 0 m/s 2(4.9 m/s2)(10 m) Fnet m2a
v2 9.9 m/s m2 g T m2a (eq. 2)

Adding equations 1 and 2, Adding equations 1, 2, and 3,
m2 g m1 g sin 35° m1 g cos 35° m1 g sin 30° m3 g a(m1 m2 m3)
a(m1 m2) m1 g sin 30° m3 g
a
g(m2 m1 sin 35° m1 cos 35°) m1 m2 m3
a
m1 m2 (30 kg)(9.8 m/s2)sin 30° (10 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
a
60 kg
(9.8 m/s2)[5.0 kg (3.0 kg) sin 35° 0.18(3.0 kg) cos 35°]
a
8.0 kg 0.82 m/s2 [left]
a
3.5 m/s2 [right]
a Substitute a into equation 3:
Substitute a into equation 2: T2 m3a m3 g
T m2 g m2a T2 (10 kg)(0.82 m/s2) (10 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
T (5.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2) (5.0 kg)(3.5 m/s2) T2 106 N
T 32 N Substitute a into equation 2:
c) For m1, T1 m2a T2
Fnet m1a T1 106 N (20 kg)(0.82 m/s2)
T m1 g sin 40° 1m1 g cos 40° m1a T1 122 N
(eq. 1)
For m2, Section 2.7
Fnet m2a v2
1. ac
m2 g sin 60° T 2m2 g cos 60° m2a r
(25 m/s)2
(eq. 2) ac
Adding equations 1 and 2, 30 m
m2 g sin 60° 2m2 g cos 60° ac 21 m/s2
d
m1 g sin 40° 1m1 g cos 40° 2. v
t
a(m1 m2)

2r
g(m2 sin 60° 2m2 cos 60° m1 sin 40° 1m1 cos 40°)
v 25
a
m1 m2
t
v2
ac
a (9.8 m/s2)[(30 kg) sin 60° 0.30(30 kg) cos 60° (20 kg) sin 40° 0.20(20 kg) cos 40°]

50 kg r

a 1.1 m/s2 [right] 25002r
ac
Substitute a into equation 1: t2
25002(1.3 m)
T m1a m1 g sin 40° 1m1 g cos 40° ac
(60 s)2
T (20 kg)(1.1 m/s2) (20 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
sin 40° (0.20)(20 kg)(9.8 m/s2) ac 8.9 m/s2
cos 40°
v2
T 1.8 102 N 3. ac
r
d) For m1, a) If v is doubled, ac increases by a factor of 4.
Fnet m1a b) If the radius is doubled, ac is halved.
m1 g sin 30° T1 m1a (eq. 1) c) If the radius is halved, ac is doubled.
For m2, 2r
Fnet m2a 4. a) v , where
T
T1 T2 m2a (eq. 2) r 3.8 105 km
For m3, r 3.8 108 m
Fnet m3a T 27.3 days
T2 m3 g m3a (eq. 3) T 2.36 106 s

v2 b) Fc mac
ac v2
r Fc (10 kg)
42r r
ac Fc 24 N
T2
42(3.8 108 m) c) Friction holds the child to the merry-go-
ac round and causes the child to undergo
(2.36 106 s)2
ac 2.7 103 m/s2 circular motion.
b) The Moon is accelerating toward Earth. 2. Tension acts upward and the gravitational
c) The centripetal acceleration is caused by force (mg) acts downward. Fc Fnet and
the gravitational attraction between Earth causes Tarzan to accelerate toward the point
and the Moon. of rotation (at this instant, the acceleration is
5. r 60 mm straight upward).
r 0.06 m Fc mac
ac 1.6 m/s2 mv2
T mg
v2 r
ac
v2
v a
r
cr
Tm g
r
v 0.31 m/s (4 m/s)2
6. Since d 500 m, r 250 m
T (60 kg) 9.8 m/s2
2.5 m
2r T 9.7 10 N2
v
T 3. Both tension and gravity act downward.
1
f Fc mac
T mv2
v 2rf T mg
r
ac g When T 0,
v2 mv2
ac mg
r r
g 42rf 2 v gr

g
v (9.8
/s m 2 )(1.
2
f m)
42r v 3.4 m/s
9.8 m/s2

f
42(250 m)
4. a) N cos 20°
N
f 0.0315 rotations/s
N sin 20°
f (0.0315 rotations/s)

60 s 60 min 24 h

mg
1 min 1h 1 day
20°
f 2724 rotations/day
b) Fc mg tan 20°
Section 2.8 mv2
d mg tan 20°
1. a) v r
t v rg tan20°
20(2r)
v v (100 m)(9.8 m
/s2) tan 20°
180 s
v 19 m/s
v 3.5 m/s
c) The horizontal component of the normal
force provides the centre-seeking force.

d) If the velocity were greater (and the radius 4002r3 10(2r)
GmM , where v
remained the same), the car would slide up T 2
T
the bank unless there was a frictional force r height of orbit rM
to provide an extra centre-seeking force. r 1.9 105 m 1.74 106 m
The normal force would not be sufficient r 1.93 106 m
to hold the car along its path.
e) Friction also provides a centre-seeking
T
4002r3
GmM
force. 400 (1.93 10 m)
T
2 6 3

5. G 6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2, mE 5.98 1024 11
(6.67 10
2 2
N
m /kg )(7.77 10 kg)
22
kg T 7.4 104 s
Fc mMac
GmEmM mMv2
2
r r
GmE v r2
42r3 2r
GmE , where v
T2 T
42r3
T
GmE
4 (3.4 10 m)
T
2 8 3

11
(6.67 10
2 2
N
m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
24
T 1.97 10 s 6
T 22.8 days
6. G 6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2,
mE 5.98 1024 kg, rE 6.37 106 m
Fc mHac
GmEmH mHv2
2
r r
GmE v r2

GmE
v
r
r height of orbit rE
r 6.00 105 m 6.37 106 m
r 6.97 106 m

GmE
v
r
11
(6.67 10 N
m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
2 2 24
v

6.97 10 m
6
v 7.57 10 m/s3
7. G 6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2

mM (0.013)mE
mM 7.77 1022 kg
rM 1.74 106 m
Fc mApolloac
GmMmApollo mApollov2

r2 r
GmM v r2

Section 3.3 c) Fnet 2Tv Fg
1. Fnet ma
Fnet 0
Fg 2Tv
Th = 1.0 × 104 N 2T sin
Tv m
g
2(85 N) sin 1.5°
60° m
9.8 N/kg
Th
m 0.45 kg
Horizontal: 4. a)
Th T cos 60° FB FB
θ
Th (1.0 104 N) cos 60°
1.90 m
Th 5.0 103 N pail +
Vertical: θ
Tv T sin 60° 0.65 m
Tv (1.0 104 N) sin 60°

Tv 8.7 103 N Fg = mg
2. 1.90 m
tan
Tv 0.650 m
+ 71.1°
Fnet mg 2FBv
Ta = 100.0 N Ta = 100.0 N Fnet ma
70° 70°
Fnet 0
0 mg 2FB sin
Fnet Tv TA TA mg
FB
Fnet ma 2 sin
Fnet 0 (4.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
FB
Tv TA TA 2 sin 71.1°
Tv 2TA FB 20.7 N
Tv 2(100.0 N) cos 70° b) Fh FB cos
Tv 68.4 N Fh (20.7 N) cos 71.1°
3. a) 5° 5° Fh 6.71 N
T = 85 N T = 85 N c) Fv FB sin
+ Fv (20.7 N) sin 71.1°
bag
v 19.6 N [down] (not including the
F
weight of the beams)
6. Fn
Ff
Fg = mg T
θ
b) dv (1.5 m) sin 1.5° boat
dv 0.039 m
dv 3.9 cm F
F||
F|| mg sin
Ff mg cos
Fnet T Ff F||
Fnet ma

Fnet 0 w 1000 kg/m3
T F|| Ff 1000 cm3
T mg sin mg cos
Vw (10.0 L)
1L
T mg(sin cos ) 1 m3
T (400.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
1.00 106 cm3
(sin 30° (0.25) cos 30°) Vw 0.0100 m3
T 1.11 103 N mw w·Vw
mw (1000 kg/m3)(0.0100 m3)
Section 3.4 mw 10.0 kg
1. a) Fg mg
Fg (10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Fg 98.0 N
Fg = mg
1.50 m b) Position B provides the greatest torque
because the weight is directed at 90° to the
45.0 kg
wheel’s rotation.
c) A rF sin
50°
A (2.5 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 45°
b) rF sin A 1.7 102 N·m
rmg sin B rF sin
(1.50 m)(45.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 40° B (2.5 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 90°
425 N·m B 2.4 102 N·m
2. a) 2.0 103 N·m C A
r 1.5 m C 1.7 102 N·m
90° d) A larger-radius wheel or more and larger
F? compartments would increase the torque.
rF sin
Section 3.5
F 1.
r sin
2.0 103 N·m 20.0 kg P
F
(1.5 m) sin 90°
F 1.3 103 N
0.75 m
3. 3.0 m
90°
A
10.0 L
r1 ?
2.5 m
m1 45.0 kg

0.75
B m2 20.0 kg
3.0
m2 5.0 kg
0.75 m
C r2
2
r2 0.375 m
a) Vw 10.0 L m3 20.0 kg m2
m3 15.0 kg

3.0 m 0.75 m At maximum height:
r3
2 H (1.75 m)(45 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 75.5°
r3 1.12 m H 7.5 102 N·m
0 1 2 3 %
(7.7 102 N·m 7.5 102 N·m) 100
7.7 10 N·m
2
0 r1F1 sin 1 r2F2 sin 2 r3F3 sin 3

% 2.6%
r3F3 r2F2
r1 3. P
F1
(1.12 m)(15.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (0.375 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
r1
(45.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
40°
r1 0.332 m
2. a) 1.7 m
40°
F1
Fg 50°
4.0 m
a) 1 2 0
t-t rF sin r1F1 sin rcmFg sin
(1.0 m)(30.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) rcmFg sin
t-t F1
2 r1 sin
t-t 147 N·m (0.375 m)(5.00 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F1
This torque applies to both sides of the 0.75 m
teeter-totter, so the torques balance each
F1 24.5 N
other. b) Frv Fv2 0
b) Frv Fv2
rh = 1.75 m
rl = ? Frv (5.00 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

Frv 49 N [up]
Frh Fh1 0
Frh Fh1
Frh 24.5 N
H L 0 rh 24.5 N [left]
F
L H The vertical reaction force is 49 N [up]
rHmH g and the horizontal reaction force is 24.5 N
rL
mL g [left].
(1.75 m)(45.0 kg) 4.
rL F4 F3
30.0 kg
rL 2.63 m
P
c)
F1
2.0 m F2
0.50 m θ 1.6 m 0.4 m
1 2 3 0

0.5 m r1F1 r2F2 r3FR3 0
cos
2.0 m 0.75 m
r1
75.5° 2
At the horizontal position: r1 0.375 m
H (1.75 m)(45 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
H 7.7 102 N·m

2.0 m 2. F2
r2
2
r2 1.0 m
r3 1.60 m
90° θ2
F1 = Fn 4 cm
P
sin 1
r1F1 r2F2
F3 +
r3
8 cm
(0.375 m)(120.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (1.0 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F3
1.60 m
θ1
3 306 N [up]

F
F4 F1 F2 F3 1 2 0
F4 (120.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 2 1
(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 306 N 2 1

FRP 919 N [up] r2F2 sin 2 r1F1 sin 1
Left saw horse: 919 N [up] r1F1 sin 1
F2
Right saw horse: 306 N [up] r2 sin 2
(8.0 102 m)(27 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin
F2
Section 3.6 (4.0 102 m) sin
1. τ F2 529.2 N
F2 5.3 102 N
48 m 45° The angle makes no difference — it cancels
+
out.
3. 30 cm
FL 45 cm
Fm Fg–b
11° 15°
Fw P Fg–s
45° a) m b s 0

rw 48.0 cm m b s 0
rw 0.480 m m b s
mw 10.0 kg rmFm sin m rbFb sin b rsFs sin s
48.0 cm rbFb sin b rsFs sin s
rL Fm
2 rm sin m
rL 24.0 cm
rbmb g sin b rsms g sin s
rL 0.240 m Fm
rm sin m
mL 5.00 kg rg sin (mb ms)
w L 0 Fm
rm sin m
w L
(rwFw sin 45°) Fm (75 10–2 m)(9.8 N/kg) sin 75°[(0.57)85 kg19.0 kg]

(45 10–2 m) sin 11°
(rLFL sin 45°) Fm 5.57 103 N (tension)

(0.480 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
sin 45° (0.240 m)(5.00 kg)
(9.8 N/kg) sin 45°
41.6 N·m [clockwise]

Reaction forces: Three-wheeled ATV:
0
Fpy
Fmy
Fby
Fsy
Fpy Fmy Fby Fsy
Fpy (5.57 103 N)(sin 4°)
(19.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) θ
Top View
(0.57)(85 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Fpy 1049.6 N 1.25 m

Fpy 1.05 103 N [up]
0
Fpx
Fmx
Fbx
Fsx
Fpx Fmx Fbx Fsx
Fpx (5.57 103 N)(cos 4°) 0 0

Fpx 5.55 103 N [right]
0.6 m
τ
Horizontal force: 1.49 103 N [right]; vertical
force: 7.65 102 N [up]
0.55 m θ
Section 3.7 x
34.0 cm
1. a) sin 43°
htipped
34.0 cm
htipped 0.7 m
sin 43°
htipped 49.8 cm
34.0 cm 0.6 m
b) tan 43°
hstraight
34.0 cm
hstraight Back View
tan 43°
hstraight 36.5 cm
2. Four-wheeled ATV: θ
T
1.0 m
m
θ
1.0
x
θ θT
0.6 m
0.60 m
0.60 m tan
tan T 1.25 m
1.0 m 25.64°
T 31.0° x
sin
0.55 m
x (0.55 m)(sin 25.64°)
x 0.237 m
0.237 m
tan T
1.00 m
tan T 13.3°

Section 3.8

d 2

1. k 16.0 N/m 2
A
∆x 30.0 cm 4
∆x 30.0 102 m

F

a) F k∆x A
E
F (16.0 N/m)(30.0 102 m) L
F 4.80 N

L
b) F ma FL
F E
a AL
m AEL
4.80 N F
a L
2.7 103 kg

d 2
a 1.78 103 m/s2 EL
2
2. Fg (67.5 kg)(9.8 N/m) F
4L
Fg 661.5 N
0.29 103 m 2
F kx
(200 109 N/m2)(0.22 103 m)
2
F F
4(0.90 m)
k
x F 0.807 N
661.5 N
k For nylon,
1.0 102 m Enylon 5 109 N/m2
k 66150 N/m

4FL
d2
k 6.61 104 N/m EL
Fg-truck mg

4(0.807 N)(0.90 m)
Fg-truck (2.15 103 kg)(9.8 N/kg) d 2
(5 109 N/m2)(0.22 103 m)
Fg-truck 2.1 104 N d 1.83 mm
This weight is distributed equally over four d 1.83 103 m
springs. 2. Emarble 50 109 N/m2
2.1 104 N A 3.0 m2
Fs
4 springs
m 3.0 104 kg
Fs 5267.5 N/spring F
F a) Stress
x s A
k
(3.0 104 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
5267.5 N/spring Stress
x 3.0 m2
6.6150 104 N/m
Stress 9.8 104 N/m2
x 0.0796 m Stress
x 8.0 102 m b) E
Strain
3. F kx Stress
F (120 N/m)(30.0 102 m) Strain
E
F 36 N 9.8 104 N/m2
Strain
50 109 N/m2
Section 3.9 Strain 2.0 106
1. d 0.29 mm
L 0.90 m
∆L 0.22 mm
Esteel 200 109 N/m2

c) L 15 m
∆L ?
L
Strain
L
L L(Strain)
L (15 m)(2.0 106)
L 3.0 105 m
3. a) Compressive strength of bone
17 107 N/m2
dbone 4.0 102 m
Bone cross-sectional area is:
A r2
A (2.0 102 m)2
A 1.26 103 m2
200 kg
Fg Fg
— —
2 2
F
Fb g
2
mg
Fb
2
F
Breakage occurs if b Strength
A

mg

F 2
b
A A

mg

2
Strength
A
2(Strength)A
m
g
2(17 107 N/m2)(1.26 103 m2)
m
9.8 N/kg
m 4.4 10 kg
4

1.
p mv 1. a) J Ft

p (8 kg)(16 m/s [W20°N]) J (3257 N [forward])(1.3 s)

p 128 kg·m/s [W20°N] J 4234.1 N·s [forward]

p 1.3 102 kg·m/s [W20°N] J 4.2 103 N·s [forward]
2. p 9.0 104 kg·m/s [E] b) J Ft
J ma t

1000 m 1h
v (72 km/h [E])
v2 v1

1 km 3600 s J m
v 20 m/s [E] t
t
p J m(v2 v1)
m
v J (0.030 kg)(200 m/s 0 m/s)
9.0 104 kg·m/s J 6.0 N·s [out of gun]
m
20 m/s c) J Ft
m 4.5 103 kg J ma t
3. a) p mv J (0.500 kg)(9.8 N/kg [down])(3.0 s)

p (0.5 kg)(32 m/s [S]) J 14.7 N·s [down]

p 16 kg·m/s [S] J 15 N·s [down]
Using a scale factor of 1 mm 1 kg·m/s,
2. p p2 p1
p mv2 mv1

p = 16 kg·m/s [S] m(v2 v1)
p
(54 kg)(20 m/s [up] 25 m/s [down])
p
(54 kg)(20 m/s [up] 25 m/s [up])
p
b)
p mv (54 kg)(45 m/s [up])
p

p (0.5 kg)(45 m/s [N]) 2.4 103 N·s [up]
p

p 22.5 kg·m/s [N] J
3. a) F
t
2.5 103 N·s
p = 22.5 kg·m/s [N] F
0.2 s
F 1.3 104 N
b) v1 0

c) p p2
p1 v2 120 km/h

p 22.5 kg·m/s [N] 16 kg·m/s [S] v2 33.3 m/s
22.5 kg·m/s [N] 16 kg·m/s [N]
p v2 v1
a
38.5 kg·m/s [N]
p t
33.3 m/s 0 m/s
a
0.2 s
a 166.7 m/s2
1
p = 38.5 kg·m/s [N] d v1t at2
2
1
d (0 m/s)(0.2 s) (166.7 m/s2)(0.2 s)2
2
d 3.3 m

1
4. a) J bh v2f 2.0 m/s [forward]
2
4. m1 m, m2 80m, m(12) 81m, v(12)o ?,
J 1(5 s)(25 N [S]) v1f 1.5 106 m/s, v2f 4.5 103 m/s,
2
J 62.5 N·s [S] po 7.9 1017 kg·m/s
po pf
b) J Area under triangle rectangle
po m1v1f m2v2f
J 1(500 250 N [W])(3 s) 7.9 1017 kg·m/s m(1.5 106 m/s)
2
80m(4.5 103 m/s)
(250 N [W])(6 s)
J 1875 N·s [W] 7.9 1017 kg·m/s m[1.5 106 m/s
80(4.5 103 m/s)]
c) J Area above area below (counting the
7.9 1017 kg·m/s
squares: approximately) m
1.5 106 m/s 80(4.5 103 m/s)
J (13 squares above) (4 squares
m 6.9 1023 kg
below)
5. m1 5m, v1o v, v(12)f ?, m2 4m, v2o 0
J 9 squares
po pf
Multiplying 9 by the length and width of
m1v1 m2v2 (m1 m2)v(12)f
each square,
J 9(0.05 s)(100 N [E]) (5m)(v) (4m)(0) (5m 4m)v(12)f
J 45 N·s [E] 5mv 9mv(12)f
5
v(12)f v
9
Section 4.4
1. m1 1.2 kg, v1o 6.4 m/s, v1f 1.2 m/s, Section 4.5
m2 3.6 kg, v2o 0, v2f ? 1. m1 m2 2.0 kg, v1o 5.0 m/s [W], v2o 0,
po pf v1f 3.0 m/s [N35°W], v2f ?
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f p1o (2.0 kg)(5.0 m/s [W])
(1.2 kg)(6.4 m/s) (1.2 kg)(1.2 m/s) p1o 10 kg·m/s [W]
(3.6 kg)v2f p1f (2.0 kg)(3.0 m/s [N35°W])
v2f 2.5 m/s [forward] 1f 6.0 kg·m/s [N35°W]
p
2. m1 30 g 0.03 kg, v1o 0, v1f 750 m/s, o
p pf
m2 1.9 kg, v2o 0, v2f ? 1o
p p2o
p1f 2o 0
p2f, where p
po pf
p1o p1f p2f
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f
θ
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f p1f = 6.0 kg·m/s
v2f p2f
m2
35°
v2f (0.03 kg)(0) (1.9 kg)(0) (0.03 kg)(750 m/s)

1.9 kg
θ
v2f 11.8 m/s [back] p1o = 10 kg·m/s
3. m1 400 g 0.400 kg,
v1o 3.0 m/s [forward], Using the cosine law,
v1f 1.0 m/s [forward], p2f2 (10 kg·m/s)2 (6.0 kg·m/s)2
m2 0.400 kg, v2o 0, v2f ? 2(10 kg·m/s)(6.0 kg·m/s) cos 55°
o
p pf p2f 8.2 kg·m/s
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f p mv
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f 8.2 kg·m/s
v2f
v2f 2 kg
m2
v2f 4.1 m/s
v2f (0.400 kg)(3.0 m/s [forward]) (0.400 kg)(0) (0.400 kg)(1.0 m/s [forward])

0.400 kg

Using the sine law to find direction, 0.17 kg·m/s
v3f
sin sin 55° 0.2 kg

6.0 kg·m/s 8.2 kg·m/s v3f 0.87 m/s
37° Using the sine law to find direction,
v2f 4.1 m/s [W37°S] sin sin 10°

2. m1 85 kg, v1o 15 m/s [N], 1.0 kg·m/s 0.1743 kg·m/s
1o 1275 kg·m/s [N], m2 70 kg,
p 85°
v2o 5 m/s [E], p2o 350 kg·m/s [E] v3f 0.87 m/s [S85°W] or 0.87 m/s [W5°S]
o
p pf 4. m1 0.5 kg, v1o 2.0 m/s [R],

p1o p2o pf 1o 1.0 kg·m/s [R], m2 0.30 kg, v2o 0,
p
p2o = 350 kg·m/s
p2o 0, v1f 1.5 m/s [R30°U],
1f 0.75 kg·m/s [R30°U], v2f ?, p
p 2f ?
To
p pTf
p1o = 1275 kg·m/s
θ
pf
p1o p2o p1f
2o 0
p2f , where p

p1o p1f
p2f
Using the cosine law,
Using Pythagoras’ theorem to solve for pf,
p1f = 0.75 kg·m/s
pf2 (1275 kg·m/s)2 (350 kg·m/s)2 p2f
pf 1322 kg·m/s 30° θ
350 kg·m/s
tan p1o = 1.0 kg·m/s
1275 kg·m/s
15.4° p2f2 (1.0 kg·m/s)2 (0.75 kg·m/s)2

pf mfvf 2(1.0 kg·m/s)(0.75 kg·m/s)cos 30°
1322 kg·m/s [N15°E] p2f 0.513 kg·m/s
vf
85 kg 70 kg p mv
vf 8.5 m/s [N15°E] v2f
0.513 kg·m/s
0.30 kg
3. m1 0.10 kg, v1f 10 m/s [N],
p1f 1.0 kg·m/s [N], m2 0.20 kg, v2f 1.7 m/s
v2f 5.0 m/s [S10°E], Using the sine law to find direction,
sin sin 30°
p2f 1.0 kg·m/s [S10°E], m3 0.20 kg,
v3f ? 0.75 kg·m/s 0.513 kg·m/s
47°
pTo 0
v2f 1.7 m/s [R47°D] or 1.7 m/s [D43°R]

pTo pTf
0
p1f
p2f
p3f
Section 4.6
Using the cosine law, 3.0 m
1. a) 1.5 m from both objects
2

2.0 kg
10° b) (60 cm)
5.0 kg 2.0 kg
p1f = 1.0 kg·m/s
17.1 cm from the larger mass

200
p2f = 1.0 kg·m/s c) (20 km)
600
θ
6.67 km from the larger satellite
p3f
p3f2 (1.0 kg·m/s)2 (1.0 kg·m/s)2

2(1.0 kg·m/s)(1.0 kg·m/s)(cos 10°)
p3f 0.1743 kg·m/s

0.011 m
2. a) p1o (2.0 kg)
0.1 s

p1o 0.22 kg·m/s [S20°E]

0.017 m
p2o (1.0 kg)
0.1 s

p2o 0.17 kg·m/s [S10°W]

0.013 m
p1f (2.0 kg)
0.1 s

p1f 0.26 kg·m/s [S5°W]

0.015 m
p2f (1.0 kg)
0.1 s

p2f 0.15 kg·m/s [S30°E]

0.013 m
pcm (3.0 kg)
0.1 s

pcm 0.39 kg·m/s [S8°E]
b) i)
70°
p1o
10°
p To
p2o
ii)
5°
p1f
p Tf
30°
p2f
c) The total momentum before and after

collision is the same as the momentum of
the centre of mass. The total momentum
vectors have the same length and direction
as the momentum of the centre of mass.

Section 5.2 b) The triangular areas above and below the
1. a) W Fd axis are identical and cancel out, therefore,
W (40 N)(0.15 m) W (0.040 m)(20 N)
W 6.0 J W 0.80 J
b) W Fd 6. F ma
W mgd F (3 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
W (50 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.95 m) F 29.4 N
W 9.6 102 J W
d
c) W Fd cos F
W (120 N)(4 m)(cos 25°) 480 J
d
29.4 N
W 4.4 102 J
2. 45 km/h 12.5 m/s d 16 m
To find d,
Section 5.3
v22 v12 2ad
1
(v22 v12) 1. a) Ek mv2
d 2
2a
1
(12.5 m/s)2 0 Ek (20 000 kg)(7500 m/s)2
d 2
2(2.5 m/s2)
Ek 5.6 1011 J
d 31.25 m
b) 20 km/h 5.6 m/s
W Fd
1
W (5000 N)(31.25 m) Ek mv2
2
W 1.6 105 J 1
3. W Fd cos Ek (1.0 kg)(5.6 m/s)2
2
W (78 N)(10 m)(cos 55°) Ek 15.4 J
W 4.5 102 J 1
(v2 v1) c) Ek mv2
4. a 2
t 1
(14 m/s 25 m/s) Ek (0.030 kg)(400 m/s)2
a 2
5.0 s Ek 2.4 103 J
a 2.2 m/s2 1
F ma 2. Ek mv2
2
F (52 000 kg)(2.2 m/s2) 1
F 114 400 N 3900 J (245 kg)v2
2
(v22 v12)
d
2a v
(3900 J)(2)

245 kg
[(14 m/s)2 (25 m/s)2] v 5.6 m/s
d
2(2.2 m/s2) 1
d 97.5 m 3. Ek mv2
2
W Fd 2Ek
m
W (114 400 N)(97.5 m) v2
W 1.1 107 J 2(729 J)
m 2
5. a) W Fd (15 m/s)
W (175 N)(55 m) m 6.5 kg
W 9625 J 4. p 2mEk
p 2(9.11

1031 eV)(1.6
kg)(6000
1019 J/eV)
23
p 4.2 10 N·s

5. Ek Ek2 Ek1 3. a) Using the law of conservation of energy,
1 1 Etotal 5460 J
Ek (60 kg)(5.0 m/s)2 (60 kg)(14 m/s)2
2 2 1
mv2 mgh 5460 J
Ek 5.1 10 J 3 2
1 1
6. a) Ek mv2 (3.0 kg)v2 (3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(5.0 m) 5460 J
2 2
1 v 60 m/s
Ek (0.350 kg)(25.0 m/s)2
2 b) Eg mgh
Ek 1.1 102 J 5460 J (3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)h
(v22 v12) h 185.7 m from the ground
b) a
2d h 180.7 m from the pad
0 (25.0 m/s)2 c) v2 v1 at
a
2(0.024 m) v2 (60 m/s) (9.8 N/kg)(2.0 s)
a 1.3 104 m/s2 v2 40.4 m/s
F ma 1
Ek mv2
F (0.350 kg)(1.3 104 m/s2) 2
F 4557 N 1
Ek (3.0 kg)(40.4 m/s)2
W Fd 2
W (4557 N)(0.024 m) Ek 2.4 103 J
W 1.1 102 J Ep Etotal Ek
c) Favg ma Ep 5460 J 2448.24 J
Favg 4557 N Ep 3.0 103 J
Favg 4.6 103 N 4. F kx
F
k
Section 5.4 x
1. a) Eg mgh mg
k
Eg (3.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.2 m) x
Eg 4.1 101 J (5000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
k
b) Eg mgh 0.04 m
Eg (2000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0) k 1.2 106 N/m
Eg 0 J For only one spring:
c) Eg mgh 1 225 000 N/m
k
Eg (2000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.9 m) 4
Eg 3.7 104 J k 3.0 105 N/m
2. a) v22 v12 2ad (or use the conservation
of energy) Section 5.5
v2 (0) 2(9.8 m/s2)(27 m)
2 rise
1. a) k
v2 23 m/s run
20 N
b) Efinal Einitial k
0.1 m
Ekf Ego Eko
1 k 200 N/m
(65 kg)vf2 (65 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(27 m)
2
1 k 2.0 102 N/m
(65 kg)(3.0 m/s)2
2
vf 23 m/s

b) Maximum elastic potential energy occurs 6. The loss in elastic potential energy is equal to
at x 0.1 m. the gain in kinetic energy.
1 Ee Ek
Ep kx2
2 Let the subscript 1 represent the initial
1 compressed spring and subscript 2 represent
Ep (200 N/m)(0.1 m)2
2 the moment after the spring has been released
Ep 1.0 J when the cart has a velocity of 0.42 m/s.
c) Ee Ee2 Ee1 (Ee2 Ee1) Ek2 Ek1
1 1 1 1
E (200 N/m)(0.04 m)2 kx12 kx22 mv22 0
2 2 2 2
1 kx12 mv22
(200 N/m)(0.03 m)2
2 x2
k
Ee 7.0 102 J
x2
(65 N/m)(0.08 m) (1.2 kg)(0.42 m/s)
2 2
2. Fg Fe
65 N/m
mg kx x2 0.056 m
(0.500 kg)(9.8 N/kg) k(0.04 m) x2 5.6 cm
k 122.5 N/m
3. a) W E Section 5.6
W E2 E1 where E1 0 1. The energy required to heat the water is
W E2 Ew (4.2 103 J/°C/L)(65°C 10°C)(2.3 L)
1 Ew 5.31 105 J
W kx2
2 The energy expended by the stove is
1 E
W (55 N/m)(0.04 m)2 P
2 t
W 4.4 102 J Es Pt
b) W E Es (1000 W)(600 s)
W E2 E1 where E1 0 Es 6.0 105 J
W E2 The energy lost to the environment is
1 E Es Ew
W kx2
2 E 6.9 104 J
1 2. a) Ep mgh
W (85 N/m)(0.08 m)2
2 Ep (83.0 kg)(9.8 N/m)(13.0 m)
W 2.7 101 J Ep 1.057 104 J
4. Ee Ek E
1 1 P
kx2 mv2 t
2 2 1.057 104 J
(200 N/m)(0.08 m) (0.02 kg)v2
2 P
18.0 s
v 8.0 m/s P 590 W
5. Ee Ek b) Ep 1.057 104 J
1 2 1 2 Ep 10 600 J
kx mv
2 2 3. Once the radiation of the Sun reaches Earth,
(5 10 N/m)x (2000 kg)(4.5 m/s)2
6 2
it has spread out into a sphere surrounding
x 9 cm the Sun. This sphere has a surface area of:
SA 4 r2
SA 4 (1.49 1011 m)2
SA 2.79 1023 m2

The ratio of this area to the area of Earth b) Since Eko Ekf, the collision is elastic
exposed to the radiation will be equal to the (EkTotal 6 105 J).
ratio of the power radiated by the Sun to the c) W Ektruck
power absorbed by Earth. 1
W (3000 kg)(10 m/s)2
SASun Sun’s radiation 2

AEarth absorbed radiation 1
(3000 kg)(20 m/s)2
2.79 10 m 23 2
3.9 1026 W 2
dEarth 2
() x W 4.5 105 J
2
2.79 1023 m2 3.9 1026 W 4. mp 0.5 kg
mg 75 kg
(6.87 106 m)2 x
(3.9 10 W)(1.48 1014 m2)
26 dp 0.03 m
x vpo 33.0 m/s
2.79 1023 m2
x 2 1017 W vgo 0
Therefore, Earth intercepts 2 1017 J of vgf 0.30 m/s
energy from the Sun each second. a) pgo mv
4. The total time is 3(20 min)(60 s/min) 3600 s pgo (75 kg)(0)
The time the player spends on ice is pgo 0
(3600 s)(0.25) 900 s Ekgo 0
E ppo mv
P
t ppo (0.5 kg)(33.0 m/s)
E Pt ppo 16.5 kg·m/s
E (215 W)(900 s) 1
Ekpo (0.5 kg)(33.0 m/s)2
E 1.935 105 J 2
While sitting on the bench, the player expends Ekpo 272.25 J
100 W of power. b) po pf
He spends 3600 s 900 s 2700 s on the ppo pgo ppf pgf
bench. mpvpo 0 mpvpf mgvgf
E (100 W)(2700 s) (0.500 kg)(33.0 m/s) (0.500 kg)vpf
E 2.7 105 J (75 kg)(0.30 m/s)
ET (1.935 105 J) (2.7 105 J) vpf 12 m/s
ET 4.6 105 J 1
c) Ekp mpvpf2
2
Section 5.7 1
Ekp (0.500 kg)(12 m/s)2
3. a) m1 3000 kg 2
v1o 20 m/s [W] Ekp 36 J
v1f 10 m/s [W] 1
Ekg mgvgf2
m2 1000 kg 2
v2o 0 1
Ekg (75 kg)(0.30 m/s)2
v2f ? 2
pTo pTf Ekg 3.4 J
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f d) The collision is inelastic due to the loss of
(3000 kg)(20 m/s) 0 (3000 kg)(10 m/s) kinetic energy.
(1000 kg)v2f
v2f 30 m/s

5. m1 10 g 9. a) Counting the squares below the top curve,
m2 50 g there are about 16.5 squares, each with an
v1o 5 m/s area of (0.01 m)(166.7 N) 1.6667 J. The
v2o 0 amount of energy going into the shock
m1 m2 absorber is (16.5)(1.6667 J) 27.5 J.
v1f v1o
m1 m2 b) There are roughly 6 squares below the
10 g 50 g lower curve. The energy returned to the
v1f (5 m/s)
10 g 50 g shock absorber is (6)(1.6667 J) 10 J
v1f 3.3 m/s 27.5 J 10 J
c) % energy lost 100
2m1 27.5 J
v2f v1o
m1 m2 % energy lost 64%
2(10 g)
v2f (5 m/s)
10 g 50 g
v2f 1.7 m/s
6. m1 0.2 kg
m2 0.3 kg
v1o 0.32 m/s
v2o 0.52 m/s
Changing the frame of reference,
v1o 0.84 m/s
v2o 0 m/s
0.2 kg 0.3 kg
v1f (0.84 m/s)
0.2 kg 0.3 kg
v1f 0.168 m/s
2(0.2 kg)
v2f (0.84 m/s)
0.2 kg 0.3 kg
v2f 0.672 m/s
Returning to the original frame of reference,
v1f 0.168 m/s 0.52 m/s
v1f 0.69 m/s
v2f 0.672 m/s 0.52 m/s
v2f 0.15 m/s
1
8. a) Estored bh
2
1
Estored (0.06 m 0.02 m)(50 N)
2
Estored 1.0 J
1
b) Elost 1.0 J (0.005 m)(30 N)
2
(0.005 m)(20 N)
1
(0.035 m)(20 N)
2
Elost 1.0 J 0.075 J 0.1 J 0.35 J
Elost 0.475 J

Section 6.1 GM
r2
1. mE 5.98 10 kg, mS 1.99 10 kg,
24 30 GM
1.8 107 J
r 1.50 1011 m r1
GMm (6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)
a) Ek r2
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)
2r 1.8 107 J
6.38 106 m 1 106 m
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(1.99 1030 kg)(5.98 1024 kg)
Ek
2(1.50 1011 m) r2 1.1 107 m
hmax r2 rE
Ek 2.65 1033 J
hmax 1.1 107 m 6.38 106 m
GMm
b) Ep hmax 4.7 106 m
r
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(1.99 1030 kg)(5.98 1024 kg)
Ep
(1.50 1011 m)
Section 6.2
1. a) MSun 1.99 1030 kg,
Ep 5.29 1033 J
T 76.1 a 2.4 109 s
c) ET Ek Ep
T 2 ka3
ET 2.65 1033 J (5.29 1033 J)

(2.4 109 s)2
1

a
3
ET 2.65 1033 J
4 2
GM
2. ag GM
r2

1
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg) (2.4 109 s)2
a 3
ag 4 2
(6.38 106 m 1 106 m)2
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(1.99 1030 kg)
ag 7.32 m/s2
a 2.7 1012 m
3. v1000 km 6.0 km/s 6.0 103 m/s,
b) 0.97
h 1000 km 1 106 m
d
c) v
a) vesc
2GM

r
t
2 (2.69 1012 m)
v
vesc

11
2(6.67 10 N·m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
2 2 24
2.4 109 s
(6.38 10 m 1 10 m)
6 6
v 7031 m/s
vesc 10 397 m/s 2. raltitude 10 000 km 1 107 m,
Since the rocket has only achieved rJupiter 7.15 107 m, mJupiter 1.9 1027 kg
6000 m/s, it will not escape Earth.
1
b) Ek 1000 km mv2
2
vesc
2GM

r
11
vesc
2(6.67 10 N·m /kg )(1.9 10 kg)
2 2 27
1
Ek 1000 kmm(6000 m/s)2 7.15 10 m 1 10 m
7 7
2
vesc 56 000 m/s
Ek 1000 km1.8 107m J
3. mMoon 7.36 1022 kg,
Since all kinetic energy is converted to
mEarth 5.98 1024 kg, r 3.82 108 m
gravitational potential energy at maximum
height,
Ek Ep
a) vesc
2GM

r
Ek E2 E1 vesc

11
2(6.67 10 N·m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
2 2 24
GMm GMm
8
3.82 10 m
1.8 107m J
r2 r1 vesc 1445 m/s

To find the current speed of the Moon, To find the period,
1 GMm 4 2
mv2 T2 ka3, where k
2 2r GM

GM T
4 (3.19 10 m)
2 6 3
v
11
r (6.67 10
2 2
N·m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
24
11 T 1792 s
v
(6.67 10 N·m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
2 2 24
8
3.82 10 m
v 1022 m/s Section 6.3
To find the additional speed required for 1. a) At the equilibrium point, the bob’s kinetic
escape, energy accounts for all the energy in the
vadd esc 1445 m/s 1022 m/s system. This total energy is the same as the
vadd esc 423 m/s maximum elastic potential energy.
1 1 Ek equilET
b) Ek mvesc2 mv 2 Ek equilEpmax
2 2
1 1
Ek (7.36 1022 kg)[(1445 m/s)2 Ek equilkx2
2 2
(1022 m/s)2] 1
Ek equil(33 N/m)(0.23 m)2
Ek 3.84 1028 J 2
c) This value is comparable to a 900-MW Ek equil0.87 J
nuclear power plant (e.g., Darlington) b) 0
running for 2.35 1011 years! 1
c) Ek mv2
4. Geostationary Earth satellites orbit constantly 2
above the same point on Earth because their
period is the same as that of Earth.
v
2E

m
k
5. M 5.98 1024 kg, r 6.378 106 m,

v 25 m/s
v
2(0.87 J)

0.485 kg
To find the semimajor axis, v 1.9 m/s
ET Ep Ek 2. a) To find the period of an object in simple
GMm GMm 1 harmonic motion,
mv2

2a r 2 m
T 2
GM 2GM k
v2
a r
T 2
0.485 kg

1 2 v2 33 N/m

a r GM T 0.76 s
1 2GM v2r b) At 0.16 m, the elastic potential energy of

a GMr the bob is
GMr 1
a Ep 0.16m kx2
2GM v2r 2
a (6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)(6.378 106 m) 1

2(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg) (25 m/s)2(6.378 106 m) Ep 0.16m (33 N/m)(0.16 m)2
2
a 3.19 106 m Ep 0.16m 0.42 J
ET Ek Ep
Ek ET Ep
Ek 0.87 J 0.42 J
Ek 0.45 J

1
Ek mv2
2
v
2E

m
k
v
2(0.45 J)

0.485 kg
v 1.36 m/s
c) Ek 0.45 J, from part b
3. Position vs. Time
Displacement (m)
0.4
0.2
0
–0.2
–0.4
–0.6
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4
Time (s)

Section 7.2 1.2 rev
3. a)

2 rad 1 min
10° 1 min 1 rev 60 s
1. a) 0.17 rad
57.3°/rad
0.12566 rad/s
60°
0.13 rad/s
b) 1.0 rad
57.3°/rad b) r 1500 m
90° ac r
2
c) 1.6 rad
57.3°/rad ac (1500 m)(0.12566 rad/s)2
176°
d) 3.07 rad ac 24 m/s2
57.3°/rad c) The angular acceleration is zero because
256° the angular velocity is constant.
e) 4.47 rad
57.3°/rad d) ac-space-station 24 m/s2
2. a) ( rad)(57.3°/rad) 180° ac-Earth 9.8 m/s2

b) rad (57.3°/rad) 45°
4
24 m/s2
2 2.4
9.8 m/s
c) (3.75 rad)(57.3°/rad) 675°
d) (11.15 rad)(57.3°/rad) 639° Section 7.4
e) (40 rad)(57.3°/rad) 2.3 103° 1. a)
(3.35 rev/s)(2 rad/rev)
3. a) Earth rotates 2 radians every 24 h.
21.0 rad/s

2 rad 60 s
6.0 h 1.57 rad t 2 min (50 sec)
24 h 1 min
b) Earth moves 2 rad every 365 days. t 170 s
2 rad
265 d 4.56 rad

365 d t
c) The second hand moves 2 rad every 60 s.
t
2 rad (21.0 rad/s)(170 s)
25 s 2.62 rad
60 s 3.58 103 rad
d) A runner moves 2 rad for every lap.
b)
2 rad t
25.6 laps 161 rad
1 lap (22.0 rad/s 0)

0.5 s
Section 7.3 44 rad/s2
v2
2. a) ac 2. a) t
r
v acr (0 1.75 rad/s)
t
v
(9.8 m/s2
)(1200 m) 0.21 rad/s2
v 108 m/s t 8.3 s
v 1.1 102 m/s (
1
2)
b) t
v 2
b)

r (1.75 rad/s 0)
(8.3 s)
108 m/s 2

1200 m 7.3 rad

0.090 rad/s c) There are 2 radians in one cycle.
The angular acceleration is zero because 7.3 rad
number of cycles
the angular velocity is constant. 2 rad/cycle
number of cycles 1.16
number of cycles 1.2

1.16 cycles
22
12 2
d) 0.58 cycles
2 (
22
12)

(0.58 cycles)(2 rad/cycle) 2
3.6 rad (4.7 rad/s)2 0

1 2(1.90 rad/s2)

2t t2
2 5.813 rad
1 5.8 rad
3.6 rad 0 (0.21 rad/s2)t2
2 5.813 rad
number of turns
t 5.9 s 2 rad/turn
number of turns 0.93
3. a) t
(
1
2)

1
For 33 rpm:
2 3
92.2 rad
1 0
t 2

(16.1 rad/s 14.5 rad/s) 100
rev
3 2 rad 1 min
t 6.026 s
2
1 min 1 rev 60 s
t 6.03 s

2 3.5 rad/s

b)
22
12 2
t
14.5 rad/s 16.1 rad/s (
22
12)

6.026 s 2
(3.5 rad/s)2 0
0.266 rad/s2
2(1.90 rad/s2)
Section 7.5 3.223 rad
2. a) I 3.2 rad
(0.045 kg·m2)(1.90 rad/s2) 3.223 rad
number of turns
0.086 N·m 2 rad/turn
b) For 78 rpm: number of turns 0.51

1 0
3. I
78 rev 2 rad 1 min

2 8.45 N·m
1 min 1 rev 60 s I 2
12.2 rad/s

2 8.2 rad/s

22
12 2 I 0.693 kg·m2
(
22
12) 1
4. a) I mr2 (moment of inertia for a disk)
2 2
(8.2 rad/s)2 0 1
I (5.55 kg)(1.22 m)2
2(1.90 rad/s2) 2
17.69 rad I 4.13 kg·m2
18 rad b) rF
17.69 rad (1.22 m)(15.1 N)
number of turns 18.4 N·m
2 rad/turn
number of turns 2.8
c)
I
For 45 rpm:
18.4 N·m

1 0
4.13 kg·m2
45 rev 2 rad 1 min

2 4.46 rad/s2
1 min 1 rev 60 s

2 4.7 rad/s

Section 7.6 b) v r
1. a) rF v (0.320 m)(33.3 rad/s)

(0.20 m)(23.1 N) v 10.7 m/s
4.62 N·m 1
Ek mv2
4.6 N·m 2
WR 1
Ek (1000 kg)(10.7 m/s)2
WR (4.62 N·m)(2 rad) 2
WR 29 J Ek 5.7 104 J
b) WR
WR (4.62 N·m)(1.5 rad)
Section 7.8
v
WR 6.9 J 1. a)

r
c) 95°
25 m/s
1.66 rad

0.320 m
WR

78 rad/s
WR (4.62 N·m)(1.66 rad)

1
WR 7.7 J Erot 4 I
2
2
2. a) 45° Erot 2(0.900 kg·m2)(78 rad/s)2
Erot 1.1 104 J
rad
4 1
WR b) Ek mv2
2
WR rF 1
Ek (1300 kg)(25 m/s)2
WR (0.556 m)(12.2 N) rad
4 2
Ek 4.1 105 J
WR 5.3 J c) ET Ek Erot
b) The work done does not change. ET (4.1 105 J) (1.1 104 J)
ET 4.2 105 J
Section 7.7 2. v1 0
2
1. I mr2
1 0
5
h1 12.0 m
2
I (0.0350 kg)(0.035 m)2 m 2.2 kg
5
I 1.7 105 kg·m2 r 0.056 m
1 I mr2 (moment of inertia for a hollow
Erot I
2 cylinder)
2
1 a) ET mgh1
Erot (1.7 105 kg·m2)(165 rad/s)2 ET (2.2 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(12.0 m)
2
Erot 0.23 J ET 2.6 102 J
2. a)
(5.3 rev/s)(2 rad/rev) b) To find the gravitational potential energy

33.3 rad/s halfway down:
Eg mgh2

1
Erot 4 I
2

2 h
Eg mg 1
2
4(0.900 kg·m )(33.3 rad/s)
1 2 2
Erot

2 12.0 m
Eg (2.2 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
Erot 2.0 10 J3 2
Eg 1.29 10 J
2

To find the velocity halfway down: L I
ET1 ET2 2
L mr2
1 1 5
mgh1 mv22 I
2 mgh2
2 2 2
L (85 kg)(0.9 m)2(25.7 rad/s)

1 1 v 2 5
mgh1 mv22 mr2 2 mgh2
2 2 r L 7.1 102 kg·m2/s
mgh1 mv2 mgh2
2
3. At perihelion,
mv22 mgh1 mgh2 v 5472.3 m/s
r 4.4630 1012 m

h
v22 gh1 g 1
2 m 1.027 1026 kg
2v2 2gh1 gh1
2
v

2v22 gh1 r
5472.3 m/s
v2
gh

2
1

4.4630 1012 m

1.2261 109 rad/s

2
v2 (9.8 m/s )(12.0 m)
L I
2
2
v2 7.67 m/s L mr2
5
v
c)
2
r L (1.027 1026 kg)(4.4630 1012 m)2
5
10.8 m/s

(1.2261 109 rad/s)
0.056 m
L 1.003 1042 kg·m2/s

1.9 102 rad/s
At aphelion:
Section 7.9 v 5383.3 m/s
1 rev 1d 1h 2 rad r 4.5368 1012 m
1.

365 d 24 h 3600 s 1 rev m 1.027 1026 kg
7

1.99 10 rad/s v

2 r
I mr2 (moment of inertia for a sphere) 5383.3 m/s
5

L I
4.5368 1012 m
2
1.1866 109 rad/s
L mr2
5 L I
2 2
L (5.98 1024 kg)(6.38 106 m)2 L mr2
5 5
(1.99 107 rad/s) 2
L (1.027 1026 kg)(4.5368 1012 m)2
L 1.94 1031 kg·m2/s 5
4.5 cycles 2 rad (1.1866 109 rad/s)
2.

1.1 s 1 cycle L 1.003 1042 kg·m2/s

25.7 rad/s
1.8 m Section 7.10
r
2 2.
1
r 0.9 m t
2 rad
2
I mr2 (moment of inertia for a sphere)
1
5 2.14 106 s

1 2.94 106 rad/s

I1
1 I2
2
2 2
mr12
1 mr22
2
5 5
r1
1 r22
2
2
r12
1

2
r22
(6.95 108 m)2(2.94 106 rad/s)

2
(5500 m)2

2 4.69 104 rad/s
2 rad
T2

2
2 rad
T2
4.69 104 rad/s
T2 1.34 104 s
3. ra 1.52 1011 m
rp 1.47 1011 m
vp 30 272 m/s
Ia
a Ip
p

v v
mra2 a mrp2 p
ra rp
rava rpvp
rpvp
va
ra
(1.47 1011 m)(30 272 m/s)
va
1.52 1011 m
va 2.93 104 m/s
va 29.3 km/s
Section 7.11
3. R 0.040 m
r 0.0070 m
g
a

I
2 1
mr
g
a

1
mR2
2
1
mr2
9.8 m/s2
a

1
(0.040 m)2
2
1
(0.0070 m)2
a 0.64 m/s2

Section 8.4 From the force vector diagram we see that,
6
1. q1 3.7 10 C, q2 3.7 10 C, 6 Fe
tan
d 5.0 102 m, k 9.0 109 N·m2/C2 mg
kq1q2 Fe mg tan
F kq1q2
d2 mg tan
r2
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(3.7 106 C)(3.7 106 C)
F
(5.0 102 m)2 r2mg tan
q1
kq2
F 49 N
(0.20 m)2(2.0 1010 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(tan 21°)
F 49 N (attraction) q1
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(3.0 106 C)
2. F 2(49 N)
F 98 N q1 1.1 1015 C
The dust balls are 0.20 m apart, and the
r
kq q

F
1 2
charge on the tethered dust ball is
1.1 1015 C.
6 6
r
(9.0 10 N·m /C )(3.7 10 C)(3.7 10 C)
9 2 2

98 N
Section 8.5
r 3.5 102 m 1. a)
3. a) T
Fe
mg
b) Fe
b)
T mg
c) How close do the dust balls get and what is

the charge on the tethered dust ball?
m 2.0 1010 kg , l 0.42 m,
dwall-1 0.35 m, q 3.0 106 C, 21° c)
dwall-2 0.35 m 0.42 m(sin 21°)
dwall-2 0.35 m 0.15 m
dwall-2 0.20 m +

Section 8.6 At 4 cm away:
1. a) q 1.0 10 C, 6 kq

1.7 106 N/C [right] r2
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(3.0 106 C)
Let right be the positive direction.
e q
(4.0 102 m)2
F
Fe (1.0 106 C)(1.7 106 N/C) 1.7 107 N/C
Fe 1.7 N At 6 cm away:

Fe 1.7 N [left]
kq
r2
b) q 1.0 106 C, (9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(3.0 106 C)

(6.0 102 m)2
2(1.7 106 N/C) [right]
If right is still the positive direction, 7.5 106 N/C

Fe q c) Doubling the distance,
Fe (1.0 106 C)[2(1.7 106 N/C)] kq
1 2
Fe 3.4 N (2r)
e 3.4 N [right]
F 1
1
4
2.
Tripling the distance,
T
kq
2 2
(3r)
Fe – –
1
2
Stationary charge 9
mg creating a field 1 1
1 decreases to and 2 decreases to of
4 9
q 1.0 106 C,
1.7 106 N/C [right] the original strength.
Fe mg tan 1
d) 2 . The field strength varies as the

Fe 1.7 N [left] r
inverse square of the distance away from
3. a)
the charge.
e) q1 1.0 106 C, q2 3.0 106 C,
r 8.0 102 m
+
kq1

r2
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(3.0 106 C)

(8.0 102 m)2
The field lines radiate outward, away from 4.22 106 N/C
e q
F
the charge.
b) k 9.0 109 N·m2/C2, q 3.0 106 C Fe (1.0 106 C)(4.22 106 N/C)

Fe 4.22 N [right]
At 2 cm away from the charge:
kq 4. a) q1 q2 1.0 106 C, r 0.20 m

r2 Let the positive direction be left.
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(3.0 106 C) At point A:

(2.0 102 m)2 r1 0.05 m, r2 0.25 m
6.8 107 N/C

TA 1 2 ∆V V2 V1
kq1 kq2 ∆V 9.0 105 V (4.5 105 V)
TA 2
r1 r 22 ∆V 4.5 105 V
TA (9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(1.0 106 C) 2. a) m1 m2 5.0 109 g 5.0 1012 kg,

1 1 q1 4.0 1010 C, q2 1.0 1010 C
2 2
(0.05 m) (0.25 m) On particle 1:
TA 3.7 106 N/C [left] W1 qV
At point B: W1 (4.0 1010 C)(50 V)
r1 0.10 m, r2 0.10 m W1 2.0 108 J
The addition of these two distances as was On particle 2:
done in the previous question will yield a W2 qV
zero quantity. W2 (1.0 1010 C)(50 V)
TB 0 N/C W2 5.0 109 J
At point C: b) W Ek
r1 0.15 m, r2 0.05 m 1
TC
1 2 W mv2
2
kq2 kq1
TC
r 22 r 21 v
2W

m
TC (9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(1.0 106 C)

2W1

1 1
2 2 v
(0.05 m) (0.15 m) m
The similar masses cancel.
1 1
v

TC 3.2 106 N/C [left] 2 2W
2
b) At the centre point, 1 is equal in m 2

magnitude but opposite in direction to 2, v 1 W
1
therefore there is no net field strength as v 2 W 2
2.0 108 J

the fields cancel out. v
1
c) For all field strengths to cancel out, the v2 5.0 109 J
q
magnitudes of the ratio of 2 must be v
r 1 2
v2
equal and pointing in opposite directions.
3. a) Extensive: electric force, potential energy
Section 8.7 Intensive: field strength, electric potential
kq1q2 b) Electric force — Charge and the field
1. a) Ee strength
r
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(5.0 106 C)(1.5 106 C)
Potential energy — Charge and the electric
Ee
10 102 m potential
Ee 6.8 101 J c) Extensive properties
E Product cost (per package)
b) V e Mass
q
6.8 101 J Volume
V
1.5 106 C Length
V 4.5 105 V Force of gravity
kq Etc.
c) V Intensive properties
r
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(5.0 106 C) Unit product cost (per unit weight or measure)
V
5.0 102 m Density
V 9.0 105 V Heat capacity

Indices of refraction 5. a) V 20 kV 2.0 104 V,
Gravitational field strength q 1.602 1019 C, m 9.11 1031 kg
Etc. Ek Ee
Ek Vq
Section 8.8 Ek (2.0 104 V)(1.602 1019 C)
1. qA 2e, qB 79e, Ek 3.2 1015 J
Ek 7.7 MeV 1
(7.7 106 eV)(1.602 1019 J) b) Ek mv2
2
Ee Ek
Ee
kqAqB v
2E

m
k
r
2(3.2 1015 J)
r
kqAqB
Ee
v

9.11 1031 kg
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)2(2)(79)

v 8.4 107 m/s
r
(7.7 106 eV)(1.602 1019 J)
r 2.96 1014 m
Section 8.9
1. W 2.4 104 J, q 6.5 107 C
r 3.0 1014 m
W
3. q 1.5 105 C V
q
1
mv2 q(V2 V1) 2.4 104 J
2 V
6.5 107 C
2q(V V )
v

m
2 1
V 3.7 102 V
2. d 7.5 103 m, V 350 V,
2(1.5 105 C)(12 V)
v

(1.0 105 kg)

V
d
v 6.0 m/s [left]
350 V
4. a) V 1.5 103 V, m 6.68 1027 kg, 7.5 103 m
q 2e 3.204 1019 C 4.7 104 N/C
Ek Ee 3. m 2.166 1015 kg, V 530 V,
1 2 d 1.2 102 m
mv Vq
2 Fe Fg

v 2Vq qV
mg
m d
19 mgd
2(1.5 10 V)(3.204 10 C)
v q
3
27
6.68 10 kg V
v 3.8 105 m/s q (2.166 1015 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.2 102 m)

530 V
1 1
b) mv2 Vq q 4.8 1019 C
2 2
v
Vq

m
(1.5 103 V)(3.204 1019 C)
v

6.68 1027 kg
v 2.7 105 m/s

Section 9.5 5. a) I 100 A
1. L 0.30 m L 50 m
I 12 A B 3.0 105 T
B 0.25 T 45°
90° I
r
F BIL sin 2 B
F (0.25 T)(12 A)(0.30 m) sin 90° (4 107 T·m/A)(100 A)
r
F 0.90 N 2 (3.0 105 T)
2. L 0.15 m r 0.67 m
F 9.2 102 N b) Referring to the diagram in question 3,
B 3.5 102 T Earth’s field lies in a line that is crossing
90° the wire at 45° below the horizontal. The
F magnetic field would form a circular ring
I
BL sin in the clockwise direction (rising on the
(9.2 102 N) south side of the wire, descending on the
I
(3.5 102 T)(0.15 m) sin 90° north with a radius of 0.67 m). Therefore,
I 18 A the field will cancel that of Earth on the
3. a) L 50 m south side below the wire, as shown in the
I 100 A diagram.
F 0.25 N
45°
F
B 0.67 m
IL sin
45° x
(0.25 N)
B x
(100 A)(50 m) sin 45°
B 7.1 105 T
N
b) Wire
(cross-section) Earth's
2x (0.67 m)
2 2
Magnetic x 0.47 m
45° 45° Field
The fields will cancel 4.7 101 m south
and 4.7 101 m below the wire.
6. a) r 2.4 103 m
Direction I 13.0 A
of Force L1m
I2L
Tower S N F
2 r
(4 107 T·m/A)(13.0 A)2(1 m)
F
2 (2.4 103 m)
4. B 3.0 105 T
F 1.4 102 N/m
L 0.20 m
7. q 20 C
N 200
B 4.5 105 T
4 107 T·m/A
v 400 m/s
BL
I 90°
N
(3.0 105 T)(0.20 m) F qvB sin
I F (20 C)(400 m/s)(4.5 105 T) sin 90°
(4 107 T·m/A)(200)
F 0.36 N
I 2.4 102 A

8. q 1.602 1019 C
v 4.3 104 m/s
B 1.5 T
90°
F qvB sin
F (1.602 1019 C)(4.3 104 m/s)(1.5 T) sin 90°
1.0 1014 N [south]
F

Section 10.2 b) i)
1
T
t f
1. a) T
cycles 1
T
375 min 60 Hz
T
5 T 0.0167 s
T 75 min 1
ii) T
6.7 s 0.75 Hz
b) T
10 T 1.33 s
T 0.67 s 1
iii) T
60 s 0.009 26 Hz
c) T
33.3 T 108 s
T 1.80 s 1
iv) T
57 s 1.35 Hz
d) T
68 T 0.74 s
T 0.838 s 5. a) x (30 cm) cos
cycles x (30 cm) cos 30°
2. a) f
t x 26 cm
120 b) x (30 cm) cos 180°
f
2.0 s x 30 cm
f 60 Hz c) x (30 cm) cos 270°
45 x 0 cm (equilibrium)
b) f
60 s d) x (30 cm) cos 360°
f 0.75 Hz x 30 cm
40
c) f
1.2 60 60 s
e)

x (30 cm) cos
4
f 0.009 26 Hz x 21 cm
65
d) f
48 s Section 10.3
f 1.35 Hz 4. a) v f
1 v
3. a) i) f f
T
1 3.0 108 m/s
f f
75 60 s 640 109 m
f 2.22 104 Hz f 4.7 1014 Hz
ii) f
1 3.0 108 m/s
b) f
0.67 s 1.2 m
f 1.49 Hz f 2.5 108 Hz
iii) f
1 3.0 108 m/s
c) f
1.80 s 2 109 m
f 0.556 Hz f 1.5 1017 Hz
1 5. a) v f
iv) f
0.838 s v
f 1.19 Hz
f
3.0 108 m/s

1.5 1013 Hz
2.0 105 m

3.0 108 m/s Section 10.5
b)
2.0 109 Hz c
5. a) n
0.15 m v
3.0 108 m/s c
c) vo ray
3.0 1022 Hz no ray
1.0 1014 m 3.0 108 m/s
vo ray
1.658
Section 10.4 vo ray 1.81 108 m/s
c c
4. a) n ve ray
v ne ray
c 3.0 108 m/s
v ve ray
n 1.486
3.0 108 m/s ve ray 2.02 108 m/s
v
1.33 ve ray 2.02 108 m/s
v 2.26 108 m/s b) 100%
vo ray 1.81 108 m/s
3.0 108 m/s ve ray
b) v 111.6%
2.42 vo ray
v 1.24 108 m/s Therefore, the speed of the e ray is 11.6%
3.0 108 m/s greater than the speed of the o ray.
c) v
1.51
v 1.99 108 m/s
c
5. a) n
v
3.0 108 m/s
n
2.1 108 m/s
n 1.43
3.0 108 m/s
b) n
1.5 108 m/s
n 2.0
3.0 108 m/s
c) n
0.79(3.0 108 m/s)
n 1.27
6. a) n1 sin 1 n2 sin 2
n1 sin 1
2 sin1 n2
1.33
sin 25°
2 sin1
2 18.5°

sin 25°
b) 2 sin1
2.42
2 10.1°

sin 25°
c) 2 sin1
1.51
2 16.3°

2. d 5.6 m 2. m 22
x2 28 cm 625 nm
L 1.1 m m
t
m2 2
dxm (22)(6.25 107 m)

t
mL 2
6
(5.6 106 m)(0.28 m) t 6.87 10 m

(2)(1.1 m) t 6.9 m
7.13 107 m 3. t 1.75 105 m
713 nm 625 nm
3. 510 nm

1
2t m

d 5.6 m 2
L 1.1 m 2t
m

1
L 2
x
d 2(1.75 105 m) 1
m
7
(5.10 107 m)(1.1 m) (6.25 10 m) 2

x
5.6 106 m m 55.5

x 0.10 m m 55
x 10 cm
4. m 3 Section 11.8
d 5.6 m 1. w 5.5 106 m
L 1.1 m 550 nm
713 nm L 1.10 m
mL m2
xm
m
d a) sin m
(3)(7.13 107 m)(1.1 m) w

x3
(2)(5.50 107 m)
(5.6 106 m) sin 2
5.5 106 m
x3 0.42 m
x3 42 cm sin 2 0.2
2 11.5°
Section 11.5 b) xm L sin m
2. ∆PD 3 xm (1.10 m)(0.2)
ng 1.52 xm 0.22 m
624 nm xm 22 cm
PD 2L
t
2. a) x
2(ng 1) w
(6.24 107 m)(3) 2(5.50 107 m)(1.10 m)
t
x
2(0.52) (5.5 106 m)

t 1.8 106 m x 0.22 m
t 1.8 m x 22 cm

m

1 sin m
b) sin
2 w d
5.50 10 m7 2(5.30 107 m)
sin

1 sin 2
2 5.5 10 m6 2.59 106 m

sin 2 0.410

1
sin
0.1 2 24°
2
m
11.5° sin m
d
L
3. x
3(5.30 107 m)
w sin 3
2.59 106 m
(5.50 107 m)(1.10 m)
x
sin 3 0.614
(5.5 106 m)
3 38°
x 0.11 m
d
x 11 cm 2. a) m

6. R 1 107 rad
2.59 106 m
d 2.4 m m
6.50 107 m
Rd
a)
m4
1.22
(1 107 rad)(2.4 m) d

b) m
1.22
2.59 106 m
1.97 107 m m
5.50 107 m
197 nm
m 4.7
x m4
b) sin =
d
L c) m
1

(1.0 103 m) 2.59 106 m

2 m
L
4.50 107 m
sin(1 107 rad)
L 5000 m m 5.7
L 5 km m5
3. m 2
Section 11.9 2 8.41o
1. N 8500 614 nm
w 2.2 cm m
a) d
530 nm sin m
d
w (2)(6.14 107 m)
d
N sin 8.41°
2.2 102 m d 8.396 106 m
d
8500 d 8.40 m
d 2.59 106 m b) w 1.96 cm
m
sin m
N
w
d d
5.30 107 m 1.96 102 m
sin 1
N
2.59 106 m 8.396 106 m

sin 1 0.205 N 2334 slits
1 12°

Section 11.10 2d sin
6.
3000 lines 100 cm m

1.

300 000 lines/m
1 cm 1m m
sin
20 000 lines 100 cm 2d

100 000 lines/m (5.2 1011 m)(2)
20 cm 1m sin
2(2.5 1010 m)
Therefore, 3000 lines/cm produces the best
resolution. sin 0.208
m 168°, 192°
3. sin Red
d
(1)(7.30 107 m)
sin Red
1.89 106 m
sin Red 0.386
Red 22.7°
m
sin Violet
d
(1)(4.00 107 m)
sin Violet
1.89 106 m
sin Violet 0.211
Violet 12.2°
m
sin Green
d
(1)(5.10 107 m)
sin Green
1.89 106 m
sin Green 0.269
Green 15.6°
This can be similarly proven for the next 3
orders using the appropriate m.
The sequence is violet, green, red.
At the fourth order, green and red maxima are
no longer visible.
5. d 2.5 1010 m
12o
m2
2d sin

m
2(2.5 1010 m) sin 12°

2
5.198 1011 m
52 pm

Section 12.2 Vstop vs. f0
1. T 12 000 K 3
a) The maximum wavelength can be found
using Wien’s law: 2
Vstop (V)
2.898 103
max
T
1
2.898 103
max
12 000 K
0
max 2.4 107 m 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
The peak wavelength of Rigel is f0 (×1014 Hz)
2.4 107 m. It is in the ultraviolet
2. a) Increasing the work function by 1.5 would
spectrum.
cause a vertical shift of the line. Hence,
b) It would appear violet.
potential would have to be greater, but the
c) No: the living cells would be damaged by
frequencies would not change.
the highly energetic UV photons. h
2. T 900 K b) The term
is constant and hence the

e
a) The maximum wavelength can be found slope would not change.
using Wien’s law: 3. 230 nm 2.3 107 m
2.898 103 The energy can be found as follows:
max
T hc
2.898 103 E
W0
max

900 K (8 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
max 3.2 106 m E

2.3 107 m
The peak wavelength of the light is 4.64 1019 J
3.2 106 m. E 5.79 1019 J
b) It would appear in the infrared spectrum.
c) Since the peak is in infrared, more energy Section 12.4
is required to produce the light in the 2. E 85 eV, 214 nm 2.14 107 m
visual spectrum. a) Momentum of the original electron can be
found using:
Section 12.3 E
p

h W c
1. V
f0
0
e e (85 eV)(1.6 1019 C)
eV hf0 W0 p
3.0 108 m/s

Choosing two pairs of values from the table p 4.53 1026 N·s
and subtracting, b) Momentum of the resultant electron can be
(1.6 1019 C)(0.95 V) h(7.7 1014 Hz) W0 found using:
(1.6 1019 C)(0.7 V) h(7.2 1014 Hz) W0 h
(1.6 1019 C)(0.25 V) h(0.5 1014 Hz) p

h 8 1034 J·s 6.626 1034 J·s
p
W0 4.64 1019 J 2.14 107 m

W0 2.9 eV p 3.1 1027 N·s
c) The energy imparted can be found by:
hc
E E

E (85 eV)(1.6 1019 C) The wavelength of the spectral lines is:
hc
(6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s) 81
E81
2.14 107 m
(6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
81
E 1.27 1017 J 2.15 1018 J

The energy imparted to the electron was 81 9.25 108 m
1.27 1017 J. Similarly, the energy change when the
d) The energy imparted increased the speed electron transfers from 7 to 2 is:
of the electron. Hence, it can be found E72 E7 E2
using: 2.18 1018 J 2.18 1018 J
E72
2
7 22

2E
v
E72 5 1019 J
m
hc
2(1.27 1017 J) 72
v

9.11 1031 kg
E72
(6.26 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
v 5.27 106 m/s 72
5 1019 J
The speed increase of the electron is
5.27 106 m/s. 72 3.98 107 m
Hence the wavelength separation is
Section 12.5 ∆ 72 81
1. v 1 km/s 1000 m/s ∆ 3.98 107 m 9.25 108 m
The wavelength can be found using ∆ 3.05 107 m
de Broglie’s equation: 3. The change in energy can be computed using:
h E Ef Ei

mv 13.6 eV 13.6 eV
E
6.626 1034 J·s nf2 ni2

For the Lyman series, the lower boundary is

(9.11 1031 kg)(1000 m/s)
7.27 107 m when the electron jumps from the second to
Hence, the wavelength of the electron is the first orbital:
13.6 eV 13.6 eV
7.27 107 m. Emin
2

2 12
Section 12.6 Emin 10.2 eV
2. We shall first compute the change in energies The higher boundary for the Lyman series is
and the wavelength of spectral lines emitted in when the electron jumps from infinity to the
each case. From that, the wavelength first orbital:
separation can be computed. 13.6 eV 13.6 eV
Emax
The energy change when the electron 2 12

transfers from 8 to 1 is: Emax 13.6 eV
E81 E8 E1 For the Balmer series, the lower boundary is
2.18 1018 J 2.18 1018 J when the electron jumps from the third to the
E81
second orbital:
82 12
E81 2.15 1018 J 13.6 eV 13.6 eV
Emin
32 22
Emin 1.89 eV

The higher boundary for the Balmer series is Hence, the uncertainty in position is
when the electron jumps from infinity to the 6.3 102 m.
second orbital: 2. In the equation ∆E∆t ≥ –h, the units are J·s.
13.6 eV 13.6 eV h
Emax

This coincides with the units of h in –h
,
2 22 2
Emax 3.4 eV where 2 is a constant.
For the Paschen series, the lower boundary is 6. Ek 1.2 keV 1.92 1016 J,
when the electron jumps from the fourth to mp 1.673 1027 kg
the third orbital: First we shall find the velocity using:

13.6 eV 13.6 eV v
2Ek
Emin

mp
42 32
Emin 0.66 eV 2(1.92 1016 J)
The higher boundary for the Paschen series is
v

1.673 1027 kg
when the electron jumps from infinity to the v 4.8 105 m/s
third orbital: The uncertainty in position can be found
13.6 eV 13.6 eV using:
Emax
2
32 –h
Emax 1.51 eV y
mv
For the Brackett series, the lower boundary is 1.0546 1034 J·s
y
when the electron jumps from the fifth to the (1.673 1027 kg)(4.8 105 m/s)
fourth orbital: y 1.32 1013 m
13.6 eV 13.6 eV
Emin
2

The uncertainty in the position is
5 42 1.32 1013 m.
Emin 0.31 eV 7. The uncertainty does not affect the object
The higher boundary for the Brackett series is at a macroscopic level.
when the electron jumps from infinity to the
fourth orbital:
13.6 eV 13.6 eV
Emax
2 42
Emax 0.85 eV
Thus, the boundaries for the four series are:
Lyman: 10.2 eV to 13.6 eV
Balmer: 1.89 eV to 3.4 eV
Paschen: 0.66 eV to 1.51 eV
Brackett: 0.31 eV to 0.85 eV
Section 12.8
1. ∆v 1 m/s 1 106 m/s,
mp 1.673 1027 kg
The uncertainty in position can be found
using:
–h
y
mv
1.0546 1034 J·s
y
(1.673 1027 kg)(1 106 m/s)

y 6.3 102 m

Section 13.1 2. For Phillip, at rest relative to the experiment:
1. For Nadia: d
t
mRLv0 mRvR2 mLvR2 v

(6 kg)(0 m/s) (3 kg)(2 m/s) 2h
t0
c
(3 kg)(2 m/s)
2(3.0 m)
0 kg·m/s 0 kg·m/s t0
3.0 108 m/s

For Jerry:
t0 2.0 108 s
mRLv0 mRvR2 mLvR2
For Barb, the stationary observer watching the
(6 kg)(2 m/s) (3 kg)(2 2 m/s)
experiment travel by at v 0.6c:
(3 kg)(2 2 m/s)
t0
12 kg·m/s 12 kg·m/s t
v2
Section 13.2
1
2
c
2.0 108 s
1. v 0.5c or 1.5 108 m/s t
(0.6c)2
2. The classical addition of velocities gives:

1
c2
kvp kvu uvp
t 2.5 108 s
kvp 0.5c [R] 0.6c [R]
3. For Marc, the time for one beat is:
kvp 1.1c
60 s/min
This answer violates the second postulate of
1.1538 s
52 beats/min
special relativity.
The dilated time for the earthly observers is:
3. Ek-gained Ee-lost t0
1 t
v2

mv2 Vq
2 1
2
c
v
2Vq
m t
1.1538 s
(0.28c)2
v 2(1.00 106 V)(1.6 1019 C)

1
c2
(9.11 1031 kg) t 1.2019 s
The new rate is:
v 5.93 108 m/s
60 s/min
This value is almost double the speed of light.
49.9 bpm
1.20 s/beat
Section 13.3 4. The contracted distance L, measured by
1. The muon travels farther due to the time Katrina, is given by:
dilation from 2.2 s to 3.1 s that occurs at L 0.5L0
its speed of v 0.7c. The extra path length is:
∆d d2 d1

L L0 1
v2
c2
∆d vt2 vt1
∆d v(t2 t1)
0.5L0 L0 1
v2
c2
∆d (0.7c)(3.1 s 2.2 s) v2
0.25 1
2
∆d 189 m c
v

0.75
c
v 0.866c
v 2.60 108 m/s

6. L0 5.75 1012 m 3. L0 200 ca
The time you take: v 0.9986c
v2
distance measured
t0
velocity t0

L0 1
2
c
v
v2
t0

L0 1
2
c
200 ca1
t0
2
(0.9986)
0.9986c
v
t0 10.59 a
v2
c
(vt0)2 L02 1
2 6. For Rashad:
(∆s)2 c2(∆t)2 (∆x)2

L
v c v
2
ct0 2 2 2
(∆s)2 (3 108 m/s)2(1.5 s)2 02
0
(∆s)2 2.05 1017 m2

v c2 For Kareem:

ct
1
0 (s)2 c2(t)2 (x)2

L0
x c2(t)2 (s )2
(3.0 108 m/s)2 x (3 108 m/s
)2(2 s) (2
.025
1017 m2)

2
v
1 (3.0 10 m/s)(3600
8
s) x 3.97 10 m 8
(5.75 1012 m)
v 2.95 108 m/s Section 13.5
1. m0 5.98 1024 kg
Section 13.4 v 2.96 104 m/s
1. L0 7 ca m0
m
v2
L
t
0
v
1
2
c
7 ca 5.98 1024 kg
7 a 3 a
m
v (2.96 104 m/s)2

7 ca
v
10 a

1
(3.0 10 8 m/s)2
m 5.980 000 03 1024 kg
v 0.7c
2. m
m0
2. The age or time difference for the twins is:
v2
5 a tS tT
d dT

1
2
c
5 a
S
At 0.9c:
v v m0
v2 m
2
2L
5 a
0
2L0 1
2
c 1
m 2.294m0
(0 .9)
v v
At 0.99c:
v2
10 ca
5 a

10 ca 1
2
c m
2
1
m0
(0 .99)
v v
m 7.089m0
v2
v 2c 2c 1
c2
At 0.999c:
m0
m
2
1 (0
v 2c 2c 1
v2
c2 m 22.366m0
.999)
v2 4vc 4c2 4c2 4v2 Therefore, there is a much greater increase in

v(5v 4c) 0 mass when accelerating from 0.99c to 0.999c.
v 0.8c
since v ≠ 0

3. Using the low-speed mass dilation approximation, 3. The speed of the bullet relative to Earth is:
1 m0v2 bvc cvE
m

bvE
bvccvE
2 c2
1 (60 kg)(10 m/s)2
m

1
c2

2 (3.0 108 m/s)2 c

c
m 3.3 1014 kg 3 2
bvE

c c
4. Since cost, C, is proportional to energy3, E3,
3 2
1

C E 3

2
2 c2
C1 E1
5c

5000 MeV 3
C2 ($100 million)
6
500 MeV bvE

1
1
C2 $100 billion 6
5. The radius for charges moving at right angles 5c
mv bvE
to a magnetic field is r
. The ratio of the 7

Bq
r m vf bvE 0.714c
radius of a fast to slow electron is
f
f
.
rs msvs Therefore, the bullet will never reach the
Assuming ms m0 (its rest mass), and bandits because its speed is less than 0.75c.
mf
m0
, the ratio becomes
vf
. 4. Putting the limiting velocity v c into
2
v2

v Hubble’s law:
1
2 vs 1
2
c c v Hr
6. As in question 5, the ratio of radii is: gives the limiting case of:
r mpvp

p
and since vp ve: r
c
re meve H
mpre 3.0 108 m/s
rp
r
me 1.7 102 m/s/ca

(1.67 1027 kg)re
rp
r 1.76 1010 ca
9.11 1031 kg
rp 1833re Section 13.7
7. m0 1.67 1027 kg 1. For momentum dilation,
v 0.996c m0v
p
B 5.0 105 T v2
r
m0v
1
2
c
v2 At v 0.2c:

qB 1
2
c
p
m0(0.2c)
(1.67 1027 kg)(0.996c) (0.2c)2
r
(1.6 10 C)(5.0 105 T)

19
1 (0
.996)2
1
c2
r 6.98 105 m p 0.204m0c
At v 0.5c:
Section 13.6 m0(0.5c)
2. Using the relativistic formula for velocity p
(0.5c)2
addition:
vN NvL

1
c2
vL
p 0.577m0c
vNNvL
1

At v 0.8c:
c2
c 0.999c m0(0.8c)
p
vL
(0.8c)2
(c)(0.999c)
1
c2
1
c2
vL c
p 1.33m0c

2. E m0c2 Ek 3. E2 (pc)2 (m0c)2
Case A: (mvc)2 (mc2)2 (m0c)2
125 J m0c2 87 J mc2 (m0c2 Ek)
m0 38c2 J mc2 m0c2 5m0c2
Case B: mc2 6m0c2
54 J m0c2 15 J (mvc)2 (6m0c2)2 (m0c2)2
m0 39c2 J (mvc)2 35m02c4
Therefore, B has the greater rest mass. m2v2 35m02c2
3. The energy used by the bulb is: m0
Since m
,
E mc2 v2
E Pt 1
2
c
2

Pt v
m
v2 35 1
2 c2
c2 c
(80 W)(365 24 60 60 s) v 35c 35v2
2 2
m
(3.0 108 m/s)2 36v2 35c 2

m 2.80 108 kg

35
v
c2
m 2.80 105 g 36
4. E mc2 v 0.986c
E (65 kg)(3 108 m/s)2 v 2.96 108 m/s
E 5.85 1018 J 4. Given the dilated mass of the proton,
m 4 106m0
Section 13.8 m
m0
1. E mc2 v2
E (106 MeV/c 2)c 2 1
2
c
E 106 MeV 1
4 106
v2
1 106 eV
E 106 MeV
1 MeV
1.6 1019 J
1 eV 1
2
c
11 Since v2 ≈ c2, we can use the high-speed
E 1.696 10 J
approximation:
The equivalent mass is:

v2 v
E
m
2 1
2 2 1
c c
c
1
1.696 1011 J 4 106
m

(3.0 108 m/s)2 v
2 1
c
m 1.88 1028 kg
1

v
2. A mass, m, is equivalent to an energy: 1
c (4 106) 2
E mc2
v
E (1.67 1027 kg)(3 108 m/s)2 1
3.13 1014
c
E 1.503 1010 J
c v 3.13 1014c
1 eV 1.6 1019 J
c v 9.38 106 m/s
1.503 1010 J
m
The protons are travelling 9.38 106 m/s

1.6 1019 J/eV
slower than c.
m 939.37 106 eV/c 2
m 939.4 MeV/c 2

Section 14.1 3. T235 7.04 108 a, T238 4.45 109 a,
235 235

3. a) Binding energy is: N N

238 0.0044,
238 0.030
B [Zm(1H) Nmn m(2H)]c2 N N 0
B 938.78 MeV 939.57 MeV
2
t
1
235
( N)
235
0
T235
1876.12 MeV N

( N)

B 2.23 MeV
238
N 2381 t

T238
0
B 2.23 MeV 2
b)

1.12 MeV/nucleon
2
A 2 nucleons 1 ( t
1

1

)
0.0044 (0.030)
7.04 108 a 4.45 10 a

9
4. Average atomic mass of Cl is

0.758(35 u) 0.242(37 u) 35.48 u,
0.030
0.0044 9 1 1
log
t(1.196 10 a ) log
compared to 35.453 u in the periodic table. 2

0.8337
t
Section 14.2 (0.3010)(1.196 109 a1)
2. Since AZX → A4

Z2 Y: t 2.3 109 a
a) 90Th b) 244
234 219 240 60
94Pu c) 84Po d) 92U e) 27 Co
3. Since AZ X → AZ1Ye: Section 14.4

a) 32 23 35 45 64
16S b) 11 Na c) 17Cl d) 21 Sc e) 30Zn
1. Bismuth or 209
83 Bi
4. Since AZ X → AZ1Ye: unobservable annual dosage 360 mSv

2.

a) 199F b) 22 46 239 64 dosage per dental x-ray 0.20 mSv
10 Ne c) 23V d) 92U e) 28 Ni
1800 doses
Section 14.3 4. annual dose dose equivalent activity
1. The amount eaten is: time
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D (1.3 10 eV)(1.602 1019 J/eV)(1)
6

2 4 8 16 32 128 256 (29 000 Bq/kg) (365 24 60 60 s)

255 255 1 D 0.1905 J/kg

. The amount left is 1

256 256 256 D 191 mSv

1 8
or
. Section 14.5
2
2. In a head-on elastic collision with the target,
2. T 1.28 109 a, N0 5 mg, N 1 mg
1
3

2 H at rest, the recoil velocity is:

mn mx

t
v v
N N0
T
1

mn mx
2
2
1u3u
v v

N t 1
log

log
1u3u
N0 T 2 1
v 0.5v

N Tritium is 50% effective in slowing down the
log
N0 fast neutrons.
t T

2
1 4. power amount of energy/mole
log
2 number of moles used/12 h
(12 3600)1 h/s

1 mg
log
5 mg

t (1.28 109 a)
400 g 600 g
P (1699 GJ/mol)
or

1 2 g/mol 3 g/mol
log
2

1
t 2.97 109 a
43200 s
P 7.87 GW

5. Since 1 neutrino is created along with v
b) r
1 deuterium atom, and 2 deuterium atoms are 2f

needed to create an 4He ion, 2 neutrinos are 4.35 107 m/s
r
created. 2(32 106 Hz)

r 0.216 m
Section 14.6
1. Using Einstein’s energy triangle: Section 14.7
(mvc)2 (m0c2Ek)2 (m0c2)2 2 2 1
2. a) uud

1
mvc (0.511
MeV
310
0 MeV
)2 (0
.511 M
eV)2 3 3 3
13
mvc (3100.5 MeV)(1.602 10 J/MeV) b)
uud
2 2 1

1
4.9670 1010 J 3 3 3
mv
3.0 108 m/s c) ud

2 1

1
mv 1.6557 1018 N·s 3 3
The de Broglie wavelength is: 2 1 1
d) udd

0
h 3 3 3

1 2
mv

e) su
3

1
3
6.63 1034 J·s

1.6557 1018 N·s 3. a) proton (baryon)

4.0 1016 m b) antiproton (baryon)
v c) pion (meson)
2. f
d) neutron (baryon)
2r
3.0 108 m/s e) kaon (meson)
f
2 1 1
2(4300 m) 4. udd

0
f 11 kHz 3 3 3
3. a) In Einstein’s energy triangle, 5. The mass “defect” of a 0 meson is:
(mc2)2 (m0c2)2 (mvc)2 [see Chapter 13] md mb m (8 4700 5279) MeV/c 2
m0c2 938.27 MeV 571 MeV/c 2
mc2 m0c2 Ek
mc2 938.27 MeV 10 MeV
Section 14.8
1. i) An electron and a positron annihilate each
mc2 948.27 MeV
other, releasing two gamma rays.
In the triangle,
ii) A neutron undergoes decay to an
m0c2
cos
antineutrino, a positron, and an electron.
mc2
938.27 MeV iii)A planet orbits the Sun via the exchange of
cos
a graviton.
948.27 MeV
8.328°
mvc

sin
mc2
v

sin 8.328°
c
v 0.1448c
v 4.35 107 m/s

PART 2 Answers to End-of-chapter Conceptual Questions
Chapter 1 6. Assume for all cases that north is positive and

1. It is possible for an object to be accelerating south is negative.
and at rest at the same time. For example, con- a) Positiontime graph: The object sits
sider an object that is thrown straight up in motionless south of the designated zero
the air. During its entire trajectory it is accel- point. The object then moves northward
erating downward. At its maximum height it with a constant velocity, crossing the zero
has a speed of zero. Therefore, at that point it point and ending up in a position north of
is both accelerating and at rest. the zero point.
2. A speedometer measures a car’s speed, not its Velocitytime graph: The object moves
velocity, since the speedometer gives no indi- southward with a constant velocity. The
cation as to the direction of the car’s motion. object then slows down while still moving
3. Position-Time
southward, stops, changes direction, and
m
speeds up northward with a constant
Position in Metres
5 acceleration.
4
b) Positiontime graph: The object starts at
3
2 the zero point and speeds up while moving
1 northward, then continues to move north-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 t ward with a constant velocity.
Time in Seconds Velocitytime graph: The object starts at
rest and speeds up with an increasing
Time in Seconds
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 t acceleration while moving northward. The
Velocity in Metres per Second
–1
object then continues to speed up with a
–2 constant acceleration northward.
–3 c) Positiontime graph: The object starts
–4 north of the zero point and moves south-
–5
–6
ward past the zero point with a constant
–7 velocity. The object then abruptly slows
–8 down and continues to move southward
–9 with a new constant velocity.
–10
m Velocitytime graph: The object slows
4. Displacement, velocity, and acceleration are down while moving northward, stops,
all vector quantities. Therefore, a negative dis- changes direction, and speeds up south-
placement, velocity, or acceleration is a nega- ward with a constant acceleration. The
tive vector quantity, which indicates that the object then abruptly reduces the magni-
vector’s direction is opposite to the direction tude of its acceleration and continues to
designated as positive. speed up southward with a new constant
5. The seconds are squared in the standard SI acceleration.
unit for acceleration, m/s2, because accelera- d) Positiontime graph: The object starts at
tion is the change in velocity per unit of time. the zero point and moves northward and
Therefore, the standard SI unit for accelera- slows down to a stop, where it sits motion-
tion is (m/s)/s, which is more conveniently less for a period of time. The object then
written as m/s2. quickly speeds up southward and moves
Answers to End-of-chapter Conceptual Questions 61

southward with a constant velocity, going forces acting on an object is half of an
past the zero point. actionreaction pair. If both the action forces
Velocitytime graph: The object starts at and the reaction forces were included in a
rest and speeds up while moving north- free-body diagram, then all the forces would
ward. The acceleration in this time period cancel. For example, a free-body diagram for a
is decreasing. The object then continues to ball being kicked must not include the reac-
move northward with a constant velocity. tion force provided by the ball on the foot, or
The object then slows down while moving else the forces would cancel and the ball
northward, stops, changes direction, and would not accelerate.
speeds up southward with a constant accel- 10. Fn
eration.
dtot
7. a) vavg
ttot
1000 m Fm Motor- Ff
cycle
(5)(60 s)
3.3 ms
dtot
b) vavg
ttot Fg
1000 m 11. Dear Cousin,

(4)(60 s) You asked me to explain Newton’s first law of
4.2 ms motion to you. Newton’s first law of motion
dtot
c) vavg states that an object will keep moving at a
ttot constant speed in the same direction unless a
2000 m
force makes it slow down, speed up, or change
(9)(60 s)
direction. Here’s an example. Suppose you’re
3.7 ms
pushing a hockey puck across the carpet.
d) The answer for c) is the average speed of
When you let go, the puck quickly stops mov-
the bus over the whole trip, whereas half
ing. This is because the carpet is not very slip-
the sum of its speed up the hill and its
pery; we say that it has a lot of friction. The
speed down the hill is an average of the
force of friction is making the puck slow
average speeds up and down the hill.
down. What if you slide the puck across a sur-
8. In flying from planet A to planet B, you would
face with less friction, like ice? The puck will
need to burn your spacecraft’s engines while
take longer to stop moving, because the force
leaving planet A in order to escape its gravita-
of friction is much less than on the carpet.
tional pull and then to make any necessary
Now suppose you slide the puck across an air
course corrections, and while arriving at
hockey table. The force of friction is so small
planet B in order to slow down and stop.
that the puck will slide for a much, much
Assuming there were no forces acting on the
longer time. So, you can imagine sliding a
craft in between, it would travel with constant
puck on a surface with no friction at all. The
velocity once the engines were turned off.
puck never stops, because there is no force to
9. A free-body diagram shows the forces acting
slow it down! Perhaps you’re wondering
on an object, as these are the only forces that
about a motionless object that isn’t experienc-
can cause the body to accelerate. Since, by
ing a force — why isn’t it moving at a con-
Newton’s third law, for every action force
stant speed in the same direction? But it is!
there is a reaction force, equal in magnitude
Zero is a constant speed.
and opposite in direction, then each of the
62 Answers to End-of-chapter Conceptual Questions

Fn Fn flight, respectively, and v2i and v2f are the ini-
tial and final velocities downward, respec-
tively. Since d1 d2, we can write the
Puck following equation:
Puck
on Ff on Ff t1(v1i v1f) t2(v2i v2f)
carpet ice
2 2
On the left side, the final velocity upward, v1f,
is equal to zero. On the right side, the initial
Fg Fg velocity downward, v2i, is equal to zero. The
equation simplifies:
Fn Fn t1(v1i) t2(v2f)

2 2
But v1i is equal to v2f and is not zero, and
Puck Puck therefore t1 t2.
on Ff on
air table frictionless 15. The ball is undergoing uniform circular
surface
motion, as it is travelling in a circle at a con-
stant speed. Because its trajectory is curved, it
cannot be undergoing uniform motion, which
Fg Fg
requires an object to be travelling at a con-
12. The gravitational force applied by the Moon stant speed in a straight line.
on Earth does not cancel with the gravita-
tional force applied by Earth on the Moon Chapter 2
because these forces act on different bodies. 1. Frictional forces are forces that oppose motion.
Only forces applied on the same body can pos- A frictional force will only try to prevent an
sibly cancel one another. object from moving, it will not actually cause
13. When you fire a rifle, the forces applied to the an object to move.
bullet and the rifle make up an actionreac- 2. It is not possible to swing a mass in a horizon-
tion pair. By Newton’s third law, the force tal circle above your head. Since gravity is
applied to the bullet is equal and opposite to always pulling down on the mass, an upward
its reaction force, the force applied to the rifle. component of the tension force is required to
This reaction force causes the rifle and you to balance gravity. As the speed of rotation
recoil in the opposite direction. increases, the angle relative to the horizontal
14. While in the air, the ball’s vertical acceleration may approach 0° but will never reach 0°.
is constant and equal to g 9.8 m/s2. The 3. If the gravitational force downward and the
ball travels the same distance upward as normal force upward are the only two vertical
downward, and therefore the ball’s speed is forces acting on an object, we can be certain
the same when it reaches the ground as when that they are balanced if the object is not accel-
it leaves the ground, since its acceleration is erating. If one of these forces were greater
constant. Suppose the lengths of time it takes than the other, the object would accelerate in
the ball to travel upward and downward are t1 the direction of the greater force.
and t2, respectively. We can use the equations 4. The most common way to describe directions
t1(v1i v1f) t2(v2i v2f) in three dimensions is by the use of three unit
d1 and d2
2 2 vectors (and their opposites). Traditionally,
for the distances travelled upward and down- the three unit vectors used are labelled as i, j,
ward, respectively, where v1i and v1f are the and k. One of these unit vectors will represent
initial and final velocities during the upward right, one will represent up, and one will

represent coming out of the plane of the page 8. a) The baseball’s velocity will be upward with a
toward you. magnitude less than its initial velocity. The
5. The bullets reach the ground in the same acceleration will be downward at 9.8 m/s2.
amount of time. Recall that the horizontal and b) The baseball’s velocity will be zero. The
vertical motions of each bullet are independent acceleration will be downward at 9.8 m/s2.
of each other. Since both identical objects are c) The baseball’s velocity will be downward
accelerating downward at the acceleration due with the same magnitude as in a). The
to gravity and they are both dropped from the acceleration will be downward at 9.8 m/s2.
same height, it takes the same time for them to 9. You would still need a pitcher’s mound on the
reach the ground. Moon because the ball would still accelerate
6. Dear Wolfgang, downward due to gravity. Since the Moon has
You asked whether the time it takes to paddle a smaller mass than Earth, the acceleration
a canoe across a river depends on the strength due to gravity on the Moon is less than that on
of the current. When you are paddling a canoe Earth. As a result, the height of the mound
across a river, the variables that determine would not have to be as great as that on Earth.
how long it takes are the width of the river 10. She could jump twice as far on a planet that
and the forward velocity of the canoe due to has one-half the gravity of Earth. If we assume
your paddling. The canoe’s forward velocity that her initial speed and the direction for
and the current velocity are perpendicular to launch are the same, and that her initial
each other, so they don’t affect each other. As vertical displacement is zero, we can write
a result, the current does not affect the length the following.
of time required to cross the river. The only 1
dy v1 t ayt2
effect of the current on the motion of the
y
2
canoe is to cause it to move downstream from 1
0 v1 ayt
where it would otherwise have landed.
y
2
7. The student who wants to apply the force 2v1
t
y
above the horizontal has the better idea. The ay

horizontal component of the applied force in If the acceleration, ay, is halved, then the time
the direction of motion will be the same in flight, t, will be doubled. Therefore, the
regardless of whether the force is applied horizontal distance travelled will also be dou-
above or below the horizontal. It is in the stu- bled, assuming that her horizontal speed is
dents’ best interest to minimize the amount of constant.
friction. Recall that the frictional force is 11. As your bicycle’s rear tire spins, it takes water
directly proportional to the normal force. If with it due to adhesion. Inertia causes the
they apply the force above the horizontal, this water to try to move in a straight line. As a
will reduce the magnitude of the normal force result, the water leaves the wheel with a veloc-
needed to be supplied by the floor on the sofa, ity tangential to the tire and may spray your
which will therefore reduce the frictional force back if your bicycle does not have a protective
and make it easier to move the sofa. On the rear fender.
other hand, if they apply the force below the 12. Inertia causes the water in your clothing to try
horizontal, this will increase the normal force to move in a straight line. If the drum in the
required and thereby increase the frictional washing machine were solid, it would apply a
force, making it harder to move the sofa. centripetal force on the water, which would
keep it moving in a circle. Since the drum has
holes in it, however, the water is able to leave
the drum as it spins.

13. The aircraft can be flown in one of two ways, 5. Line installers allow a droop in their lines
or a combination of these, to provide “weight- when installing them because the droop
lessness.” If the aircraft accelerates downward allows a moderate upward vertical application
at the acceleration due to gravity, the astro- of force as the wire curves upward to the sup-
nauts inside the aircraft will experience port standards. This allows an upward force
“weightlessness.” The other possibility is to to support the wire when loaded with freezing
travel in a vertical arc. If the aircraft flies in a rain and ice buildup. This droop means that
vertical arc at such a speed that at the top of the tension to support the load can be much
the arc the gravitational force provides all the less because of the greater angle.
centripetal force required to keep the aircraft 6. A wrench can be made to more easily open a
and its occupants travelling in a circle, they rusty bolt by adapting the wrench so as to
will experience “weightlessness.” apply more torque. More torque can be applied
by the same force by adding length to the
Chapter 3 wrench handle.
1. Hydro lines and telephone cables cannot be 7. The higher up on a ladder a person is, the far-
run completely horizontally because the force ther he is from the pivot point, which is the
of gravity acts downward on the entire wire point where the ladder touches the ground.
and there is very little means of counterbal- Therefore, the ladder will be more likely to
ancing this force using supports. slide down the wall if the person stands on a
2. a) The ladder is pushing directly into the wall higher rung.
on which it is resting, normal to the sur- 8. The torque varies as sin , where is the
face of the wall. With no friction, there is angle between the pedal arm and the applied
no force to prevent the ladder from sliding force. The torque is at a minimum (zero)
down the wall. when the pedals are vertical (one on top of
b) The force exerted by the ladder on the the other), because the force (weight) is
ground is exactly equal to the force of grav- applied at 0° to the pedal arm, and sin 0° 0.
ity (weight) of the ladder because there is The maximum torque is applied when the
no vertical force due to friction. The only pedals are horizontal, because the angle
force that acts vertically, upward or down- between the pedal arm and the applied force is
ward, is the force of gravity. 90°, and sin 90° 1.
3. Standing with your feet together or wide apart 9. There is no extra benefit for curls to be done
makes no difference to the condition of static to their highest position. As the forearm is
equilibrium, since in both cases all forces are raised, the angle of the force of gravity vector
balanced. In terms of stability, the wider decreases at the same rate as the angle
stance is more stable. A wider stance means a between the muscle of effort and the arm. As
lower centre of mass and a wider “footprint.” the forearm is raised, the effort required to lift
This means there is a greater tipping angle for the arm decreases, but so does the muscle’s
this wider stance. ability to provide the effort.
4. High-heeled shoes force the centre of mass of 10. Your textbook is sitting in stable equilibrium
the person wearing to move forward from its when flat on your desk. When the book is bal-
normal position. To maintain balance, the anced on its corner, it is in unstable equilib-
person must move the centre of mass back rium. Motion in any direction will cause a
again, usually by leaning the shoulders back- lowering of the centre of mass and a release of
ward. This effort can cause fatigue in the back gravitational potential energy, making the tip-
muscles. ping motion continue and thus making the
book fall.

11. In terms of stability, a walking cane provides a 18. Lumber is used this way to support greater
wider base (footprint) over which the person spans because of the greater dimensions of
is balancing. It is harder to force the person’s wood in the vertical direction. More wood
centre of mass outside this wider support base. provides a means of supporting a greater
12. When standing up from a sitting position, we weight through a tension force throughout the
first must lean forward to move our centre of wood.
mass over our feet to maintain stability. 19. Concrete would not be an ideal material for a
Unless we first lean forward, our centre of cantilevered structure because of the differ-
mass is already outside our support base and ence in the way that this material deals with
it is impossible to stand up. tension and compression forces. A cantilever
13. A five-legged chair base is more stable because would require a great tensile strength in the
of the wider support base (footprint). The upper layer and a great compressive strength
extra leg effectively increases the tipping in the lower layer. Concrete has great com-
angle, making the chair more stable. pressive strength but poor tensile strength.
14. Tall fluted champagne glasses must have a
wide base to improve the stability of the glass. Chapter 4
Recall that the tipping angle is given by the 1. Momentum is the product of mass and velocity;
(0.5)(width of base) mv. Since velocity is a vector quantity, so
p
expression tan1 .
height of centre of mass is momentum.
Therefore, the taller the glass, the greater the 2. A system represents all the objects involved in
height of the centre of mass, and the smaller a collision. In a closed system, the boundary is
the tipping angle. A wider base increases the closed (that is, there are no interactions with
tipping angle by compensating for the taller the external environment) and therefore the
glass. net external force acting on the system’s
15. The extra mass helps to mimic the mass of objects as a group is zero. In an open isolated
the cargo and lowers the centre of mass of the system, the boundary is not closed but the net
ship. Without this extra mass, the ship would external force acting on the system is zero.
be top-heavy and more prone to capsizing, 3. The net force is used in the calculation of
especially in rough weather. impulse; J F∆t.
16. This figure is so stable because the design of 4. Impulse is the change in momentum; J ∆p.
the toy places the effective centre of mass 5. In an isolated system, the net external force, F,
below the balance point. A gentle push actu- acting on the system is zero. Therefore, the
ally raises the centre of mass like a pendulum, impulse, J, is zero (J F∆t), and the change in
which increases the gravitational potential momentum, ∆p, is zero (J ∆p).
energy, which tends to return the toy to its 6. The law of conservation of (linear) momen-
stable equilibrium position. tum states that the total momentum of an
17. The bone that has the smaller length will frac- isolated system before a collision is equal to
ture first if the same twisting stress is applied the total momentum of the system after the
to two bones of equal radius but different collision. This can be expressed algebraically
lengths. This is due to the fact that the strain as ptotalinitial ptotalfinal. Equivalently, in an isolated
L

on the longer bone will be much
L
system the change in momentum is zero;
∆p 0.
smaller than that on the shorter bone, because
7. Yes, a ball thrown upward loses momentum as
the length term appears in the denominator of
it rises because there is a net external force
the expression for strain.
downward (gravity) acting on the ball, slow-
ing it down.

8. Assuming that the net external force acting on pTo pTf
the grenade during the explosion is zero mvAo mvBo mvAf mvBf
(ignoring gravity), the sum of the 45 momen- vAo vBo vf vf
tum vectors after the explosion is equal to the vAo vBo
vf
momentum vector of the grenade before the 2
explosion, since ptotalinitial ptotalfinal. Since the angle between vBo and vf is greater
9. Assume that the astronaut’s initial momen- than the angle between vAo and vf, the magni-
tum is zero as he floats in space. By throwing tude of vAo is greater than the magnitude of vBo.
the monkey wrench in the opposite direction 14. The component method would be preferred
of the space station, he would be propelled for solving momentum problems in which
toward the space station. This is an example trigonometry could not be used readily — for
of Newton’s third law: The total momentum instance, problems involving more than two
of the astronaut–wrench system would still be objects colliding, or non-linear problems.
zero after he threw the wrench. 15. a) Grocery clerks lean back when carrying
10. A rocket can change its course in space by heavy boxes so that their centres of mass
ejecting any object or matter such as a gas. stay in line with their feet.
Assuming that the total momentum of the b) The centre of mass of a system of masses is
rocket–gas system is conserved, the momen- the point where the masses could be con-
tum of the rocket will change as the gas is sidered to be concentrated or “balanced”
ejected. This change in momentum will corre- for analyzing their motion. This concept
spond to an impulse, which will change the can simplify momentum problems since
course of the rocket. the momentum of the centre of mass is
11. Assume that the total momentum of the sys- equal to the total momentum before, and
tem is conserved: after, a collision, and is conserved during
pTo pTf the collision.
p1o p2o p1f p2f
mv1o mv2o mv1f mv2f
Chapter 5
1. When you are holding your physics book
mv1o m(–v1o) mv1f mv2f
steady in your outstretched arm, there is no
(substituting v2o v1o)
work done because there is no displacement
0 m(v1f v2f)
(W F∆d).
Therefore, the general equation for the total
2. The momentum, p, of an object with mass m
momentum before and after the collision is
is related to its kinetic energy, Ek, according to
pTo 0 m(v1f v2f) pTf.
the equation p 2mE k. If a golf ball and a
12. As rain falls into the open-top freight car, the
football have the same kinetic energy then the
car will slow down. Assuming that momen-
football has the greater momentum, since the
tum is conserved as the rain falls into the car,
mass of the football is greater than the mass of
the combined mass of the car and the water
the golf ball.
will move along the track at a slower speed.
3. A negative area under a force–displacement
13. Object A is moving faster before the collision.
graph represents negative work, which means
Assuming that the momentum of the A-B
that the displacement is in the opposite direc-
system is conserved, the final velocity of the
tion of the force applied. For example, when
objects, vf, is equal to the average of their
friction is slowing down a car, there is a posi-
initial velocities, vAo and vBo:
tive displacement but a negative force.
4. After work is done on an object, it has gained
energy.

5. When a spring diving board is compressed by p2
10. No, the equation Ek shows that if an
a diver jumping on it, the diving board pos- 2m
sesses elastic potential energy. As the diving object has momentum then it must have
board straightens out, it transfers its elastic kinetic energy. The converse is also true, as
potential energy to the diver, who gains the equation also shows.
kinetic and gravitational potential energy. As
the diver rises in the air, her kinetic energy is Chapter 6
transformed into potential energy until she 1. We do not require the more general form of
only has gravitational potential energy as she Newton’s law of universal gravitation because
reaches her highest point. As she descends for situations on or near the surface of Earth,
toward the pool, her potential energy is trans- the values of G, M, and r can be assumed to
formed into kinetic energy and she increases be specified constants. After these simplifica-
her speed as she falls. As she enters the pool tions are made, the general form becomes
and slows down in the water, her kinetic equivalent to the simpler form.
energy is transferred to the water as kinetic 2. Due to the direction in which Earth rotates,
energy, potential energy, and heat energy. more energy would be required to reach the
1 same orbit if a spacecraft was launched
6. Ek mv2
2 westward, since an eastward launch aids the
( J) (kg)[(ms)2] spacecraft.
( J) (kg·m2s2) 3. The near side of the Moon is more massive
( J) (kg·ms2·m) than the far side, possibly due to impacted
( J) (N·m) meteors. Over time this side was more
( J) ( J) attracted to Earth, so that eventually the more
7. The equation ∆Ee ∆Ek means that a loss massive side came to face Earth all the time.
of elastic potential energy becomes a gain in This is also true for the moons of Jupiter and
kinetic energy. Saturn relative to their planets.
8. Yes, since gravitational potential energy is 4. The force of gravity is the derivative of gravi-
measured relative to a point which could tational potential energy, Ep. Equivalently, the
change. That point could be the ground level, force of gravity is the slope of the graph of Ep
the basement level, or any other arbitrary versus x.
point. 5. Assuming that the spacecraft is initially in
9. In an elastic collision the total kinetic energy orbit and that jettisoning a large piece of itself
is conserved, whereas in an inelastic collision does not significantly alter its momentum, it
the total kinetic energy is not conserved. An will continue in the same orbit.
example of an (almost) elastic collision is a 6. The velocity of a spacecraft in orbit is con-
collision between two billiard balls. An exam- stantly changing due to the centripetal force
ple of an inelastic collision is a collision acting on it. Therefore, if one spacecraft
between two vehicles in which their kinetic points toward another and rockets in that
energy is transferred to heat energy, sound direction, the two spacecraft will not meet
energy, and energy used to permanently because the “added velocity” vector of the first
deform the vehicles. spacecraft does not change as is required for
convergence.
7. a) The escape speed required to leave Earth
is approximately 11 km/s. The necessary
upward acceleration, a, of a spacecraft
during firing from an 80-m cannon is given

(11 000 m/s)2 10. Three everyday examples of SHM are: an
by a 756 250 m/s2.
2(80 m) idling engine, as periodic power from combus-
This is more than 77 000 times the magni- tion keeps piston movement in a state of
tude of the acceleration due to gravity, SHM; someone rocking in a rocking chair,
and would be experienced for about where periodic “foot pushes” or shifts in the
11 000 m/s centre of mass counteract dampening; the
∆t 2 0.015 s. The
756 250 m/s motion of a toy bird that “drinks” water, pro-
mission would not be survivable. vided that there is a constant supply of water.
b) The downward force of the gun’s recoil 11. Three examples of damping in oscillatory sys-
would be roughly equal to the upward tems are: engine braking (desired) — as the
force on the spacecraft. If the spacecraft fuel supply to the cylinders is lessened, so is
had a mass of 5000 kg, the force of the the power, which dampens piston movement;
recoil would be approximately swinging on a swing (undesired) — the
(5000 kg)(756 250 m/s2) 3.781 109 N. height of successive swings becomes smaller
8. Given: and smaller due to friction and air resistance;
hmax 2 m air bags (desired) — when deployed, they
k 500 N/m gradually dampen the effects of a collision on
xmax 0.45 m a person’s body, as opposed to a steering
m 80 kg wheel or dashboard, which do so almost
First, calculate the maximum energy that our instantaneously.
knees can absorb without damage.
Vg mgh Chapter 7
Vg (80 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(2 m) 1. All objects on Earth that are stationary rela-
Vg 1568 J tive to Earth’s surface have the same angular
Next, calculate the maximum energy that the velocity, since they all complete one rotation
springs can absorb. about Earth’s axis in the same amount of
1
Ve kx2 time. However, they do not all have the same
2
1 tangential velocity, since they are not all the
Ve (500 N/m)(0.45 m2) same distance from Earth’s axis of rotation. If
2
Ve 51 J
is the angular velocity of an object on
Finally, calculate the maximum height from Earth’s surface and r is the object’s distance
which we could survive a fall without damage. from Earth’s axis of rotation then the object’s
Vg mgh tangential velocity, v, is given by v r
.
Vg 2. A differential mechanism is necessary to
h
mg allow a car to turn smoothly. The wheels on
1568 J 51 J the inside of a turn move through a smaller
h
(80 kg)(9.8 m/s2) radius than the wheels on the outside, thus
h 2.07 m travelling a smaller arc distance in the same
With the springs attached, we could survive a amount of time. Therefore, the inside wheels
fall of at most 2.07 m without damage. rotate at a smaller angular speed. In the
9. The force of gravity would be absence of a differential, however, the inside
(9.8 m/s2)(80 kg) 1837 N downward, and outside drive wheels (connected to the
whereas the force of the springs would be motor) must rotate at the same angular speed.
only (500 N/m)(0.45 m) 225 N upward. To turn, you would have to lock up the inside
The net force acting on us would act down- drive wheel, causing an uncontrolled turn.
ward, so we would not bounce off the ground.

The differential allows the drive wheels to not visually apparent as the diver then enters
turn at different angular speeds. the water out of sight of the spectators and
3. The top of the CN Tower, with the tower judges.
located at the highest altitude on the equator, 8. No, the centripetal force acting on a rider
would have the greatest tangential speed, varies depending on the radius of turn: the
because in that case the top of the tower larger the radius, the larger the centripetal
would be the greatest distance from the axis force. The riders on the outer part of the ride
of rotation of Earth. However, since the height swing out farther than the inner riders
of the CN Tower is negligible compared to the because of the larger centripetal force.
radius of Earth, the variation in tangential 9. According to the law of conservation of angu-
speed among different parts of the tower is lar momentum, the total angular momentum
negligible. before the tape recorder was turned on high
4. A larger car tire has a greater moment of speed was equal to the total angular momen-
inertia (greater radius and mass), thus in tum after. When the tape recorder was turned
principle more energy would be needed to on high speed, the angular momentum of the
start turning the tire. Once the tire was mov- system had an added component in the angu-
ing, the law of inertia would apply and a lar direction of the turning tape. Voyager 2
greater force would be needed to slow and rotated in the opposite direction to compen-
stop the tire, thus less energy would be sate, although not as fast, since its moment of
needed to keep the tire moving. inertia was much larger than the tape
5. a) Yes, changing the tire size affects the recorder’s.
odometer reading. For example, a tire with 10. a) The hollow cylinder has a greater moment
a larger radius than the calibrating tire cov- of inertia than the solid one because the
ers a greater distance in the same number hollow cylinder’s mass is concentrated far-
of turns. In that case, the car will travel a ther from the axis of rotation. However,
greater distance than what the odometer since there is no friction, there is no force
indicates. available to create the torque necessary to
b) Yes, the speedometer reading is affected, turn the cylinders. Translational motion
for the same reason. For example, a car does not depend on the distribution of
with larger tires will travel at a greater mass, so both objects accelerate at the same
speed than what the speedometer indicates. rate and reach the base of the incline at the
6. The angular equivalents to force and displace- same time.
ment are torque and angular displacement. No b) As in part a), in the absence of friction the
linear work is done on an object if an applied cylinder does not roll. Therefore, both
force does not change the displacement of the objects slide down the ramp, accelerating at
object in the direction that the force is the same rate (ignoring the effect of wind
applied. No rotational work is done if an resistance on the different shapes).
applied torque does not result in a change in Translational motion does not depend on
angular displacement. the distribution of mass, so both objects
7. No, angular momentum is conserved because reach the ground at the same time.
the diver is in fact still rotating as she enters 11. A spinning projectile behaves like a gyroscope.
the water. There is no external torque applied The spin means that the object possesses
to the diver after she leaves the diving board. angular momentum about its axis of rotation.
Because the diver increases her moment of This allows the object to resist forces acting
inertia by extending out straight from a on it as it travels, which in turn allows the
tuck, her angular spin decreases. This is object to maintain its projectile motion.

Without the spin, uneven airflow over the sur- on whether the charged object has a negative
face of the object would make it tumble, expe- or positive charge, inducing an opposite
rience greater air resistance, and travel a charge which acts to attract the two objects by
shorter distance. way of the law of electric forces.
12. If the wheel does not slip as it rolls then the 2. The function of an electroscope is to detect an
translational distance, d, that the axle moves is electric field. An electric field will cause the
equal to the arc length, s, along the outside of movement of electrons within an electroscope,
the wheel. This is not true in the case of inducing similar charges to cluster at each of
“squealing your tires.” the two pieces of dangling foil. The two pieces
13. Rotation axes can be anywhere, but for sim- of foil will repel each other, indicating the
plicity’s sake consider only some symmetric presence of the electric field.
ones. Ranked from least to greatest moment of 3. Rubbing the balloon against your dry hair
inertia, the rotation axis can pass through the charges the balloon electrostatically. When the
centre of the top and bottom (shown), balloon approaches the wall, the negative
through the centre of the spine, through the charge forces the electrons in the ceiling away,
centre of the front and back cover, or run leaving the positive charges close to the sur-
diagonally from one corner to another. face. The result is that the negatively charged
14. The angular momentum of a Sun–planet sys- balloon attracts the now positively charged
tem is conserved. The force acting on the ceiling surface.
planet is that of gravity due to the Sun. At any Ceiling
– – – – – – – – –
instant in time, this force acts through the axis
about which the planet instantaneously + + + + + + + + +
rotates. This means that the moment arm is Force of

zero and no torque acts on the planet. Attraction
–– –
Therefore, the angular momentum of the Balloon
planet remains constant and the total momen- –+ + +–
– – –
tum of the system does not change.
15. It is easier to balance on a moving bike than 4. The electrostatic series identifies silk as hav-
on a stationary one because of a combination ing a greater affinity for electrons than acetate
of the aspect called “trail” and gyroscopic does. When acetate and silk are rubbed
action. together, electrons move from the acetate to
16. The law of conservation of angular momen- the silk because of the different affinity the
tum applies when a motorcycle is in mid-air. materials have for electrons.
In the absence of an external torque, the 5. Choose two materials listed at either end of
increased angular momentum of the faster- the electrostatic series, such as acetate and
spinning rear wheel causes the entire motor- silk, and rub them together to place the pre-
cycle to rotate in the other direction in order dictable negative charge on the silk.
to keep the total angular momentum the same Neutralize the acetate and then rub it with the
as it was when the motorcycle left the ground. mystery substance. Place the mystery sub-
stance next to the silk and judge whether the
Chapter 8 mystery substance has a negative charge
1. A neutral object is attracted to a charged (repulsion) or a positive charge (attraction).
object because the charged object induces a A negative charge would place the mystery
charge separation in the neutral object. The substance below acetate in the electrostatic
electrons in the neutral object are forced away series. Similarly, rubbing the mystery sub-
from or toward the charged object, depending stance with silk would help to place the

mystery substance in the series compared to field lines. Otherwise, the rod will tend to
silk. By selectively choosing different sub- rotate 180° and point in the opposite direc-
stances, you could narrow down the appropri- tion (still parallel to the field lines).
ate spot for the mystery substance in the 11. Each point charge experiences an identical
electrostatic series. force of repulsion from all of the other point
6. Computer technicians touch the metallic part charges, so that they are all repelled symmetri-
of a computer before repair, assuming it is still cally outward from the centre of the orienta-
plugged into the wall outlet, so that they tion. A test charge placed outside of the circle
ground themselves from any excess charge. would experience a net force directed along
Otherwise, a static electric discharge could radial lines inward to the centre of the circle,
damage the computer’s micro-circuitry. as shown in the diagram. A test charge placed
7. Criterion Newton’s law Coulomb’s law inside of the circle would experience no net
of universal gravitation of electrostatic forces
Gm1m2 kq q force, and therefore there would be no electric
Equation F 2 F 122
r r
field inside the circle at all.
Constant of G 6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2 k 9.0 109 N·m2/C2
proportionality
Type of Attraction only Attraction and repulsion
force(s)
Conditions Acts between any Acts between any two
for use two masses electrostatic charges
–
– –
8. Field lines show the direction of the net force – –
on a test charge in an electric field. Two – –
–
crossed field lines would mean that there
would be two net forces acting on a test
charge in two different directions at the same
time. This is impossible, since there is only This charge distribution models the electric
one net force at any point, which is only one field inside a coaxial cable because the outer
force in one direction by definition. braided conductor in a coaxial cable acts as
9. In an electric field, charges always move along the site modelled by the ring of charge
the direction described by the field lines. The described above. This ring acts to eliminate
direction in which a charge moves along a the field within the entire cable.
field line depends on the sign of the charge. 12. By definition, the electric potential is the same
A positive charge will move in the direction at any point along an equipotential line.
described by the arrows in a field diagram, Therefore, no force is required, and no work
whereas a negative charge will move in the is done, to move a test charge along this line.
opposite direction. In a situation like this, a constant force causes
10. a) When a polar charged rod is placed perpen- the constant acceleration of the test charge.
dicular to electric field lines, the rod will 13. We use the term “point charge” to imply that
tend to rotate such that it will become par- the charge has no larger physical dimensions.
allel to the field lines. The positive end of Larger dimensions would mean that the
the rod will point in the same direction in charge would exist within a region of space
which the field lines are oriented. instead of at a specific location. This implica-
b) When a polar charged rod is placed parallel tion reduces the number of variables and
to electric field lines, the rod will tend to simplifies questions that deal with the distri-
stay in the same orientation if its positive bution of charges within a three-dimensional
end is pointing in the same direction as the space. Any other approach would require
some way of accounting for the variability of
distances between charges.

14. Statement: In each case the field gets
stronger as you proceed from left to right.
False
Reasoning: The field lines remain the same
distance apart as you move from left to right –
in the field in (b), so the field does not change

in strength.
Statement: The field strength in (a) increases
from left to right but in (b) it remains the
same everywhere. True 17. Doubling the value of the test charge will do
Reasoning: The field lines become closer nothing to the measurement of the strength of
together as you move from left to right in the the electric field. The force on the test charge
field in (a), so the field does increase in will double because of the change to the test
strength, whereas the field lines in (b) are par- charge, but the field strength is measured as

F
allel, so the field strength does not change. the force experienced per unit charge, .
Statement: Both fields could be created by a qt
Therefore, the doubling of the test charge and
series of positive charges on the left and nega-
the doubling of the force will cancel, leaving
tive ones on the right. False
the measurement of the field strength
Reasoning: Although true for (b), (a) must
unchanged.
be created by a single positive point charge at
18. The stronger an electric field is, the closer
the base of the four arrows.
together the field lines are. Therefore, a weak
Statement: Both fields could be created by a
electric field has field lines that are farther
single positive point charge placed on the
apart than the field lines of a strong electric
right. False
field.
Reasoning: As described above, a point
19. Both gravitational fields and electric fields are
charge could be responsible for (a), but (b)
made up of lines of force that are directed in a
would require rows of parallel opposites such
way that a test “item” would be forced.
as those in oppositely charged parallel plates.
Gravitational fields are created by and influ-
15. Electric fields are more complicated to work
ence masses, whereas electric fields involve
with because the forces that charges exert on
charges. Gravitational fields are always attrac-
each other are all significant. In contrast, the
tive. Electric fields can be attractive or repul-
gravitational force between small masses is
sive, since they can exert forces in opposite
negligible compared with the gravitational
directions depending on the charge of the
force exerted on them by large masses like
object that is experiencing the field.
Earth.
20. The direction of an electric field between a
16. The field shape around a single negative point
positive charge and a negative charge is from
charge is exactly like that around a single posi-
the positive charge toward the negative charge,
tive point charge with the exception that for a
since electric fields are always directed the
negative point charge, the arrows are all point-
way that a positive test charge would be
ing inward instead of outward, as shown in
forced.
the following diagram.
21. The electric potential energy is greater
between two like charges than between two
unlike charges the same distance apart
because of the differing sign of the electric
potential energy. The calculation of the

electric potential energy involves multiplying 27. If a proton and an electron were released at a
the two charges. The product of two like distance and accelerated toward one another,
charges is positive and therefore greater than the electron would reach the greater speed just
the product of two unlike charges, which is before impact. The reason is that both parti-
negative. cles would be acted upon by the same force of
22. A high-voltage wire falling onto a car pro- attraction, but the electron has less mass. The
duces a situation in which there is a high- acceleration of each particle is
potential source (the wire) very close to a
F
described by the formula a , which
low-potential region (the ground). The people m
in the car will be safe from electrocution as shows that for the same force, the smaller
long as they do not complete a circuit between mass would have the greater acceleration over
this high and low electric potential. They the same time period and therefore the greater
should not open the car door, for example, and final speed.
step to the ground while maintaining contact 28.
with the car.
23. Although opposite electric charges occur at q
the two plates of a parallel-plate apparatus
when it is connected to a power supply, the
overall charge on the apparatus remains zero.
For every charge at one plate, there is an oppo- This type of motion is like upside-down pro-
site charge at the other plate, which balances jectile motion, since the charge moves in a
the overall charge to zero. parabolic path. This is the type of motion that
24. a) If the distance between the plates is dou- an object would take if it were thrown hori-
bled then the field strength between the zontally in Earth’s gravitational field. The
plates will be halved. only difference here is that this charge appears
b) If the charge on each plate is doubled then to be “falling upward” instead of downward.
the field strength will double. 29. No, a parallel-plate capacitor does not have
c) If the plates are totally discharged and neu- uniform electric potential. It does have uni-
tral then the field strength will drop to form field strength between the two plates,
zero. but the potential varies in a linear fashion
25. Two point charges of like charge and equal from one plate to the other. By definition, the
magnitude should be placed side by side so electric potential is uniform along any equipo-
that both the electric field strength and the tential line, which in this case is any line par-
electric potential will be zero at the midpoint allel to the two plates.
between the charges. If one of the two like 30. Charge Distribution Equipotential Lines
(a) (iii)
charges were doubled, the field strength and (b) (i)
(c) (ii)
the potential would both be zero at a point
two-thirds the separation distance away from 31. a) The electrostatic interaction responsible
the doubled charge. for the large potential energy increase at
26. In the presence of electric fields, a field very close distances is the repulsion
strength and a potential of zero would exist at between the two positive nuclei.
a point where the sum of all electric forces b) This repulsion of the nuclei, and the asso-
was zero. In question 25, the sum of the repul- ciated increase in electric potential energy,
sive forces from each of the two like charges is is one of the main stumbling blocks for
zero at some point between the two charges. generating energy through nuclear fusion.
This repulsion between nuclei means that

a very large amount of energy is required 3. A material that is attracted to a magnet or that
to begin the reaction process. can be magnetized is called ferromagnetic.
c) The smaller increase in electric potential Examples of ferromagnetic materials include
energy upon separation of the two atoms is materials made from iron, nickel, or cobalt.
caused by the attraction between the posi- These materials are ferromagnetic because
tively charged nucleus in each atom and they have internal domains that can be readily
the negatively charged electron in the other aligned, due to the fact that these materials
atom. have unpaired electrons in their outermost
d) A stable bond is formed when two hydro- electron energy level.
gen atoms are about 75 pm apart because 4. Magnets can lose their strength over time
this is the distance at which the electric because their domains, which initially are
potential energy is minimized — any closer aligned (pointing in the same direction), can
and the repulsion between nuclei pushes become randomized and point in other direc-
the atoms apart, any farther away and the tions. This randomizing of the domains
nucleus-electron attraction draws the reduces the overall strength of the entire mag-
atoms closer together. net.
32. A positive test charge moving along a line 5. When a magnet is dropped or heated up, the
between two identical negative point charges domains of the magnet, which initially are
would experience a topography similar to a aligned (pointing in the same direction), can
vehicle moving up a hill (away from one be disrupted and forced to point in other, ran-
charge), increasing the vehicle’s gravitational dom directions. This randomizing of the
potential energy, and then rolling down the domains reduces the overall strength of the
other side of the hill (toward the other entire magnet.
charge). 6. a)
a) If the two identical point charges were F F
both positive, the hill would change to a T
valley with the lowest part in the middle.
b) If a negative test charge was placed
between the two identical positive charges, Currents in the same direction—
the topography would still resemble a val- wires forced together
ley but now there would be a very deep

b)
crater at the lowest part of the valley. F F
T
Chapter 9 x
1. The law of magnetic forces states that like
(similar) magnetic poles repel one another
Currents in opposite directions—
and different (dissimilar) poles attract one
wires forced apart
another, even at a distance.
7. The electrons in the beam that is illuminating
2. A magnet can attract non-magnetic materials
your computer monitor’s screen are directed
as long as they are ferromagnetic in nature.
from the back of the monitor forward to the
The magnet causes the internal domains
front of the screen, toward your face.
(small magnets) of a ferromagnetic substance
Therefore, conventional (positive) current
to line up in such a way that a new magnet is
points in the opposite direction, away from
induced in the substance such that there are
your face and back into the computer monitor.
opposite magnetic poles which attract one
This is the direction of the thumb of the right
another.

hand when applying right-hand rule #1 for direction as the direction of conventional cur-
current flow. From your perspective, the mag- rent flow through the coil.
netic field forms circular formations in the 14. The cathode rays will be deflected away from
clockwise direction in and around the com- the current-carrying wire, moving in a plane
puter monitor. Relative to the direction of the that contains the wire.
electron beam, the magnetic field is directed in 15. Current passing through a helical spring will
the counterclockwise direction around the produce a situation very similar to having two
beam. parallel conductors with a current flowing in
8. A wire possessing an eastbound conventional the same direction. Application of the appro-
(positive) current has an associated circular priate right-hand rules predicts that the mag-
magnetic field that points upward on the netic field interaction between each pair of
north side of the wire and downward on the the helical loops will force the spring to com-
south side. press, reducing its length.
9. The magnetic field strength of a coil (an insu- 16. Current passing through a highly flexible wire
lated spring) varies inversely with the length loop will tend to result in magnetic field inter-
of the coil. Therefore, a reduction in the coil actions that will force apart nearby sections of
length to half its original length will cause a the wire, so that the wire loop will most likely
doubling of the magnetic field strength. This (if the proper conditions exist) straighten out.
all depends on the assumption that the length 17. Faraday’s principle states that a magnetic field
of the coil is considerably larger than its diam- that is moving or changing in intensity in the
eter. region around a conductor causes or induces
10. a) For the force applied to a current-carrying electrons to flow in the conductor. To improve
conductor to be at a maximum, the mag- the electromotive force induced in a conduc-
netic field must cross the conductor at an tor, we can increase the magnetic field
angle of 90°. strength, the length of the conductor, and the
b) For the force applied to a current-carrying strength of the current flowing through the
conductor to be at a minimum, the mag- conductor.
netic field must cross the conductor at an 18. Current can be induced to flow in a conductor
angle of 0°. if the conductor is moving with respect to a
11. According to right-hand rule #3 for the motor magnetic field. The maximum induced current
principle, the direction of the force on the con- occurs if the conductor and the field cross
ductor will be to the north. each other at right angles.
12. An electron moving vertically downward that 19. Lenz’s law states that the direction of the
enters a northbound magnetic field will be induced current creates an induced magnetic
forced toward the west. field that opposes the motion of the inducing
13. A current-carrying solenoid produces a mag- magnetic field. Lenz derived this law by rea-
netic field coming directly out of one end of soning that a decrease in kinetic energy in the
the coil and into the other end. An electron inducing magnetic field must compensate for
passing by either end of this coil experiences a the increase in the electric potential energy of
force that is at right angles to its motion. As the charges in the induced current, according
this force changes the direction of motion (a to the law of conservation of energy. This
centripetal force), the electron takes on a decrease in kinetic energy is felt as an opposi-
curved path (circular motion). Application of tion to the inducing magnetic field by an
the appropriate right-hand rules predicts that induced magnetic field.
the electron’s motion will curve in the same

20. The induced current can only create a mag- 4.
netic field that opposes the action of move-
ment (conductor or field) in order to follow
the law of conservation of energy and Lenz’s
law. If the motion were not opposed and the θi θr
induced magnetic field instead “boosted” the
motion, this would increase the kinetic energy Normal
of the moving conductor or magnet, which
would violate the law of conservation of
energy. 5. When metallic objects are placed in a
21. a) Electromagnetic brakes might work by microwave oven, they can absorb electromag-
using the undesirable motion of the vehicle netic microwaves, which dislocate loose elec-
to provide the energy to induce current trons in the metal and allow charges to build
flow in a conductor. The resulting creation up on the surfaces, until the cumulative
of electrical energy would be at the expense charge is large enough to “jump” across an air
of the kinetic energy of the vehicle, which gap to another conductive material in the
would slow down. This would be a case of oven, causing a spark.
energy being transformed from one form to 6. Simple harmonic motion refers to a physical
another, following the law of conservation “state” where the restoring force, acting on an
of energy. object when it is pulled away from some equi-
b) Electromagnetic induction brakes would be librium position, is proportional to the dis-
capable of recovering some of the kinetic placement of the object from the equilibrium
energy of a vehicle that is normally lost as position. Since there is a net force acting on
heat in conventional brakes, thereby saving the object, it experiences an acceleration, and
money. The electrical energy generated thus the speed cannot be constant.
could be used to recharge the battery for an 7. If a circle is viewed edge-on, with a dot
electric vehicle/hybrid. painted on the edge, and the circle is spun, the
dot will seem to exhibit simple harmonic
Chapter 10 motion as it moves around the circle. From
1. The motion of a vibrating spring can be mod- the edge it will seem as if the dot is moving
elled mathematically by a sine wave, which back and forth, constantly passing the equilib-
resembles (visually) an electromagnetic wave. rium position.
As well, both waves are periodic. 8. Electron oscillators absorb energy from the
2. The magnetic field is induced by the electric incoming wave, causing it to be retarded.
field and thus they would both decrease. If When this secondary wave interferes with the
one component vanishes then the electromag- incident wave, a phase lag is created retarding
netic radiation ceases to exist. the wavefront, slowing it down.
3. “Visible light” is relative to the human being 9. Newton’s theory of refraction predicts that
perceiving it. Also, some other animals see light speeds up as it changes direction. This is
in other regions such as the infrared and incorrect since light decreases its speed when
ultraviolet. bending toward the normal. You can show his
theory by rolling a marble across a boundary
between a flat area and an incline. As the
marble crosses the boundary, it bends toward
a line drawn perpendicular to the edge but it
speeds up.

10. One example of an invisible medium is a vac- 17. Yes, the effectiveness of Polaroid sunglasses
uum. The refractive index of a vacuum is varies as the relative positions of the Sun and
1.00. When the refractive index is 1.00, there the horizon vary, since the distribution of
is no component of an incoming light ray that scattered angles varies as well. The amount of
is reflected. Since no light is reflected, the polarization is angle dependent, hence the
medium is invisible. Another possibility is effectiveness of the glasses varies.
that the medium is of the same refractive 18. No, Polaroid sunglasses are not effective on
index as the environment. circularly polarized light, which is composed
11. Using a laser, which is a powerful coherent of the two polarization directions combined in
source of visible light, you can measure the a specific phase relationship causing the direc-
refraction of the ray as it enters a medium, or tion of the electric field vector to rotate
the extent of polarization upon reflection around. The linear polarizer cannot block out
and/or transmission, all of which can be com- both components, hence light is transmitted.
bined to calculate the optical density of the 19. With a powerful light source, you can easily
medium. notice that light reflects off dust particles in
12. Because the refractive index is wavelength the air. Sometimes, depending on the size of
dependent, when white light refracts through the particles, certain frequencies of the elec-
a material, each component of light bends tromagnetic spectrum are deflected/reflected
slightly differently. This separates the light. more than others. This effect causes a certain
If the separation is great enough, dispersion colour to appear in the medium (for example,
occurs. the blue colour of the sky). By noting the
13. As light passes through a prism, both refrac- colour, you can determine the frequency and
tions cause the light to refract in the same spa- thus the wavelength of light associated with
tial direction. This accentuates the spreading that colour. Once you know the wavelength,
of the colours. you can calculate the approximate size of the
14. No, sound waves cannot be polarized. Sound particles that would deflect waves of those fre-
waves are mechanical waves and refer to com- quencies. Also, you can use the intensity of
pressions and rarefactions within a medium. the colour to estimate the density of the parti-
Sound waves have only one component, not cles in the air.
two like electromagnetic waves, and thus 20. Polarization: Electric fields of electromagnetic
polarization is impossible. radiation behave sinusoidally. The direction of
15. A polarizer and an analyzer are both thin these fields is randomly oriented in any direc-
pieces of film. They are given different names tion for unpolarized light. Two components
based on the order in which a wave enters are obtained by using plane polarizers. The
them. If two pieces of thin film are positioned two components can be combined using the
side by side, the first one struck by the wave is wave equation ( sin
t) to form circularly or
known as the polarizer and the second one elliptically polarized light.
the analyzer. If the two are flipped, the ana- Scattering: The wavelength of light, , compa-
lyzer will become the polarizer and the polar- rable to the size of particles in the air creates
izer will become the analyzer. the maximum scattering. The extent of scat-
16. The lenses in polarized sunglasses are nor- tering of light by air molecules is proportional
mally oriented in such a way as to restrict the to 4.
passage of plane-polarized light reflecting off Refraction: Using wavefronts, Snell’s law of
the surface of the ground and water (glare). If refraction is derived. Based on phase relation-
the lenses are rotated, they will no longer ships between the incident wave and the
block the glare.

transmitted wave, light is bent and slowed 11. The resolving power of your eyes restricts
down in different mediums. your ability to distinguish between objects at
great distances. This is because your pupils
Chapter 11 are circular, allowing diffraction to occur.
1. Refraction, polarization, interference, and 12. No, diffraction patterns place a limit on
diffraction resolving power as well as the magnitude of
2. Refraction, diffraction, and interference can the wavelength of light used.
be demonstrated using water waves in ripple 13. Both spectroscopes separate white light into
tanks. Polarization cannot. its colour components, but the prism spectro-
3. The film on a soap bubble is thicker at the scope uses refraction and dispersion while the
bottom than at the top, forming a wedge grating spectroscope uses diffraction.
shape, since gravity pulls the soap down. As 14. Continuous spectra involve an extensive range
the film’s thickness changes, the interference of frequencies (example: sunlight spectrum).
changes (destroys some wavelengths) and the With line spectra, on the other hand, discrete
colours change. frequencies are observed (example: molecular
4. As the gasoline evaporates, it becomes thin- gas spectrum).
ner, changing the interference pattern and the 15. Each piece of a hologram contains the com-
colours. plete interference pattern of the object from
5. A camera lens has a thickness and material which the hologram was created, whereas a
designed to block out certain colours, whereas piece of a normal photograph contains only
a car windshield does not. These properties of local information and nothing about the com-
a lens produce interference patterns and a plete photograph.
colour change. Camera lenses are designed to 16. Diffraction gratings and interference gratings
correct chromatic aberration caused by differ- are really the same thing. Diffraction gratings
ent wavelengths bending at different angles actually use the interference superposition
while being refracted. formula. Gratings show both effects—those
6. a) Newton believed that light was a particle. due to the width of a single opening and the
b) Changing people’s environments through combination of all the openings.
innovation can leave people feeling not in 17. Close spacing in a grating provides strong
control, especially in cases where a new mutual coupling, increasing the effect of inter-
technology has the possibility of replacing ference. The separation of the maxima increases.
people in jobs. 18. Gratings with many slits have high resolving
c) Accepting theories prematurely hinders power. This means that the individual max-
progress, since it discourages research. ima become sharper.
8. No, there are no interference patterns because 19. Yes, because increasing the number of slits
the two car headlights are not coherent light decreases the slit separation. If the slit separa-
sources and do not form a double slit. tion is reduced beyond what is comparable to
9. Any imperfections are in the order of magni- the wavelength of light, no light will get
tude of the wavelengths of light used for the through.
experiment. This washes out the effect with 20. A single slit has a double central maximum,
its own random interference patterns. with the intensities of the maxima dropping
10. Sound waves are comparable in wavelength off dramatically with order number. A diffrac-
size to the openings, increasing the diffractive tion grating has a single central maximum and
effect. Light waves have much smaller wave- the intensities do not drop off as dramatically.
lengths and hence do not show these effects.

21. Diffraction occurs as light enters the pupil. 8. Since the photons have detectable linear
This places a limit on the eye’s resolving momentum, their mass equivalence can be
power. As you move away from the picture, computed. Momentum is an intrinsic property
sooner or later you cannot distinguish of matter, therefore we can assume that mass
between the dots and they blend together to equivalency is correct.
form a continuous picture. 9. An empirical relationship is a relationship
22. Electrons have a smaller wavelength to that is determined experimentally. It is not
that of visible light, and therefore have a backed up by theory.
higher resolution. This also minimizes 10. Determinacy is a condition of a measurement
diffraction. In fact, the beams of electrons being characterized definitely. An example of
have an effective wavelength that is 105 times an everyday event could be a repetitive meas-
that of visible light. This is a 100 000-fold urement of the length of a table. Each time the
increase in resolution. measurement is made, errors are encountered.
If determinacy existed at the macroscopic
Chapter 12 level, we would get the same length every
1. A photon is a unit particle (as opposed to time.
wave) of electromagnetic radiation that moves 11. The computation of uncertainties using
at the speed of light. Its energy is proportional Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle yields
to the frequency of the radiation. minute values for speed and position. The lim-
2. Ultraviolet radiation from the Sun is very itations of human perception prevent us from
energetic due to its high frequency. The pho- experiencing such minute variances at the
tons that possess this energy are the cause of macroscopic level.
sunburn. These photons are energetic enough 12. Another device besides the STM that operates
to remove electrons from our body cells, caus- using the principle of quantum tunnelling is
ing a change in our skin biology and in severe the electron tunnelling transistor, which is an
cases causing cancer. on-off switch that uses the ability of an elec-
3. Visual light is mostly in the infrared-visual tron to pass through impenetrable energy
spectrum. The energy of these photons is not obstacles.
sufficient to damage skin cells. 13. The energy of an orbital varies as the inverse
4. If h 0, quantization would not exist. There square of the radius. Hence, the spectral lines
would be no energy levels in atoms. Electrons are closer together farther away from the
in atoms would therefore not attain any real nucleus.
value for energy, resulting in the absence of 14. a) The peak wavelength emitted by a mercury
orbitals in atoms. lamp lies in the visual spectrum. However,
5. The electron volt (eV) corresponds to the this implies that there is a tail in the ultra-
energy of an electron at a potential of one violet spectrum. The ultraviolet photons
volt. Hence, one electron volt is the energy are energetic enough to damage skin cells.
equalling the charge of an electron multiplied b) An appropriate shielding that blocks ultra-
by the potential of one volt: 1 eV qe 1 V. violet light but allows photons in the visual
6. Wien’s law relates the wavelength of photons spectrum to pass through could be used.
to the temperature of the black body. 15. Consider two particles that have the same de
7. W0, the work function, is the amount of energy Broglie wavelength and masses m1 and m2
required to produce the photoelectric effect in a such that m1 m2. According to de Broglie’s
given metal. It is the minimum energy required h h
equation, and , where v1
to liberate electrons from a metal. m1v1 m2v2
and v2 are the velocities of the two particles.

Since is the same for both particles, the fol- To swim straight across the stream (perpendi-
lowing equation can be written: cular to the current) and back, it would take a
h h total time of:

2dv 2
w2

m1v1 m2v2 d
2 .
This equation can be simplified: v 2
w
2
v w2
2
m1v1 m2v2 But v v 2

w2, so
Since m1 m2, it follows that v2 v1. If the 2dv 2dv 2
w2
2 .
mass of the first particle is much greater than v w
2
v w2
2
that of the second particle, the velocity of the Therefore it would take longer to swim
second particle must be much greater than upstream and back down than to swim across
that of the first particle. the stream and back.
16. According to Planck, the energy is quantized. 5. The Michelson-Morley null result led to the
The angular momentum is certainly related to development of special relativity, a tool needed
the energy. Hence, the angular momentum in the understanding of high-energy physics.
needs to be quantized as well. To quantize L, 6. Analogous to the Doppler shift of sound, the
Bohr had to quantize both the velocity, v, and constant speed of light in a vacuum, c, requires
the radius, r. the wavelength of the approaching amber light
17. Although the initial and the final speed and to shorten or become more yellowish.
the scatter angles are known, the manner in 7. In terms of Einstein’s first postulate involving
which the actual collision occurs cannot be relative motion, the two situations are equiva-
precisely predicted, and the exact position of lent. The same physics occurs whether a mag-
the particles during the collision is not net is moved into a stationary coil or a coil is
known. Hence, the uncertainty principle is moved around a stationary magnet.
not violated. 8. Proper time is the time measured by one
watch between the beginning and the end of
Chapter 13 the experiment. This is the time measured by
1. Your car is in an inertial frame when it is a watch moving with the muon. The scientists
stopped, or when it is moving at a steady of Earth would require at least two watches,
speed in a straight line. Your car is in a one at the birth of the muon and the other at
non-inertial frame when it is accelerating, its disintegration.
such as when you are braking, or when you 9. The relativity equation for length is
v2

are making a turn. v2 . If v > c, then 1
L L0 1 is
2. Donovan’s reference frame is inertial because c2 c2
the 100-m dash is in a straight line. Leah’s negative and L becomes imaginary, which is
frame is non-inertial because the 400-m oval not physically reasonable.
requires her to constantly change direction. 10. Since the electrons would have a greater rela-
3. No, without reference to the outside world, tive velocity than the protons, the space
it would be difficult to determine whether between the electrons would be more con-
the cruise ship was at rest or moving with a tracted. As a result, the concentration of elec-
constant velocity. trons would exceed that of the protons, and
4. Suppose v swim speed and w water the wire would seem negatively charged. For
speed. To swim upstream and back down, this reason magnetism is a result of special rel-
it would take a total time of: ativity.
d d 2dv
.
vw vw v2 w2

11. No, you have not travelled faster than the 18. The starlight will pass you at a speed of c
speed of light. Instead, you have measured the according to the second postulate of special
Earthstar distance to be contracted and thus relativity.
it took less time to travel at your speed of 19. The occupants of the spacecraft would say
v 0.98c. that they observed the same things about us,
12. No, although time is dilated (events seem due to relative motion.
longer at relativistic speeds), it cannot slow 20. No, according to the second postulate of spe-
to a complete standstill unless v c. cial relativity, the light leaving the receding
13. In both cases of the Doppler shift for sound, mirror travels with speed c relative to you.
there is a shift to higher frequencies. However 21. Tachyons or particles that travel with a speed
the physics of sound waves generated by a greater than c would seem to require infinite
moving vibrating source colliding with air energy. Experiments do not support their exis-
molecules and perceived by a stationary tence.
receiver is different from that of sound created 22. Particle A would have the greater speed
by a stationary source and perceived by a because its total energy due to mass dilation
moving source. For light, the frequency shift (mc2) is three times its rest energy, whereas
depends only on the relative speed of the particle B has a total energy dilated by a factor
source and receiver because the speed of light of only two.
is always c, according to the second postulate. 23. Since the ice and the water have the same
14. Only Barb is correct in saying that Phillip’s mass, they have the same total energy
clock ran slow, because his time was the (m0c2 Ek). However, the kinetic energy, Ek,
proper time that was at the beginning and fin- of the water is higher than that of the ice and
ish of his experiment. If Phillip observed sta- for that reason the rest energy of the water is
tionary Barb doing a similar experiment less than that of the ice.
beside the train, he would be correct in saying 24. If you consider that energy is equivalent to
that her clock ran slow. mass (E mc2), then electromagnetic energy
15. If the charge of an electron depended on its in the form of light could be considered to
speed then the neutrality of atoms would be have an equivalent mass.
upset by the motion of electrons within the 25. A 100-eV electron has a dilated mass accord-
atoms. Experiments have shown that the ing to:
charge on an electron is the same at all speeds. mc2 m0c2 qV
16. The radius of the orbit becomes smaller as the mc2 (0.511 0.000 100) MeV
magnetic field is increased because the radius mc2 0.5111 MeV
mv This means that its mass is less than 0.02%
is equal to , where B is the magnetic field
qB greater than its rest mass. A 100-MeV electron
strength. has a mass equivalent to (0.511 100) MeV

17. No, because mass dilates as 1 v2 , but
c2
of energy, which means that its mass is about
197 times its rest mass.
mass
density , and volume contracts as 26. When we say that the rest mass of a muon is
volume
106 MeV/c2, we mean that its rest energy is
v2
1 2 . Therefore, density dilates as
c
equivalent to the kinetic energy of an electron
accelerated from rest through 106 million volts.
1 vc .
2
2 27. When a particle is travelling at an extremely

high speed, say 90% of the speed of light, a lot
of energy is needed to increase the particle’s
velocity by a few percent. As a result, the

mass of the particle increases by a large 8. During alpha decay of a uranium-238 nucleus,
amount. Therefore, it may be more accurate to N
for example, the ratio of the parent nucleus
say that a particle accelerator increases the Z
146
mass of electrons rather than their speed. is or about 1.59, and the ratio of the
92
N 2 144
Chapter 14 daughter nucleus, , is or about
Z2 90
1. Every atom of the same element has the same 1.60. This leads to greater nuclear stability by
number of protons, and the number of protons reducing the electrical repulsion of the pro-
in the nucleus, Z, determines the chemical tons relative to the nuclear attraction of
properties of the atom. However, atoms of dif- N
nucleons. During beta decay, the ratio of
ferent isotopes of the same element have dif- Z
146
ferent numbers of neutrons (and thus different the parent nucleus, or about 1.59, is
92
A values), which results in different physical
greater than the ratio of the daughter nucleus,
properties such as nuclear stability or decay. N1 145
2. Many elements are composed of several natu- , which is or about 1.56.
Z1 93
rally occurring isotopes, each with a different Although the greater ratio of protons to neu-
atomic mass number, A. The weighted average trons in the daughter tends to increase the
of the isotopes’ mass numbers often results in electrical repulsive forces, the beta-decay
a non-integral value for the atomic mass of process can lead to greater nuclear stability
that element. through the pairing of previously unpaired
3. Each nuclear isotope has a unique total bind- neutrons or protons in the nuclear shells.
ing energy determined by its nuclear struc- 9. During alpha decay, the daughter nucleus has
ture. This binding energy is equivalent to the a mass, M, that is much larger than the mass
mass difference between the nucleus and its of the alpha particle, m. Since momentum is
constituent nucleons (protons and neutrons) conserved, the velocity of the daughter
according to E mc2. nucleus, v, is much smaller than the velocity
4. The missing mass was converted to energy of the alpha particle, V (Mv mV).
of various forms such as gamma radiation Therefore, the kinetic energy of the alpha par-
emitted during the formation of the deuterium ticle, 0.5mV2, is much greater than that of the
atom. daughter nucleus, 0.5Mv2.
5. Your body, composed of many elements, likely 10. If an alpha particle had enough initial kinetic
has more neutrons than protons, since stable energy to contact a gold nucleus then a
atoms with A > 20 have more neutrons than nuclear process such as fusion or fission could
protons. occur, because at that closeness the short-
6. During a nuclear reaction, nucleons may be range nuclear force would overpower the
converted from one type to another, such as electrical force of proton repulsion that is
neutrons to protons in beta decay. However, responsible for scattering.
the total nucleon number is conserved or 11. a) p b) c) d) e)
remains constant. On the other hand, various 12. The strong nuclear force differs from the elec-
forms of energy may be absorbed or emitted, trical force in that: (i) the strong nuclear force
resulting in an equivalent change in mass. is very short-range, acting over distances of
7. The average binding energy per nucleon is only a few femtometres (1015 m); (ii) the
greater in the more stable isotopes because it strong nuclear force is much stronger than the
is the “glue” holding the nucleons together, or electrical force over nuclear distances of 1 or
the average amount of energy needed to break 2 fm; (iii) the strong nuclear force does
them apart.

1
not vary with distance r as 2 as does the 20. Aquatic creatures do not respire or breathe
r
atmospheric gases directly. The 14C:12C ratio in
electrical force; and (iv) the strong nuclear
the ocean is different than in the air.
force is attractive only, acting between all
21. Relics that are more than 60 000 years old
nucleons (protonproton, protonneutron,
have lasted more than 10.5 half-lives of car-
and neutronneutron).
bon-14. The 14C:12C ratio in these relics is
13. The rate of decay of radioactive isotopes was
about 1500 times smaller now and is difficult
not affected by combining them in different
to determine.
molecules or by changing the temperature.
22. The more massive lead atoms scatter the radi-
These changes usually affect the rate of chem-
ation particles more effectively than do the
ical reactions, thus radioactivity must be
less massive water molecules, and may also
found deeper within the atom (in the
present a larger “target” for a high-speed elec-
nucleus).
tron or alpha particle.
14. The nuclear force only binds nucleons that
23. Transmutation involves a change in the pro-
are neighbours. This short-range energy is
ton number, Z. This occurs during alpha and
proportional to the number of nucleons, A, in
beta decay but does not occur during gamma
the nucleus. On the other hand, the electrical
decay, in which a nucleus merely becomes less
repulsion of protons is long-range and acts
energized.
between all proton pairs in the nucleus. The
24. Alpha particles are more massive than beta or
electrical energy is therefore proportional to
gamma particles and transfer more energy to
Z2. Repulsion would overcome attraction in a
a molecule of the body during a collision. This
larger nucleus if there were not more neutrons
has a much more disastrous effect upon the
than protons to keep the forces balanced and
cells of the body.
the nucleus stable.
25. Yes, 4.2 MeV of kinetic energy is sufficient for
15. Alpha particles are ions, since they are helium
an alpha particle to overcome the electrical
atoms stripped of their electrons.
repulsion of the positively charged nuclei
16. If human life expectancy were a random
(see problem 72) and contact the nitrogen-14
process like radioactive decay then you
nucleus, thus a nuclear interaction or process
would expect 25% of the population to live
is possible.
to 152 years. However, this is not the case.
26. The matches are as follows: gaseswind; liq-
As humans age, their expected number of
uidswater; plasmasfire; and solidsearth.
years left to live decreases.
27. For fission to occur in naturally occurring
17. Carbon-14 undergoing beta decay results in
deposits of uranium, a minimum concentration
the daughter isotope nitrogen-14.
of uranium would be needed in order to sustain
18. Industrialization and automobile emissions
a source of slow neutrons necessary to maintain
have effected changes in our atmosphere such
the fission process. This concentration is not
as global warming and ozone-layer depletion.
present in uranium deposits.
Such changes in the past 100 years may be
28. The huge inward pull of the Sun’s gravita-
altering the 14C:12C ratio in the air.
tional field confines the solar plasma. Lacking
19. Potassium salts are rapidly absorbed by brain
this huge confining force on our less massive
tumours, making them detectable. The short
Earth, scientists instead use strong electro-
half-life of potassium-42 means that the
magnetic fields to confine plasmas.
dosage decays to a safe, insignificant level
29. In a fusion reactor, the major problem is to
quickly. The transmutation to a stable calcium
create the exact and difficult conditions of
salt by beta decay is not harmful to the body.
high temperatures and plasma concentrations

needed to initiate a fusion process. The times (1023 s) of the strong nuclear force.
moment these conditions are not met, the 37. Gravitational interactions are the weakest of
process stops. the four forces. At elementary particle dis-
30. The high temperature in fusion means that tances the gravitational force is 1040 times as
the ions have a very high speed, which allows great as the strong nuclear force. For this rea-
them to approach one another very closely son the graviton or messenger of the gravita-
during collisions. If the ions’ kinetic energy is tional force is extremely difficult to detect.
sufficient to overcome the electrical repulsion 38. The weak force is 103 times as great as the
of the nuclei, and the nuclei touch, then electromagnetic force at elementary particle
fusion is possible. distances. The weak force is mainly involved
31. Critical mass in fission involves the existence in neutrino interactions or processes where
of enough fuel so that the fast neutrons emit- the electric and strong forces are forbidden.
ted during fission are slowed and absorbed The exchange bosons of the weak force are
within the fuel itself before they escape. In W and Z bosons of mass 80 GeV/c 2 and
this way the reaction is sustained by a contin- 91 GeV/c 2 respectively, as compared to the
ual source of slow neutrons. photons of the electric force. The range of the
32. Natural uranium is not concentrated enough weak force is about 1018 m, compared to
(“it’s too wet”) to provide the critical mass infinity for electromagnetism. The weak force
needed to slow down any fast neutrons (“the acts on both leptons (particles not affected
spark needed”) and capture them to create a by the strong force, such as electrons) and
sustainable reaction. hadrons (particles affected by the strong
33. A bubble chamber is superheated almost to the force), whereas electromagnetism acts only
point of instability. When a charged particle on charged particles.
passes through, it triggers the formation of a 39. Strong nuclear processes are the fastest (or
fine stream of bubbles in its wake. Neutral par- shortest), with a lifetime of about 1023 s.
ticles such as neutrons carry no electric field 40. A high-energy particle travels close to the
and leave no visible tracks in the chamber. speed of light, c 3 108 m/s. Thus, in a
34. High-energy accelerators provide ions with strong nuclear interaction of 1023 s, the
enough kinetic energy that each ion’s total cloud-chamber track would be 3 1015 m,
energy, E mc2, becomes many times greater too small to measure.
than its rest mass. In a collision there is a 41. No, a heavier, unstable version of the
probability that this energy could be converted electron, the tauon or tau, , has a mass
to a massive elementary particle. of 1777 MeV/c 2, greater than the mass of
35. In the high-energy accelerator at UBC, the the proton or neutron (931.5 MeV/c 2).
strong nuclear force, acting over a very brief 42. Since gluons, the quanta of the quark force
period of time (1023 s) during collisions, pro- field, carry one colour and one anti-colour,
duces pi-mesons or pions. there should be 32 9 possible combinations
36. The weak nuclear force is usually masked (rR, rB, rG, bR, bB, bG, gR, gB, and gG).
by the stronger (by a factor of 103) electro- However, the three colour-neutral gluons (rR,
magnetic force or (by a factor of 105) strong bB, and gG) must be handled differently
nuclear force, unless these forces are forbid- because of what are known as symmetry laws.
den. Any process involving the neutrino, such For this reason only two possible neutral cou-
as beta decay, involves the weak force. The plings exist, not three, making a total of eight
neutrino reacts rarely, or weakly, with other colour gluons to act as the source of
elementary particles over a longer time span quarkquark interactions.
(108 s) compared with the shorter interaction

PART 3 Solutions to End-of-chapter Problems
Chapter 1 21. Catwoman:

16. a) Distance is a scalar, so your total distance d
vavg
travelled would be 10 20 m 200 m. t
100 m
b) Displacement is a vector, and since you vavg
15.4 s
end up 0 m from where you started, your
displacement is 0 m. vavg 6.5 m/s
17. a) Since distance is a scalar, his total distance Robin:
d
travelled would be: vavg
t
d |15 m [E]| |6.0 m [W]| |2.0 m [E]|
200 m
d 15 m 6.0 m 2.0 m vavg
28.0 s
d 23 m
vavg 7.1 m/s
b) Since displacement is a vector, his total
22. a) The speed of the sweep second hand at the
displacement would be:
15 m [E] 6.0 m [E] 2.0 m [E] 6 o’clock position is the same as anywhere
d
11 m [E] else on the clock:
d
d
9.8 m 100 cm 0.394 in 0.083 ft vavg
18. g t
1 s2 1m 1 cm 1 in
2r
g 32 ft/s 2 vavg
t
10 nm 6080 ft 12 in
19. a) 10 knots 2(0.02 m)
1h 1 nm 1 ft vavg
5
60 s
2.54 cm 1.0 10 km
vavg 2.1 103 m/s
1 in 1 cm
b) The velocity of the second hand at the 6
10 knots 18.5 km/h
o’clock position is 2.1 103 m/s [left]
b) from a), because the velocity is always tangent to
18.5 km 1000 m
10 knots the face and perpendicular to the hand.
1h 1 km
4 23. a) The time it would take the shopper to walk
2.78 10 h
up the moving escalator is:
1s
d
10 knots 5.14 m/s t
vt
20. To find the number of centimetres in one light
where vt is the sum of the velocity of the
year, simply express the speed of light in cen-
escalator and the woman:
timetres per year:
d d
3.0 108 m 100 cm 60 s vt
15 s 8.0 s
1s 1m 1 min
23d
60 min 24 h 365 d vt
120 s
1h 1d 1y
d
9.5 10 cm/y
17
Therefore, t

23d
Therefore, there are 9.5 1017 cm in one light
120 s
year.
t 5.2 s
Solutions to End-of-chapter Problems 87

b) In this case, vt is equal to her walking and
speed minus the speed of the escalator: d 50 x
d d Therefore:
vt
8.0 s 15 s x 50 vt
7d For the second friend:
vt
120 s at2
x v1t
Since this velocity is positive, she could 2
walk down the escalator. Also, intuitively, at2
x
if the escalator takes 15 s to go the same 2
distance that the woman can in 8 s, then Now we set these two expressions for x equal
she is faster and will therefore make it to each other and solve for time:
down the escalator. To find how long it at2
50 vt
will take her, solve for time: 2
d t t 100 0
2
t 1
1 4( 100)

7d
t
120 s 2
t 17 s t 9.5 s
24. Because the rabbit accelerates at a constant rate, 28. a) v2 v1 at
v2 v1 at and v1 equals zero, so
v2 (0.5 m/s) (1.5 m/s2)(3.0 s) v2 at
v2 5.0 m/s v
t 2
25. Mach 1 332 m/s a
Mach 2 2(332 m/s) t
60 km/h
Mach 2 664 m/s 10 km/h/s
Because the jet accelerates at a constant rate: t 6.0 s
v2 v1 at b) To find Batman’s distance travelled, we
(v2 v1) must first convert his acceleration into
t
a standard SI units:
(664 m/s 332 m/s) 10 km 1h 1000 m
t
50 m/s2 1 h s 3600 s 1 km
t 6.6 s 2.78 m/s2
(v2 v1) Now:
26.
a at2
t d
(25 m/s [E] 15 m/s [W]) 2

a (2.78 m/s)(6.0 s)2
0.10 s d
(25 m/s [E] 15 m/s [E]) 2

a
0.10 s d 50 m

a 400 m/s [E] 2 c) Robin’s speed in SI units is:
60 km 1h 1000 m
27. Let t be the time when the two friends meet.
Let x be the distance travelled by the second 1h 3600 s 1 km
friend to reach the first friend. 16.7 m/s
For the first friend: When Batman catches up with Robin,
d Robin will have travelled:
v d v1t
t
d vt d (16.7 m/s)t
relative to Batman’s initial position.
88 Solutions to End-of-chapter Problems

Similarly, Batman will have travelled: above the window from which the pot must
at2 have been dropped.
d
2 Since the pot accelerates at a constant rate of
d (1.39 m/s2)t2 9.8 m/s2, we can write:
Setting these two expressions equal and at2
d v1t
solving for t gives: 2
( 16.7 m/s)t (1.39 m/s2)t2 0 d at
v1
t 12.0 s t 2
29. If the child catches the truck, she will have 19 m (9.8 m/s2)(0.20 s)
v1
travelled 20 m d, and the truck will have 0.20 s 2
travelled d in the same amount of time, t. v1 8.5 m/s
For the truck: Now we can find the distance above
at2 the window:
d
2 v12 vo2 2ad
d (0.5 m/s2)t2 (v12 vo2)
d
For the child: 2a
(d 20 m) ((8.5 m/s)2 (0 m/s)2)
vavg d
t 2(9.8 m/s2)
d (4.0 m/s)t 20 m d 3.7 m
Setting these two equations equal and solving 32. a) The only force acting on the ball while it is
for t gives: falling is that of gravity, so its acceleration
(4.0 m/s)t 20 m (0.5 m/s2)t2 is 9.8 m/s2 downward.
t2 8t 40 0 b) Since the ball is being constantly accelerated
This expression has no real roots, therefore downward, it cannot slow down.
the child will not catch the truck. at2
c) d v1t
30. a) After ten minutes, the runner has gone 2
(4000 m 800 m) 3200 m, at a speed of: d (8.0 m/s)(0.25 s)
d (9.8 m/s2)(0.25 s)2
vavg
t 2
3200 m d 2.3 m
vavg at2
600 s 33. d v1t
vavg 5.33 m/s 2
If she then accelerates at 0.40 m/s2 for the (4.0 m) (4.0 m/s)t
final 800 m, it will take: (9.8 m/s2)t2

at2 2
d v1t (4.9 m/s )t (4.0 m/s)t 4.0 m 0
2 2
2
800 m (5.33 m/s)t (0.20 m/s2)t2 4
16 4 (4.9)(
4)
t
5.33
(5.33)2 4(0.20)(
800) 9.8
t t 1.4 s
2(0.20)
t 51 s 34. For the first stone, the distance it falls before
b) Since she had two minutes to go, she will reaching the second stone is:
finish under her desired time. at2
h d
31. We can use the information given to find the 2
speed of the flower pot at the top of the win- d (4.9 m/s2)t2 h
dow, and then use the speed to find the height

For the second stone, its distance travelled is e) Since the jackrabbit’s displacement is
given by: not changing between 20 s and 30 s, his
at2 velocity over this interval, and at 25 s,
d vit
2 is 0 m/s.
d vit 4.9t2 f) The jackrabbit is running in the opposite
Setting these expressions equal to each other direction.
and solving for t gives: g) The jackrabbit’s displacement is:
4.9t2 h vit 4.9t2 d 100 m 50 m 0 m 120 m
t
h d 30 m
vi 36. a) The car’s acceleration for each segment
35. a) Because the jackrabbit’s distance vs. time is can be found by taking the slope of the
changing at a constant rate during seg- graph during that segment:
ments B, C, and D, he is undergoing uni- During segment A:
form motion at these times. v
a1
b) Because the jackrabbit’s distance vs. time is t
not changing at a constant rate during seg- (5 m/s 0 m/s)
a1
ment A but is increasing exponentially, his (5 s 0 s)
velocity vs. time must be increasing at a a1 1 m/s2
constant rate, and he is undergoing uni- During segment B:
form acceleration during this segment. v
a2
c) The average velocity during segment B is: t
d (13 m/s 5 m/s)
vavg a2
t (9 s 5 s)
150 m 100 m a2 2 m/s2
vavg
20 s 10 s During segment C:
vavg 5 m/s v
a3
During segment C: t
d (1 m/s 13 m/s)
vavg a3
t (15 s 9 s)
150 m 150 m a3 2 m/s2
vavg
30 s 20 s b) The car is slowing down, or decelerating.
vavg 0 m/s c) To find the distance travelled by the car,
During segment D: we must find the area under the graph,
d which can be approximated by the sum of
vavg
t rectangles and triangles:
50 m 150 m vt
vavg A: d1
50 s 30 s 2
vavg 10 m/s (5 m/s 0 m/s)(5 s 0 s)
d1
d 2
d) vavg
t d1 12.5 m
150 m 0 m vt
vavg B: d2 v1t
17.5 s 1.0 s 2
vavg 9.1 m/s (12.5 m/s 5 m/s)(9 s 5 s)
d2
2
(5 m/s)(9 s 5 s)
d2 35 m

vt v
C: d3 v2t a
2 t
(1 m/s 12.5 m/s)(15 s 9 s) (20 m/s 0 m/s)
d3 a
2 (4.0 s 0 s)
(1 m/s)(15 s 9 s) a 5.0 m/s2
d3 40.5 m b) To find their distance travelled, we take
dtotal d1 d2 d3 the area under the graph for each Stooge:
dtotal 12.5 m 35 m 40.5 m Curly:
dtotal 88 m d vt
NOTE: The solutions to problem 37 are based on d (25 m/s)(4.0 s)
the velocity axis of the graph reading 60, 40, 20, 0, d 100 m
20, 40, 60. Larry:
37. a) Because the skateboarder has a positive vt
d
velocity between 0 and 5 seconds, this por- 2
tion of the graph must describe his upward (10 m/s)(4.0 s)
d
motion. 2
b) Since the skateboarder has a negative d 20 m
velocity from 5 to 10 seconds on the graph, Moe:
he must be descending during this portion vt
d
of the graph. 2
c) The skateboarder is undergoing uniform (20 m/s)(4.0 s)
d
acceleration. 2
d) The skateboarder is at rest when his veloc- d 40 m
ity equals zero, at t 5 s. When his veloc- c) Since Curly is travelling at a constant
ity equals zero, he is at the top of the side velocity:
d
of the swimming pool, or ground level. v
e) The skateboarder’s acceleration can be t
d
found from the slope of the graph. It t
v
should be equal to g:
(600 m)
v t
a (25 m/s)
t
(50 m/s 50 m/s) t 24 s
a Larry accelerates for the first 18 s of the
(10 s 0 s)
a 10 m/s2 race. His distance travelled at this point is:
vt
38. a) At t 4.0 s, each Stooge’s acceleration is: d
2
Curly:
(45 m/s)(18 s)
v d
a 2
t
d 405 m
a 0 m/s2
Larry:
v
a
t
(10 m/s 0 m/s)
a
(4.0 s 0 s)
a 2.5 m/s2
Moe:

Then, travelling at a constant velocity of Fn
45 m/s, he will traverse the last 195 m in:
d
t
v
(195 m)
F Box #2 F2,1
t f
(45 m/s)
t 4.3 s
His total time is:
18 s 4.3 s 22.3 s Fg
Moe accelerates for the first 8 s of the race. 41. Fsupport
His distance travelled in this time is:
vt
d
2
(40 m/s)(8.0 s)
d Baby
2
d 160 m
Then, travelling at a constant velocity of
40 m/s, he will traverse the last 440 m in: Fg
d 42.
t Fn
v
(440 m)
t
(40 m/s)
t 11 s
Textbook Ff
His total time is:
8 s 11 s 19.0 s
Therefore, Moe wins with the fastest time
of 19.0 s. Fg
39.
43. a) Ftension
The gravitational force down-
Ball Fbat
ward is equal in magnitude to
the tension in the elevator
cable.
Fg Elevator
40. Fn
Fg
Ff b) Ftension
Box #1 Fapplied
F 1,2 ward is equal in magnitude to
the tension in the elevator cable.
Fg Elevator
Fg

c) The acceleration downward is 45. Fnet ma, and
2
Elevator 9.8 m/s . (v22 v12)
a , so
2d
m(v22 v12)
Fnet
2d
Fg (10 000 kg)[(150 m/s)2 (100 ms)2]
Fnet
2(1000 m)
d) Fn
Fnet 6.2 10 N4
ward is equal in magnitude to
46. Fnet ma
the normal force upward.
Fnet
a
m
Car
400 N
a
200 kg
a 2.0 m/s2
We also know that:
Fg
(v2 v1)
t
e) The gravitational a
Fn
force is equal in (0 m/s 0.5 m/s)
t
magnitude to the 2.0 m/s2
normal force, and t 0.25 s
F-14 Fcatapult the force due to the 47. Since
catapult must be F ma(6.0 m/s2) and
large in order to F mb(8.0 m/s2), it follows that:
accelerate the jet. ma(6.0 m/s2) mb(8.0 m/s2)
Fg mb 0.75ma
If the same force were used to accelerate both
44. The driver’s initial velocity is the same as that
masses together, we would have:
of the car:
50 km 1h 1 min 1000 m F (ma mb)a
v1 F (ma 0.75ma)a
1h 60 min 60 s km
v1 13.9 m/s F 1.75ama
His final velocity is zero, and the distance he But we already know that
travels is 0.6 m: F ma(6.0 m/s2),
v22 v12 2ad so we now have:
(v22 v12) ma(6.0 m/s2) 1.75ama
a a 3.4 m/s2
2d
((0 m/s)2 (13.9 m/s)2) 48. The force applied by the hammer is given by:
a Fnet ma
2(0.6)
a 161 m/s2 But we also know that:
a 16.4 g at2
d
2
2d
a
t2

Therefore: 51. The forces in the vertical direction are
2md balanced:
Fnet
t2 Fg mg
2(1.8 kg)(0.013 m)
Fnet Fg Fn, therefore:
(0.10 s)2 Ff Fn
Fnet 4.7 N Ff mg
Therefore, the force applied to the nail by the Ff (0.16)(2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
hammer is 4.7 N and the force applied to the Ff 3.1 N
hammer by the nail is 4.7 N. 52. Fnet Ff
49. The force due to the cows on the plate is: Fnet ma
Fnet (m1 m2 m3 m4 m5)g Fnet Fn
Fnet 5(200 kg)(9.8 m/s2) (v22 v12)
We also know that a , therefore:
Fnet 9800 N 2d
From Newton’s third law, the steel plate exerts m(v22 v12)
Fn
a force of 9800 N upward. 2d
50. a) The acceleration of the water skiers can be m(v22 v12)
mg
found using: 2d
Fnet ma (v22 v12)
d
Fnet 2g
a
(m1 m2 m3) [(0 m/s)2 (2.0 m/s)2]
d
10 000 N 2(3.0)(9.8 m/s2)
a
(75 kg 80 kg 100 kg) d 6.8 102 m
a 39.2 m/s2 53. Fnet Fengine
Ffriction
b) The force applied by the first skier on the Fengine Fnet Ffriction
second two skiers is equal to the sum of Fnet ma
their masses times their acceleration: Ffriction Fn
Fnet mt a Fengine ma Fn
Fnet (75 kg 80 kg)(39.2 m/s2) Fengine ma mg
Fnet 6.1 103 N (v2 v1)
a , therefore:
The force applied by the third skier on the t
first two skiers is equal to his mass times m(v2 v1)
Fengine mg
his acceleration: t
Fnet mt a (800 kg)(27.8 m/s 13.9 m/s)
Fengine
Fnet (75 kg)(39.2 m/s2) 6.0 s
Fnet 2.9 103 N (0.3)(800 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
From Newton’s third law, the forces Fengine 4.2 103 N
Gm1m2
applied by the second skier on the first 54. Fg
and third skiers are 6.1 103 N and r2
(6.67 1011 N m2/kg2)(300 000 kg)2
2.9 103 N, respectively. Fg
(1000 m)2
Fg 6.0 106 N
Their acceleration would be:
F
a g
m
(6.0 106 N)
a
(300 000 kg)
a 2.0 1011 m/s2

55. If the mass of Earth where doubled, the accel- Chapter 2
eration due to gravity would be: 14. a) Horizontal: dx (25 km) cos 20°
Gm12mE
Fg x 23 km [E]
d
r2 Vertical: dy (25 km) sin 20°
m1 g
Gm12mE
dy 8.6 km [N]
r2
b) Horizontal: Fx (10 N) sin 30°
G2mE x 5.0 N [E]
g F
r2
Vertical: Fy (10 N) cos 30°
g 2(6.67 1011 N m2/kg2)(5.97 1024 kg)
y 8.7 N [S]
F
(6.38 106 m)2
c) Horizontal: ax (30 m/s) cos 45°
g 19.6 m/s2 x 21 m/s2 [W]
a
56. The net gravitational force on planet Z would
Vertical: ay (30 m/s) sin 45°
be equal to the sum of the gravitational forces
ay 21 m/s2 [S]
caused by each planet:
d) Horizontal: px (42 kg·m/s) sin 3°
Fnet
Fx Fy x 2.2 kg·m/s [W]
p
Gmzmx Gmzmy
Fnet Vertical: py (42 kg·m/s) cos 3°
rzx2 rzy2
y 42 kg·m/s [N]
p
Fnet (6.67 1011 N m2/kg2)(5.0 1024 kg)
15. a) l (10 m) cos 40°
3.0 1024 kg

(6.0 1010 m 5.0 1010 m)2
l 7.7 m
b) h (10 m) sin 40°
4.0 1024 kg

(5.0 1010 m)2 h 6.4 m
16. Horizontal: ax (4.0 m/s2) cos 35°
Fnet 6.16 1017 N
ax 3.3 m/s2
57. The astronaut’s weight, or his mass times the
Vertical: ay (4.0 m/s2) sin 35°
acceleration due to gravity, is:
ay 2.3 m/s2
GmAmE
W 17. Adding by components:
rAE2
W (6.67 1011 N m2/kg2)(100 kg)(5.98 1024 kg)

d (2.0 km) (3.0 km) cos 20°
x
(6.38 106 m 3.0 105 m)2

d 4.8 km [W]
x
W 894 N
d (3.0 km) sin 20°
y
d 1.0 km [N]

y
d (4.8 k
m) (1.0
2
km
) 2
d 4.9 km

1.0 km
tan 1
4.8 km
12°
4.9 km [W12°N].
Therefore, d
18. |vi| (10

m/s) 2
2
(20 m/s)
|vi| 22 m/s

20 m/s
tan 1
10 m/s
63°
Therefore, vi 22 m/s inclined 63° to the hor-
izontal.

19. Adding by components: c) vg v s vc
2 2
d x (50 cm) sin 35° (100 cm) cos 15° vg (1.8 k

m/h)2
(0.5 km/
h)2
vg 1.9 km/h
d x 67.9 cm
v
tan c
d y (20 cm) (50 cm) cos 35° vs
(100 cm) sin 15°

0.5 km/h
tan1
d 46.8 cm
y
1.8 km/h
16°
d (67.9

cm) (46.8
2
cm) 2
The ground velocity is vg 1.9 km/h
d 82 cm [N16°E].
23. a) In order to go north, his ground velocity

67.9 cm
tan 1 must be north.
46.8 cm
55°
vc
Therefore,
d 82 cm [S55°W].
20. v vf vi
v 28 m/s [N30°W] 30 m/s [S]
v 28 m/s [N30°W] 30 m/s [N]
Adding the vectors by components, vs vg
v 56 m/s [N15°W]
21. v vf vi
v 1.8 m/s [N30°E] 2.0 m/s [S30°E]
v 1.8 m/s [N30°E] 2.0 m/s [N30°W] θ
Adding the vectors by components,

v 3.3 m/s [N2°W]
v Since vs and vc are known,
a
t v
3.3 m/s [N2°W] sin c

a vs
0.10 s

0.5 km/h

a 33 m/s2 [N2°W] sin1
1.8 km/h
22. a) The current velocity has no effect on the 16°
vertical component of the swimmer’s veloc- The swimmer must swim [N16°W] in
ity, which is needed for crossing the river. order to go straight north.
Therefore: b) vg vs2 v2
c
d vg (1.8 k
m/h)2 (0.5 km/h)2
t
vs vg 1.7 km/h
0.80 km
t His ground velocity is vg 1.7 km/h [N].
1.8 km/h
d
t 0.44 h c) t
vg
b) The current velocity determines how far 0.8 km
the swimmer travels downstream, there- t
1.7 km/h
fore: t 0.46 h
dd (vc)(t)
dd (0.50 km/h)(0.44 h)
dd 0.22 km

24. The time it takes the sandwich to reach the 27. a) Since the velocities are given relative to the
road is: deck, they are the velocities relative to the
d ship.
t p
vs Walking towards stern: v 0.5 m/s [S];
t
10 m walking towards port, v 0.5 m/s [W].
2.0 m/s b) velocity of velocity of velocity of
t 5.0 s pass. relative pass. relative ship relative
to water to ship to water
The distance of the pick-up truck when the
sandwich is released is: vpw vps vsw
dt (vt)(t) Walking towards stern:
vpw vps vsw
dt (60 km/h)(5.0 s)
dt (17 m/s)(5.0 s) vpw 0.5 m/s [S] 10 km/h [N]
vpw 0.5 m/s [N] 2.78 m/s [N]
dt 83 m
vpw 2.3 m/s [N]
25.
v g
Walking towards port:
vpw vps vsw
vw
θ

vh
vpw 0.5 m/s [W] 2.78 m/s [N]
vpw vps2 vsw2
vw
cos vpw (0.5 m/s) 2
(2.78
m/s)2
vh
vpw 2.8 m/s

20 km/h
cos1 vps
150 km/h tan
vsw
82°

0.5 m/s
The pilot must fly [N82°E] or [E7.7°N]. tan1
2.78 m/s
26.
γ
vc
10°
Walking towards stern, v 2.3 m/s [N];
β
walking towards port, v 2.8 m/s [N10°W].
d
vs 28. a) vf g
t

vg
dg
t
θ
vf
6.0 m
t
5.0 m/s
45°
t 1.2 s
Use the sine law to find : To reach the pail, the quarterback must be
sin sin 1.2 s away from reaching the garbage pail,

vc vs therefore:
vc sin dqg (vq)(t)
sin1
vs dqg (4.0 m/s)(1.2 s)
6.8° dqg 4.8 m
Use the sum of the interior angles of a triangle The quarterback must release the ball
to find : 4.8 m in advance.
180° b) 1.2 s as calculated in part a.
180° c) vg v f vq
2 2
180° 135° 6.8° vg

(5.0 m/s) 2
2
(4.0 m/s)
38° vg 6.4 m/s
The ship’s required heading is [N38°E].

v 31. a) Find the time it takes the rock to reach the
tan f
vg ground:
1

5.0 m/s dx vi t axt2
tan1 2 x
4.0 m/s
51° 1
20.0 m (10.0 m/s)t (0 m/s2)t2
The ground velocity is vg 6.4 m/s 2
[E51°N]. t 2.00 s
29. a) In order for the football to reach the garbage Find the height of the water tower:
pail, the football’s ground velocity must be 1
h vi t ayt2
pointing north at the time of release.
y
2
1
v h (0 m/s)(2.00 s) (9.8 m/s2)(2.00 s)2
cos q 2
vf
h 19.6 m

4.0 m/s
cos1 b) In the horizontal direction,
5.0 m/s
vf vi axt
37° x x
vf 10.0 m/s (0 m/s2)(2.00 s)

The ball must be thrown [W37°N]. x
vf 10.0 m/s
b) Calculate the magnitude of vg: x
In the vertical direction,

vf2 vg2 vq2
vf vi ayt
vg2 vf2 vq2 y y
vf 0 m/s (9.8 m/s2)(2.00 s)

vg v f vq
2 2 y
vf 19.6 m/s
vg
(5.0 m/s) 2
2
(4.0 m/s) y
vf v f v
2
2
vg 3.0 m/s f x y
d vf
(10.0 m/s) 2

(19.6 m/s
)2
vg vf 22.0 m/s
t
vf
t
d tan y
vg vf x

10 m 19.6 m/s
t tan1
3.0 m/s 10.0 m/s
t 3.3 s 63.0°
c) The ball is thrown such that its direction is The rock’s final velocity is 22.0 m/s, 63°
north. below the horizontal.
The ground velocity is vg 3.0 m/s [N]. 32. Find the time it takes the mail to reach the
30. The time it takes the ball to reach the ground is: second building:
1 1
h vi t ayt2 dx vi t axt2
y
2 2 x
1 1
10 m (0 m/s)t (9.8 m/s2)t2 100 m [(20 m/s) cos 15°]t (0 m/s2)t2
2 2
t 1.4 s t 5.2 s
The horizontal distance travelled in 1.4 s is: Find the drop in height during the 5.2 s:
1 1
dx vi t axt2 h vi t ayt2
x
2
y
2
1 h [(20.0 m/s) sin 15°](5.2 s)
dx (3.0 m/s)(1.4 s) (0 m/s2)(1.4 s)2
2 1
(9.8 m/s2)(5.2 s)2
dx 4.2 m 2
The friend must be 4.2 m away to catch the h 26.9 m 132.5 m
ball at ground level. h 105 m

Find the height of the second building: Since the ball’s motion is symmetrical, it will
h2nd building h1st building h take twice the time for the soccer ball to reach
h2nd building 200 m 105 m the ground:
h2nd building 95 m 1
0 m (vi sin )2t ay(2t)2
The second building is 95 m high. 2
1 ay2t (vi sin )2t
2
33. a) h vi t ayt2
y
2 ayt vi sin
1 vi sin
1.3 m (0 m/s)t (9.8 m/s2)t2 ay (eq. 2)
2 t
t 0.52 s For the range, R:
b) The cup lands at the tourist’s feet, since 1
R vi 2t ax(2t)2
both the cup of coffee and tourist are not
x
2
moving horizontally relative to the train. 1
R vi 2t (0 m/s2)(2t)2
c) dx (vtrain)(t) 2
x
dx (180 km/h)(0.52 s) R vi 2t
x
dx (50 m/s)(0.52 s) R (vi cos )2t

dx 26 m R
t (eq. 3)
The train is 26 m closer to Montreal. 2vi cos
34. Find the time it takes the Humvee to drop Substitute equation 1 into equation 2:
1 vi sin 2
down to the other ramp:
1
h (vi sin )t
2 t t
h vi t ayt2 1
2 h (vi sin )t (vi sin )t
y
Since both ramps are the same height, 2

h 0 m. 1
h (vi sin )t (eq. 4)
0 m [(30 m/s) sin 20°]t 2
1 Substitute equation 3 into equation 4,
(9.8 m/s2)t2

1 R
2 h (vi sin )
1 2 2vi cos
[(30 m/s) sin 20°]t (9.8 m/s2)t2
1 sin

2
h R
t 2.1 s 4 cos
Find the maximum horizontal distance the 1
h (tan )R
Humvee can travel in 2.1 s: 4
1 h 0.25R tan
dx vi t axt2
x
2 36. If the ball clears the 3.0-m wall 130 m
dx [(30 m/s) cos 20°](2.1 s) from home plate, then the ball rises
1 (3.0 m 1.3 m) 1.7 m during this time.
(0 m/s2)(2.1 s)2
2 Thus, for the vertical height:
dx 59 m 1
The maximum width of the pool is 59 m. h vi t ayt2
y
2
35. Find the time required to reach maximum 1
1.7 m vi (sin 45°)t (9.8 m/s2)t2 (eq. 1)
height: 2
1 Find the time it takes the ball to clear the wall:
h vi t ayt2
y
2 1
dx vi t axt2
1 x
2
h (vi sin )t ayt2 (eq. 1)
2 130 m vi (cos 45°)t
130 m
t (eq. 2)
vi cos 45°

Substitute equation 2 into equation 1: Fa Fa 2
x
Fa 2 y
Fa (59
N N)2
130 m )2 (394
1.7 m (vi sin 45°)
vi cos 45° Fa 399 N

1 130 m 2 Fa
(9.8 m/s2) tan x
2 vi cos 45° Fa y
1.7 m (tan 45°)(130 m)

394 N
tan1

33 800 m 59 N
(4.9 m/s2)
vi2 8.5°
vi 36 m/s
Fa 399 N [S8.5°E]
The player strikes the ball at 36 m/s, 45° Ff kFn
above the horizontal. Ff kmg
37. a) Fnet (30
N)2 (10 N)2 Ff (0.10)(300 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
Fnet 32 N Ff 294 N
f 294 N [N8.5°W]

30 N F
tan1
10 N net
F Fa Ff
72° net 399 N [S8.5°E] 294 N [N8.5°W]
F
net 32 N [N72°E]
So F
Fnet 399 N [S8.5°E] 294 N [S8.5°E]
b) Horizontal components:
Fnet 105 N [S8.5°E]
F x (60 N) sin 40° The net force is Fnet 105 N [S8.5°E]
net ma
F x 38.6 N [W] b) F

Fnet
Vertical components:
a
m
F y (60 N) cos 40° 80 N

a
105 N [S8.5°E]
F y 34.0 N [S]

300 kg
a 0.35 m/s2 [S8.5°E]
net 51 N [S49°W]
F
39.
Fnet kinetic friction
Fapplied force in the x directionF
c) Horizontal components:
Fnet Fa Fk
x

F x (50 N) cos 60° 10 N Find the kinetic frictional force, Fk:
Fk kFn
F x 15 N [E]
Fk (0.30)(Fg Fa sin 50°)
Vertical components: Fk (0.30)[(20 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
F y (50 N) sin 60° 60 N (100 N) sin 50°]
F y 16.7 N [S] Fk 36 N
net 22 N [S42°E] Fnet (100 N) cos 50° 36 N
F
net Fnet 28 N
38. a) F Fa
Ff
Fnet ma
The sum of the x components is:
a 28 N ma
F F1
F2
F3

x x x x
28 N
Fa (100 N) cos 20° [W] a
x
20 kg
(200 N) cos 40° [E]
a 1.4 m/s2
Fa 59 N [E]
x
The sum of the y components is:

a
F y
F1
F2
y
F3y y

Fa (100 N) sin 20° [N]
y
(200 N) sin 40° [S] 300 N [S]

a 394 N [S]
F y

40. The hockey stick provides the only force on Find vi:
the puck, therefore it is the net force acting on vf vi
a
the puck: t
Fs Fnet at vi

F net ma vi (4.9 m/s2)(1.3 s)

Fnet vi 6.4 m/s

a
m 42. Fnet Fk
300 N [N25°E] ma k Fn
a
0.25 kg ma k mg

a 1200 m/s2 [N25°E] a k g
Find vf : a (0.3)(9.8 m/s2)
vf vi a 2.94 m/s2

a
t Find distance, d:

at vf vi
vf2 vi2 2ad
vf at vi vi2 2ad
vf (1200 m/s2 [N25°E])(0.20 s) 12 m/s [S] vi2
vf 240 m/s [N25°E] 12 m/s [S] d
2a
The vector sum of the x components is: (2.0 m/s)2
vfx (240 m/s) sin 25° [E] d
2(2.94 m/s2)
vfx 101 m/s [E] d 0.68 m
The vector sum of the y components is: The key will slide 0.68 m across the dresser.
vfy (240 m/s) cos 25° [N] 12 m/s [N] 43. Fnet Fa Fk
vfy 206 m/s [N] The horizontal acceleration of 1.0 m/s2 is the
vf F x

y f F
2
f
2
net acceleration of the mop, therefore:
vf (101 m/s) 2
2
(206 m/s) Fnet max
vf 229 m/s max Fa kFn
x
vf max (30 N) cos 45°

tan x
y
vf [(0.1)(Fg Fa sin 45°)]
max 21.2 N

206 m/s
tan1
101 m/s [(0.1)(mg 21.2 N)]
26° max 19.09 N 0.1mg
The final velocity is vf 229 m/s [N26°E]. (1.0 m/s2)m 19.09 N 0.1mg
41. a) Fk kFn m(1.0 m/s2 0.1g) 19.09 N
Fk (0.50)(100 kg)(9.8 m/s2) m(1.98 m/s2) 19.09 N
Fk 4.9 102 N m 9.6 kg
b) The frictional force is the only force acting 44. Let be the angle of the inclined plane when
on the baseball player, therefore it is also the box starts to slide.
the net force. At this angle,
Fnet Fk Fs sFn
ma Fk Fs (0.35)(mg cos ) (eq. 1)
490 N Fx mg sin (eq. 2)
a
100 kg
a 4.9 m/s2

Set equation 1 equal to equation 2: 47. Find his final speed, vf, at the bottom of the
(0.35)(mg cos ) mg sin ramp by first finding his acceleration:
sin Fnet Fx
0.35
cos ma mg sin
tan 0.35 a g sin
tan1 (0.35) a (9.8 m/s2) sin 35°
19° a 5.6 m/s2
The minimum angle required is 19°. His final speed at the bottom of the ramp is:
45. a) The acceleration for child 1: vf2 vi2 2ad
Fnet Fx vf2 2(5.6 m/s2)(50 m)
m1a1 m1 g sin vf 23.6 m/s
a1 g sin vf will be the initial speed, vi2, for the horizon-
a1 (9.8 m/s2) sin 30° tal distance to the wall of snow.
a1 4.9 m/s2 Find the deceleration caused by the snow:
The acceleration for child 2: Fnet Fk
Fnet Fx ma kFn
m2a2 m2 g sin ma (0.50)(9.8 m/s2)m
a2 g sin a 4.9 m/s2
a2 4.9 m/s2 Find the distance Boom-Boom will go into the
Both children accelerate downhill at wall of snow:
4.9 m/s2. vf2 vi2 2ad
b) They reach the bottom at the same time. 0 vi2 2ad
46. a) Fnet Fx Fk vi2 2ad
ma mg sin kFn vi2
d
ma mg sin k(mg cos ) 2a
a g sin k g cos (23.6 m/s)2
d
a (9.8 m/s2) sin 25° 2(4.9 m/s2)
(0.45)(9.8 m/s2)cos 25° d 57 m
a 0.14 m/s2 Boom-Boom will go 57 m into the wall of
The acceleration of the box is 0.14 m/s2. snow.
b) vf2 vi2 2ad 48. Find the net force on Spot, then solve for the
vf2 2(0.14 m/s2)(200 m) net acceleration:
vf 7.6 m/s Fnet Fr Fx
The box reaches the bottom of the hill at Fnet 2000 N mg sin
7.6 m/s2. ma 2000 N (250 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(sin 20°)
vf vi ma 2000 N 838 N
c) a
t ma 1162 N
vf 1162 N
t a
a 250 kg
7.6 m/s a 4.6 m/s2
t 2
0.14 m/s
t 53 s
It takes the box 53 s to reach the bottom of
the hill.

Find time, t: Find T1:
1 m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1)
d vit at2
2 T1 (10 kg)(3.9 m/s )
2
1 2 (10 kg)(9.8 m/s2)

d at
2 T1 137 N
1
250 m (4.6 m/s2)t2 Find T2:
2
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3)
t 108 s2
2
T2 (30 kg)(9.8 m/s )

2
t 10 s
(30 kg)(3.9 m/s2)
49. a) (a) For m1:
T2 176 N
Fnet1 T
(c) For m1:
T m1a (eq. 1)
Fnet1 T Fx
For m2:
m1a T mg sin (eq. 1)
Fnet2 Fg T
For m2:
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
Fnet2 F2g T
Substitute equation 1 into equation 2:
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
m2a m2 g m1a
Add equations 1 and 2:
(m1 m2)a m2 g
m1a T mg sin (eq. 1)
(40 kg)a (20 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
a 4.9 m/s2 [left]
(m1 m2)a m2 g m1 g sin
For tension T, substitute acceleration
(25 kg)a (15 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
into equation 1:
(10 kg)(9.8 m/s2) sin 25°
T m1a

a 4.2 m/s2 [right]
T (20 kg)(4.9 m/s2)
For tension T, substitute acceleration
T 98 N
into equation 2:
(b) Assume the system moves towards m3:
m2a m2 g T
For m1:
T (15 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
Fnet1 T1 F1g
(15 kg)(4.2 m/s2)
m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1)
T 84 N
For m2:
b) (a) For m1:
Fnet2 T2 T1
Fnet1 T Fk
m2a T2 T1 (eq. 2)
m1a T km1 g (eq. 1)
For m3:
For m2:
Fnet3 F3g T2
Fnet2 Fg T
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3)
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
Add equations 1, 2, and 3:
Add equations 1 and 2:
m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1)
m1a T km1 g (eq. 1)
m2a T2 T1 (eq. 2)
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3)
m1a m2a m2 g km1 g
(m1 m2 m3)a m3 g m1 g
a(m1 m2) g(m2 km1)
(10 kg 10 kg 30 kg)a
(20 kg 20 kg)a 9.8 m/s2[20 kg
(30 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
0.2(20 kg)]
(10 kg)(9.8 m/s2)

a 3.9 m/s2 [left]
(50 kg)a 196 N
3.9 m/s2 [right]
a

For tension T, substitute acceleration Add equations 1 and 2:
into equation 2: m1a T m1 g sin
m2a m2 g T km1 g cos (eq. 1)
T (20 kg)(9.8 m/s2) m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
(20 kg)(3.9 m/s2) (m1 m2)a m2 g m1 g sin
T 118 N km1 g cos
(b) Assume the system moves towards m3: (25 kg)a (9.8 m/s2)[15 kg
For m1: (10 kg) sin 25°
Fnet1 T1 F1g 0.2(10 kg) cos 25°]
m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1) 3.5 m/s2 [right]
a
For m2: For tension T, substitute acceleration
Fnet2 T2 T1 Fk into equation 2:
m2a T2 T1 km2 g (eq. 2) m2a m2 g T
For m3: T (15 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
Fnet3 F3g T2 (15 kg)(3.5 m/s2)
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3) T 94 N
Add equations 1, 2, and 3: 50. For m1:
m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1) Fnet1 T Ff1
m2a T2 T1 m1a T kFn
km2 g (eq. 2) m1a T km1 g (eq. 1)
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3) For m2:
(m1 m2 m3)a m3 g km2 g Fnet2 F2g T1
m1 g m2a m2 g T1 (eq. 2)
(10 kg 10 kg 30 kg)a Add equations 1 and 2:
9.8 m/s2[30 kg m1a T km1 g (eq. 1)
0.2(10 kg) m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
10 kg] (m1 m2)a m2 g km1 g (eq. 3)

a 3.5 m/s2 [right] (9.0 kg)a (4.0 kg)(9.8 m/s )
2
Find T1: (0.10)(5.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)

m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1)
a 3.8 m/s2 [right]
T1 (10 kg)(3.5 m/s ) (10 kg)
2
51. For the system to be NOT moving, the acceler-
(9.8 m/s2) ation of the whole system must be 0.
T1 133 N Using equation 3:
Find T2: (m1 m2)a m2 g km1 g (eq. 3)
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3) 0 m2 g km1 g
T2 (30 kg)(9.8 m/s )
2
km1 g m2 g
(30 kg)(3.5 m/s2) k(5.0 kg) 4.0 kg
T2 188 N k 0.80
(c) For m1: 52. First find the system’s acceleration:
Fnet1 T Fx Fk For Tarzana:
m1a T m1 g sin FnetTA T
km1 g cos (eq. 1) mTAa T (eq. 1)
For m2: For Tarzan:
Fnet2 F2g T FnetTZ FTZg T
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2) mTZa mTZ g T (eq. 2)

Add equations 1 and 2: 56. Fc Ff
mTAa T (eq. 1) mac Fn
mTZa mTZ g T (eq. 2) mv 2
mg
(mTA mTZ)a mTZ g r
(65 kg 80 kg)a (80 kg)(9.8 m/s2) v gr
(80 kg)(9.8 m/s2) v 21 m/s
a
(65 kg 80 kg) It is not necessary to know the mass.
a 5.4 m/s2 57. Vertically: Fn cos mac
To find time t: mg
Fn
1 cos
d vit at2
2 Horizontally: Fc Fn sin
1
15 m at2 mac Fn sin
2

mg
sin mac
30 m
t2 cos
a v2
g tan
r

30 m
t
5.4 m/s 2
v rg tan25°
t 2.4 s v 19 m/s
42r 58. Fc Fg
53. ac Assuming ac is a constant,
T2 mac mg
v2

42r g
T
ac r
a) If the radius is doubled, the period v gr
increases by a factor of 2. v 9.9 m/s
b) If the radius is halved, the period decreases 59. a) T mg
by a factor of 2. T (0.5 kg)g
42r T 4.9 N
54. a) ac
T2 mv2
b) T mg
42(0.35 m) r
ac
(0.42 s)2 mv2
T mg
ac 78 m/s2 r
b) The clothes do not fly towards the centre (0.5 kg)(2.4 m/s)2
T
because the wall of the drum applies the (0.6 m)
normal force that provides the centripetal (0.5 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
force. When the clothes are not in contact T 9.7 N
with the wall, there is no force acting on 60. Maximum tension occurs when the mass is at
them. The clothes have inertia and would its lowest position. Tension acts upward, and
continue moving at a constant velocity tan- gravity acts downward. The difference
gential to the drum. The centripetal force between these forces is the centripetal force:
acts to constantly change the direction of mv2
Tmax mg
this velocity. r
2
42r mv
55. ac Tmax mg
T2 r
T 365 days 3.15 104 s (2.0 kg)(6.6 m/s)2
Tmax (2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
3.0 m
42(1.5 1011 m)
ac Tmax 49 N
(3.15 107 s)
ac 6.0 103 m/s2
The tension is minimized when the mass is at 63. On mass 2:
42r

the top of its arc. Tension and gravity both act
Fc m2
downward, and their sum is the centripetal T2
2
T m
force: 4 r
2 2
mv2 T 2
Tmin mg
r 4 (L L )
2
mv2 T m
2 2
1
2
2
Tmin mg T
r On mass 1:
(2.0 kg)(6.6 m/s)2 42r
Tmin
3.0 m Fc m1
T2
(2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 42r
Tmin 9.4 N T1 T2 m1
T2
61. a) Fnet ma 42L1 42(L1 L2)
Fn mg m(9g) T1 m1
T2
m2
T2
Fn 9mg mg
42
Fn 10mg
T1
T2
(m1L1 m2(L1 L2))
Fn 5.9 103 N
v2
b) ac
r
v2
9g
r
v2
r
9g
(91.67 m/s)2
r
9(9.8 m/s2)
r 95 m
62. a) G 6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2,
T 365 days 3.15 107 s
4 2r

GmEmS
2 mE
r T2
4 2r 3
mS
GT 2
42(1.5 1011 m)3
mS
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(3.15 107 s)2
mS 2.0 1030 kg
m
b) Density of the Sun
V
2.0 1030 kg
4
r 3
3
1.4 103 kg/m3
mEarth 5.98 1024 kg
5.98 1024 kg
Density of Earth 4
r 3
3
5.5 103 kg/m3
1
The Sun is about as dense as Earth.
4

Chapter 3 24.
60° 60°
21. Tcable 2500 N Fs = 2500 N
30° Fstrut T T
Fg m
mg
30°
Fg
flower pot
Fs
Fs = 2500 N
60° mg
F
sin 30° g 30°
T T
Fg
T mg
sin 30° sin 30°
Fs
mg
T Fs sin 30°
sin 30° m
g
(10 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
T (2500 N) sin 30°
sin 30° m
9.8 N/kg
T 196 N
m 128 kg
F
22. tan g 25.
Fs
Fg
Fs
tan
98 N
Fs Tcable
tan 30°
Fs 169.7 N 12° Tcable
Fs 170 N mg
23. 12°
500 kg
Trope
30° T1
30° 30° Trope
Fg
T1 T2
60° mg
Fg
cos 12°
—
Tcable
Fg 2 T2 mg
30°
Tcable
cos 12°
(500 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Tcable
2 T
T1 T cos 12°
2
Tcable 5009.5 N
Fg

cos 30° Tcable 5.01 103 N
T Frope
tan 12°
mg
2
Fg

Frope mg tan 12°
T
(cos 30°) Frope (500 kg)(9.8 N/kg) tan 12°
Frope 1.04 103 N

(100 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
2
T
(cos 30°)
T 566 N

26. a) 27. Fapp
1.5 m
Fn
Fapp Ff
100 kg
25.0 m
———
2 Fn T
1.5 m
25.0 m 425 N
mg θ θ θ
0.63
Fapp Ff 0
Fapp Ff
Fapp Fn car
Fapp mg
Fapp 0.63(100 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 1.5 m
Fapp 617.4 N
tan

25.0 m

b) 2
tan 0.12
L = 10 m 6.8°
Fapp
sin
T
250 Fapp
T
kg sin
d 425 N
T
sin 6.8°
T T 3.59 103 N
The rope pulls with a force of 3.59 103 N.
θ θ Fapp
10 m
T 250 kg 28.
mg
T T
d Fapp = 617 N Bird

mg
Using similar triangles, find T first:

T 2 (mg)2 Fapp2
mBg
T 8
[(250 kg)(9. N/kg)] 2
( 2
617.4 N) 18.0 m
T 2526.6 N
T 2.53 103 N 9.0 m
d Fapp θ

L T 0.52 m
FappL
d
T
(617.4 N)(10 m)
d 0.52 m
2526.6 N tan
9.0 m
d 2.4 m
tan 0.058
3.3°

T 30.
Th
Pulley Ff
Tv
mBg θ
θ = 3.3° T
2
mBg
T
sin Th
T mg
2T sin
mB
g
T
2(90 N) sin 3.3°
mB
9.8 N/kg
mB 1.1 kg
29. T1 L
–
2
x
–
2
40°
mLg 80°
40°
L
–
2
T2

Th
Ff 0
With left taken to be the positive direction,
T1
Th Ff 0
Leg
Th Ff
T2 Th Fn
mg
T (5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) Th
2
T 49 N
From Pythagoras’ theorem:

40° mg 2
T2 Th2
2
T2 T1
T
mg mg 2 2
2 2
2 2
40°
2
mg 2
T ( 1)
2 2
Fapp
T
mg
1 T
Fapp T 2
( 1) 2
2

F
app
From similar triangles:
2
cos 40°

x
T
2 T
Fapp 2(T cos 40°) h

L T
Fapp 2mg cos 40°
2
Fapp 2(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) cos 40° x T
h
Fapp 75 N [left] L T
ThL
x
T

Substituting for Th and T, b) T
mgL
x

2
mg
2
1
2 mT = m1 + m2
L
x
2 1
L
x
2 1 mTg
31. a) ?
T
+
If up is positive,
T mTg
P T (4.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
1 2 39.2 N [up]
T
3 kg 1 kg
32. T 0
2.0 m The pivot is the left support.
1 0
centre of mass ?
2 Board Duck 0
net 0
2 B D
With clockwise as the positive rotation,
2 rBFgB rDFgD
1 2 0
2 rBmBg rDmDg
1 2
2 (2.0 m)(50 kg)
r1m1 g sin r2m2 g sin
(9.8 N/kg) (4.0 m)

m2g
r1 r2 (8.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
m1g
2 1313.2 N/m
r r
m 2
1 2 1313.2 Nm
m 1 F2
0.8 m
r
r1 2 F2 1641.5 N
3
2 1.6 103 N [up]
F
But r2 r1 rT
For F1:
3r1 rT r1
FT 0
4r1 rT
rT With down as positive,
r1 0 F1 F2 FB FD
4
2.0 m F1 FB FD F2
r1 F1 (mBg) (mDg) F2
4
r1 0.5 m F1 (50 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
The centre of mass is 0.5 m from m1 and (8.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 1.6 103 N
1.5 m from m2. F1 1068.2 N

F1 1.1 103 N [down]
and

F2 1.6 103 N [up]

33. x 5.0 m 3.75 m
y2 = 0.5 m
x 1.25 m
y1 = 1.0 m 35. T 0
man L(left) L(right) rock 0
With clockwise as the positive direction of
X1 = 0.5 m
rotation,
X2 = 2.5 m 0 man L(left) L(right) rock
x1 x2 rock man L(left) L(right)
xcm rrockmrock g sin rmanmman g sin
2
0.5 m 2.5 m rL(left)mL(left) g sin
xcm rL(right)mL(right) g sin
2
xcm 1.5 m [right] rrockmrock [(1.90 m)(86 kg)]
y1 y2

1.90 m
ycm
2 2
0.5 m 1.0 m
2.40 m
(2.0 kg)
1.90 m
ycm
2
ycm 0.75 m [up]
2
(2.0 kg)
0.5 m 0.50 m
Centre of mass 1.5 m [right], 0.75 m [up] 2.40 m
34. rrockmrock 163.4 kg·m 1.504 kg·m
0.104 kg·m
rrockmrock 164.8 kg·m
x
164.8 kg·m
mrock
5.0 m 0.50 m
mrock 329.6 kg
mrock 3.3 102 kg
F23 2.5 m F1 36. a) 17 kg 20 kg 27 kg
1 3 2
P +
x
3.8 kg
Fg
T 0
1 2 3 TL TR 0
Let F1 be the pivot.
T 0 With clockwise as the positive rotation,
2 3 L 0 1 2 3 TL TR 0
With clockwise as positive, 3 2 1
223 L 0 r3m3 g r2m2 g r1m1 g

3.8 m

2 r3m3 (27 kg)
r23 m g rLmg 2
3
2
(17 kg)
3r 3.8 m
r23 L
2
r3m3 51.3 kg·m 32.3 kg·m

5.0 m
3
2 r3m3 19 kg·m
r23
2 19 kg·m
r3
15.0 m 20 kg
r23
4 r3 0.95 m
r23 3.75 m

The third child of mass 20 kg must sit Let clockwise be positive.
0.95 m from the centre of the teeter-totter D Back 0
and on the same side as the 17.0-kg child. Back D
b) No, the mass of the teeter-totter does not rB FB rD FgD
matter. rB FB rDmD g
37. rB FB (0.30 m)(30 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F1 F2
rB FB 88.2 N·m
5.0 + 88.2 N·m
kg
P FB
mp = 2.0 kg 1.0 m
FB 88.2 N
1.5 m
FB 8.8 101 N
2.5 m But
Fnet 0
F
F FD FB 0
Let F2 be pivot.
Let up be positive.
net 0
1 B C 0 0 FF FD FB
FF FD FB
With clockwise as the positive rotation,
FF mDg FB
1 p c 0
FF (30 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 88.2 N
1 p c
FF 205.8 N
r1F1 rpFgp rcFgc
FF 2.1 102 N
rpFgp rcFgc
F1 Front legs: 1.05 102 N each; back legs:
r1
4.4 101 N each (each divided by 2).
2(2.0 kg)(9.8 Nkg) [(2.5 m 1.5 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)]
2.5 m
F1 39. a) P

2.5 m
F1 29.4 N
But Fnet 0
F1
FgB FgC
F2 0 C of m
2.4 m
With up as the positive direction,
20 kg
0 F1 FgB FgC F2
F2 FgB FgC F1
F2 mB g mC g F1 0.8 m
F2 (2.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Fnet 0
29.4 N T
F FD 0
F2 39.2 N
Taking up to be positive,
The man farthest from the cement bag (F1)
0 FT FD
lifts with 29.4 N and the second man lifts
FT mD g
with 39.2 N of force.
FT (20 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
38. Take front two and back two legs as single
FT 196 N [up]
supports.
net 0 with front legs as pivot
D Back 0

b) P 41. a) 1.0 m
1.2 m θD rD
75 kg
1.6 m
C of m
C of m
0.4 m
P

Fnet 0

Fapp-h Ff 0

0.4 m
tan1 Taking the direction of force application to
1.2 m
be positive,
18.4°
Fapp-h Ff
Assume the upper hinge is the pivot.
Fapp-h Fn
B door 0
Fapp-h mg
B door 0
Fapp-h 0.42(75 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
B door app-h 308.7 N [horizontally]
F
rB FB sin B rDmD g sin D app-h 3.1 102 N [horizontally]
F
rDmD g sin D
FB b)
rB sin B
(1.26 m)(20 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 18.4°
FB
(2.4 m) sin (90° 18.4°)

FB 34.2 N [out horizontally] θbox
θa
40.
P
1.2 m +
Just to the tip the box,
72 kg net 0
7.0 m
θp a box 0
Taking the direction of force application to
be positive,
a box 0
65°
P a box
p 90° 65° Take bottom corner as pivot.

1.6 m
p 25°
2
Choose bottom as pivot.
tan a 1.0 m
net 0
2
wall p 0 a 58°
Taking right (horizontally) as positive, raFa sin a rboxmbox g sin box
wall p 0 rboxmbox g sin box
ra
wall p Fa sin a
rw Fw sin w rpmp g sin p ra
(0.8 m
)2 (0
.5 m)2(75 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin (90° 58°)

rpmp g sin p (308.7 N) sin 58°
Fw
rw sin w ra 1.40 m
[(7.0 m 1.2 m)(72 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(sin 25°)] But:
Fw
(7.0 m) sin 65° h ra sin 58°
w 272.6 N [horizontal]
F h 1.2 m
Fw 2.7 102 N
But Fh(bottom) Fh(top) so 2.7 102 N is
required to keep the ladder from sliding.
42. Let the contact point of F2 be the pivot P.
1 w 0
With clockwise being the positive torque
+ direction,
10 kg
1 w 0
P
5.0 1 w
cm
r1F1 rwmg
16 cm rwmg
F1
r1
35 cm (0.12 m)(65 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F1
0.04 m
net 0 F1 1911 N
muscle arm water 0
F1 1.9 103 N [up]
With clockwise as the direction of positive
Fnet 0
rotation,
F1 F2
Fg 0
m a w 0 With up taken to be the positive direction,
m a w F2 F1 Fg
rmFm sin ramag sin rwmwg sin F2 1911 N (65.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
ramag rwmwg F2 2548 N
Fm
rm
F2 2.5 103 N [down]
(0.16 m)(3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (0.35 m)(10 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 45.
Fm
0.050 m
F = 0.5 N
Fm 780.1 N 0.01 m

Fm 7.8 102 N [up]
43. 1.9 kg 1.2 kg 0.4 kg
P
+
0.15 m
0.40 m 0.02 m
0.60 m
The total of all three torques must be equiva-

lent to the total torque through the centre of F2
mass. Use pivot P as the point of contact of F1.
cm ua fa hand net 0
rcmm T g ruamua g rfamfa g rhandmhand g F2 F 0
ruamua rfamfa rhandmhand
rcm With clockwise taken to be the positive torque
mT direction,
rcm (0.15 m)(1.9 kg) (0.40 m)(1.2 kg) (0.60 m)(0.4 kg)
F2 F 0
3.5 kg
rcm 0.29 m from shoulder F2 F
44. rF2F2 rFF
F1 W + rFF
P F2
rF2
4.0 cm 12 cm (0.01 m)(0.5 N)
F2
0.02 m
F2 0.25 N

Fnet 0 48.

F
F
1
F2 0
With right taken to be the positive direction,
F1 F F2 h
F1 0.5 N 0.25 N hcm θ

L
F1 0.75 N —
2
θ
1 0.75 N [left], and F
F 2 0.25 N [right] 1.00 m
1.00 m
46.
2
28 cm L

11 cm
7.25 kg tan
2.4 cm P hcm
2
C of m L

FT + hcm
tan
2
1.00 m

Set P at elbow joint. hcm
net 0 tan 30°
T arm sp 0 hcm 0.8660 m
With clockwise taken to be the positive torque But:
direction, h 2hcm
T arm sp 0 h 2(0.8660 m)
T arm sp h 1.73 m
rTFT rarmFg(arm) rspFg(sp) NOTE: The solution to problem 49 is based
rarmmarmg rspmspg on the pivot point of the glass being at the cor-
FT ner of the base.
rT
FT (0.11 m)(2.7 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (0.280 m)(7.25 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 49. d

0.024 m x
FT 9.5 102 N
47.
θ 0.14 m
0.6 m θ 0.050 m
θ
0.3 m θ
0.020 m
θ
0.3 m 0.020 m
tan tan
0.6 m 0.050 m
26° 21.8°
x
The tipping angle is 26° from the horizontal. sin
h 0.050 m
x (0.14 m 0.050 m) sin 21.8°
x 0.033 m
dxr
d 0.033 m 0.020 m
d 0.053 m

50. Use hinge as pivot.
net 0
s m 0
With clockwise taken to be the positive torque
θ 2.5 m
direction,
s m 0
2.5 m
θ s m
rs Fs sin s rm Fm sin 90°
2
base
rmmm g
Fs
tan rs sin s
hcm
(1.0 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Fs
2
2.5 m (0.75 m) sin 10°

tan Fs 752.5 N
2.5 m But:
26.6° Fs kx
51. Fs F
k s
x
752.5 N
k
4.0 102 m
nails k 1.88 104 N/m
53.
x2 1.5 m
Fg

Fs
Fg 0
x1 45° 0.50 m
With up taken to be the positive direction, θ
Fs mg 0.50 m 0.50 m
But:
x1 (0.50
m) 2

(0.50
m)2
Fs kx
x1 0.7071 m
So:
x2
(0.50 m) 2

(1.50
m)2
kx mg
x2 1.58 m
mg
k 1.50 m
x tan
0.50 m
(3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
k 71.56°
1.8 102 m
∆x 1.58 m 0.7071 m
k 1.6 103 N/m ∆x 0.874 m
52.
+ T T
θ θ
Fs bar
10°
P
0.75 m 10 kg
1.0 m
Fgm Fg

T Fs 55. a) A 0.1 m2
T k∆x F
Stress
T (1.5 102 N/m)(0.874 m) A
T 1.311 102 N (100 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Stress
0.1 m2
Stress 9.8 103 N/m2
T Strain Eiron 100 109 N/m2
Stress
E
Strain
θ
Stress
mg Strain
—
2 T
E
9.8 103 N/m2
Strain
100 109 N/m2
Strain 9.8 108

mg
2 b) ∆L ?
sin L 2.0 m
T
2T sin ∆L L(Strain)
m ∆L (2.0 m)(9.8 108)
g
2(1.311 102 N) sin 71.56° ∆L 1.96 107 m
m
9.8 N/kg ∆L 2.0 107 m
m 25.4 kg c) Maximum stress is 17 107 N/m2.
54. L 20 m Fmax Stress(A)
r 2.0 103 m Fmax (17 107 N/m2)(0.1 m2)
Limit FL 6.0 107 N/m2 Fmax 1.7 107 N
F mg Fmax
a) Stress
A 1.7 107 N
m
F A(Stress) 9.8 N/kg
F r2(Stress) m 1.7 106 kg
F (2.0 103 m)2(6.0 107 N/m2) 56. Maximum stress for femur is 13 107 N/m2.
F 753.6 N A 6.40 104 m2
F 7.5 102 N F
Stress
b) E for Al is: A
EAl 70 109 N/m2 Fmax A(Stress)
Stress Fmax (6.40 104 m2)(13 107 N/m2)
E
Strain Fmax 8.32 104 N
57. Fc 200 N

F

A A 1 105 m2
E
L L 0.38 m

L E 15 109 N/m2

F

L
F
A
L
A E
L
E
(20 m)(6.0 107 N/m2)

L
L FL
70 109 N/m2 L
AE
L 0.017 m
(200 N)(0.38 m)
L 1.7 102 m L
(1 103 m2)(15 109 N/m2)
L 5.067 106 m
F 59. Stress is 10% of Tmax.
k
x Stress 0.10(50 107 N/m2)
200 N Stress 5.0 107 N/m2
k
5.067 106 m a) A ?
k 3.95 107 N/m F
Stress
58. A
2.0 m L F
A
Stress
R
mg
θ
R A
Stress
τ
(1.00 104 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
A
Gsteel 80 109 N/m2 5.0 107 N/m2
rF A 1.96 103 m2
C 2r
C 2(20 m)
r
A

C 125.6 m 1.96 103 m2

2.0 m
r

360° 125.6 m r 0.025 m
(360°)(2 m) r 2.5 102 m

125.6 m b) a 2.0 m/s2
5.73° Fnet Fapp mg
R Fnet ma mg
cos
R L Fnet m(a g)
R Esteel 200 109 N/m2
R L
cos Stress
20 m E
R L Strain
cos 5.73° Stress
R L 20.1005 m Strain
E
L 20.1005 m R

F
L 20.1005 m 20 m
A
L 0.1005 m Strain
E

F
[m(a g)]
A Strain
G

A
L

L
E
[(1.00 104 kg)(2.0 m/s2 9.8 m/s2)]
Arod (0.01 m)2 Strain
1.96 103 m2
GLA
200 10 9 N/m2
F Strain 3.01 10 4
L
(80 109 N/m2)(0.1005 m)[(0.01 m)2] 60. L ?
F Epine 10 109 N/m2
2.0 m
F 1 262 920 N L 3.0 m
F 1.26 106 N A (10 102 m)(15 102 m)
rod rF sin A 1.5 103 m2
rod 2.0 m(1 262 920 N) sin 90° Fg 1000 N
rod 2.52 106 N·m
The torque on rod is 2.5 106 N·m.

For column 2:
A
F
Strain
a) E Stress
L E
L

Stress
F
Stress A2E
E 2.45 105 N
Strain Stress
F (0.5024 m2)(50 109 N/m2)
Stress
A Stress 9.75 106
1000 N L
Stress 2 9.75 106
1.5 103 m2 L2
Stress 6.67 105 N/m2 L2 L2 (9.75 106)
Stress But: L2 L2 21.999 863 m
Strain L2 L2(9.75 106 m) 21.999 863 m
E
6.67 105 N/m2 21.999 863 m
Strain L2
10 109 N/m2 1 9.75 106 m
Strain 6.67 105 L2 22.000 0775 m
b) ∆L L(Strain) The narrower column needs to be only
∆L (3.0 m)(6.67 105) 7.8 105 m longer than the wider column.
∆L 2.0 104 m
61. m 2.5 104 kg
Fapp (2.5 104 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Fapp 2.45 105 N
A1 r2

1.00 m 2
A1
2
A1 0.785 m2
A2 r22

0.80 m 2
A2
2
A2 0.5024 m2
Emarble 50 109 N/m2
∆L1 ?
L Stress
1
L1 E
A
F

L 1
1
L1 E
FL1
L1
A1E
(2.45 105 N)(22.0 m)
L1
(0.785 m2)(50 109 N/m2)
L1 1.37 104 m
Column 1 final loaded:
Loaded 22.0 m L1
Loaded 22.0 m 1.37 104 m
Loaded 21.999863 m

Chapter 4 23. m 50 kg, F 250 N [forward],
16. p mv ∆t 3.0 s, v1 0
p (7500 kg)(120 m/s) t mv
F
p 9.0 105 kg·m/s (250 N [forward])(3.0 s) (50 kg)(v2 v1)
17. p mv 740 N [forward]
v2
p (0.025 kg)(3 m/s) 50 kg
v2 15 m/s [forward]
p 0.075 kg·m/s
18. 90 km/h 25 m/s, m 25 g 0.025 kg 24. m 150 kg, v1 0, a 2.0 m/s2,
p mv ∆t 4.0 s
p (0.025 kg)(25 m/s) a) v2 v1 a∆t
p 0.63 kg·m/s v2 0 (2.0 m/s2)(4.0 s)
19. v 500 km/h 138.89 m/s, v2 8.0 m/s
p 23 000 kg·m/s p mv
p p (150 kg)(8.0 m/s)
m
v p 1200 kg·m/s
23 000 kg·m/s b) J ∆p
m
138.89 m/s J m2v2 m1v1
m 165.6 kg J (150 kg)(8.0 m/s) (150 kg)(0)
p J 1200 kg·m/s
20. v
m 25. m 1.5 kg, ∆h 17 m, v1 0,
1.00 kg·m/s a 9.8 N/kg
v
1.6726 1027 kg a)
1
h v1t at2
v 6.00 1026 m/s, which is much greater 2
1
than the speed of light. 17 m 0 (9.8 m/s2)t2
2
21. p mv

t 1.86 s

p (0.050 g)(10 m/s [down]) b) F ma

p 0.5 kg·m/s [down] F (1.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F 14.7 N
p = 0.5 kg·m/s [down]
c) J F∆t
J (14.7 N)(1.86 s)
J 27.3 kg·m/s

1000 m 1h
22. v (300 km/h)
1 km 3600 s 26. F 700 N, ∆t 0.095 s
83.3 m/s a) J F∆t

p mv J (700 N)(0.095 s)

p (6000 kg)(83.3 m/s [NW]) J 66.5 kg·m/s

p 5 105 kg·m/s [NW] b) J ∆p
p = 5 x 105 kg·m/s [NW]
∆p 66.5 kg·m/s
27. m 0.20 kg, v1 25 m/s, v2 20 m/s
45°
∆p m2v2 m1v1
∆p (0.2 kg)(20 m/s) (0.2 kg)(25 m/s)
∆p 9.0 kg·m/s
28. F∆t m∆v
(N)(s) (kg)(m/s)
(kg·m/s2)(s) (kg)(m/s)
kg·m/s kg·m/s

29. p p2
p1 c) F ma
F (0.03 kg)(1.3 106 m/s2)
p F 3.9 104 N
v2 v1
p2 33° d) a
t
v2 v1
t
a
p1 0 360 m/s
t
1.3 106 m/s2
30. v1 0, v2 250 m/s, m 3.0 kg,
t 2.8 104 s
F 2.0 104 N
e) J p
a) J ∆p
J m2v2 m1v1
J m2v2 m1v1
J (0.03 kg)(0) (0.03 kg)(360 m/s)
J (3.0 kg)(250 m/s) 0
J 11 kg·m/s
J 750 kg·m/s
f) –4
b) J Ft t (× 10 s)
1 2 3
J 0
t
F (×104 N)
F –1
–2
750 kg·m/s
t –3
2 104 N –4
t 0.038 s 33. a) 8
31. m 7000 kg, 7
v1 110 km/h 30.56 m/s, ∆t 0.40 s,
F (×106 N )
6
v2 0 5
4
p
a) F 3
t 2
m2v2 m1v1
F 1 0 5 10 15
t t (s)
0 (7000 kg)(30.56 m/s)
F
0.40 s 1
b) Area h(a b)
F 5.3 105 N 2
p 1
b) F J (15 s)(5 106 N 8 106 N)
t 2
J 9.8 107 N·s
m2v2 m1v1
F 34. J area under the curve
t
1
0 (7000 kg)(30.56 m/s) J (90 N)(0.3 s) (120 N)(0.2 s)
F 2
8.0 s 1
(75 N)(0.4 s)
F 2.7 10 N 4
2
32. m 30 g 0.03 kg, v1 360 m/s, J (13.5 N·s) (24 N·s) (15 N·s)
∆d 5 cm 0.05 m J 25.5 N·s
a) p mv 35. J area under the graph
p (0.03 kg)(360 m/s) Counting roughly 56 squares,
p 11 kg·m/s J 56(0.5 103 N)(0.05 s)
b) v22 v12 2a∆d J 1.4 103 N·s
02 (360 m/s)2 2a(0.05 m)
a 1.3 106 m/s2

36. J ∆p 43. F1 F2
J mv2 mv1, where v1 0, ma1 ma2
1.4 10 N·s (0.250 kg)(v2)
3
v1f v1o v2f v2o
v2 5.6 103 m/s
m
t m t
37. To
p pTf m(v1f v1o) m(v2f v2o)
m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf,
mv1f mv1o mv2f mv2o
where v2o 0 mv1f mv2f mv1o mv2o
(5000 kg)(5 m/s [S]) (10 000 kg)(vf) pTf pTo
vf 2.5 m/s [S] pTf pTo 0
38.
pTo p Tf p 0
m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf, where v2o 0 44. m1 1.67 1027 kg, m2 4m1,
(45 kg)(5 m/s) (47 kg)(vf) v1 2.2 107 m/s
vf 4.8 m/s [in the same pTo pTf
direction as v1o] m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf,
39.
pTo
pTf where v2o 0
m1(2.2 10 m/s) (5m1)vf
7
(65 kg)(15 m/s) (100 kg)(5 m/s) 2.2 107 m/s

vf

1 5
(65 kg) (15 m/s) (100 kg)(v2f)
3 vf 4.4 106 m/s
(975 500 325) kg·m/s (100 kg)(v2f) 45. m1 3m, m2 4m, v1o v
v2f 1.5 m/s pTo pTf
40. To p
p Tf m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf, where v2o 0
(3m)v (7m)vf
where v2o 0 3
vf v
(0.5 kg)(20 m/s) 0 (30.5 kg)(vf) 7
vf 0.33 m/s 46. m1 99.5 kg, m2 0.5 kg, v1f ?,
41.
pTo pTf v2f 20 m/s
pTo pTf
(0.2 kg)(3 m/s) (0.2 kg)(1 m/s) 0 (99.5 kg)(v1f) (0.5 kg)(20 m/s)
(0.2 kg)(2 m/s) (0.2 kg)(v2f) 10 kg·m/s
v1f
0.4 kg·m/s 0.4 kg·m/s (0.2 kg)(v2f) 99.5 kg
v2f 0 v1f 0.1 m/s
d
42. v1o 90 km/h 25 m/s, t
v
vf 80 km/h 22.2 m/s
200 m
pTo pTf t
0.1 m/s
t 2 103 s
where v2o 0 1o 375 kg·m/s [E],
47. p
m1(25 m/s) 0 (m1 6000 kg) 2o 450 kg·m/s [N45°E]
p
(22.2 m/s) To
a) p p1o
p2o
m1(25 m/s) m1(22.2 m/s)
133 333.3 kg·m/s
pTo
m1(25 m/s 22.2 m/s) 133 333.3 kg·m/s p2o = 450 kg·m /s
m1 133 333.3 kg·m/s

θ 45°
2.8 m/s
p1o = 375 kg·m /s
m1 4.8 104 kg

b) p Tf pTo p2o
tan 60°
Using the cosine and sine laws, 60 000 kg·m/s
To2 (375 kg·m/s)2 (450 kg·m/s)2
p p2o (60 000 kg·m/s)(tan 60°)
2(375 kg·m/s)(450 kg·m/s) p2o 103 923 kg·m/s
cos 135° m2v2o 103 923 kg·m/s
To 762.7 kg·m/s
p 103 923 kg·m/s
v2o
Tf 762.7 kg·m/s
p 5000 kg
sin sin 135° v2o 20.8 m/s [E]

450 kg·m/s 762.7 kg·m/s 50. mo 1.2 1024 kg, vo 0, p
o 0,
24.7° 25
m1 3.0 10 kg, v1 2.0 107 m/s [E],

Therefore, pTf 763 kg·m/s [E24.7°N]
p1 6 1018 kg·m/s [E],
48. m1 3.2 kg, v1o 20 m/s [N], m2 2.3 1025 kg, v2 4.2 107 m/s [N],
1o 64 kg·m/s [N], m2 0.5 kg,
p
p2 9.66 1018 kg·m/s [N]
v2o 5 m/s [W], p 2o 2.5 kg·m/s [W] m3 1.2 1024 kg 3.0 1025 kg

pTo pTf 2.3 1025 kg

p1o
p2o
pTf m3 6.7 1025 kg
m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf

pTo 0
Using the diagram and Pythagoras’ theorem,
pTo pTf
p2o = 2.5 kg·m /s 0 p1
p2
p3
Drawing a momentum vector diagram and
pTf using Pythagoras’ theorem,
p1o = 64 kg·m /s
θ θ
p3 = m3v3 p2o = 9.66 × 10–18 kg·m /s
p1o = 6.0 × 10 –18 kg·m /s
pTf (2.5 kg

·m/s)2
(6 2
4 kg· m/s) 32 (9.66 1018 kg·m/s)2
p
pTf 64.05 kg·m/s (6 1018 kg·m/s)2
2.5 kg·m/s 3 1.1372 1017 kg·m/s
p
tan 3
64 kg·m/s p
v3
2.2° m3

pT (m1 m2)vf 1.1372 1017 kg·m/s
v3
64.05 kg·m/s [N2.2°W] (3.7 kg)vf 6.7 1025 kg
vf 17 m/s [N2.2°W] v3 1.7 107 m/s
49. m1 3000 kg, v1o 20 m/s [N], 6 1018 kg·m/s
tan
p1o 60 000 kg·m/s [N], m2 5000 kg, 9.66 1018 kg·m/s
v2o ? [E], p2o ? [E], vf ? [E30°N], 31.8°
f ? [E30°N]
p Therefore, v3 1.7 107 m/s [S32°W]
To
p pTf 60 m
1o 51. m1 m2 m, v1o 12.5 m/s
p p2o pTf 4.8 s
Using the following momentum diagram, [R], v2o 0, v2f 1.5 m/s [R25°U]
p2o = m2 v2o To
p pTf

p1o = 60 000 kg·m /s
p Tf Since m1 m2 and v2o 0,
v1o v1f v2f
30°

Drawing a vector diagram and using Using the vector diagram and trigonometry,
trigonometry,
v1f
θ
v1f θ
v2f = 1.5 m/s
v1o = 6.0 m / s
25° v1o = 12.5 m /s
v1f2 (1.5 m/s)2 (12.5 m/s)2 v2f = 4.0 m / s

25°
2(1.5 m/s)(12.5 m/s) cos 25°
v1f 11.16 m/s v1f2 (6.0 m/s)2 (4.0 m/s)2
sin sin 25° 2(6.0 m/s)(4.0 m/s) cos 65°

1.5 m/s 11.6 m/s
v1f 5.63 m/s
3.3° sin sin 65°

Therefore, the first stone is deflected 3.3° or 4.0 m/s 5.63 m/s
[R3.3°D]. 40°
52. m1 10 000 kg, Therefore v1f 5.63 m/s [U40°R]
v1 3000 km/h [E] 833.3 m/s [E], 54. 2m1 m2, v1o 6.0 m/s [U], v2o 0,
p1 8.333 106 kg·m/s [E], m2 ?, v2f 4 m/s [L25°U], v1f ?
v2 5000 km/h [S] 1388.9 m/s [S],
pTo pTf
p2 m2(1388.9 m/s) [S],
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f,
m3 10 000 kg m2, v3 ? [E10°N], since 2m1 m2 and v2o 0

p3 (10 000 kg m2)(v3) [E10°N] v1o v1f 2v2f

p1 p2
p3 Using the vector diagram and trigonometry,
Drawing a momentum diagram and using v1f
trigonometry, θ
V1o = 6.0 m /s
p1 = 8.33 × 106 kg·m /s
p2 v2f = 8.0 m /s
p3
10° 25°

p2 v1f2 (6.0 m/s)2 (8.0 m/s)2
tan 10°
p1 2(6.0 m/s)(8.0 m/s) cos 65°
2 (8.33 106 kg·m/s)(tan 10°)
p v1f 7.7 m/s
2 1.47 106 kg·m/s
p sin sin 65°
2 m2(1388.9 m/s) [S]
p 8.0 m/s 7.7 m/s
1.47 106 kg·m/s 70°
m2
1388.8 m/s Therefore, v1f 7.7 m/s [R20°U]
m2 1057.6 kg 55. Counting ten dots for a one-second interval
The mass of the ejected object is 1.058 103 kg. and measuring the distance with a ruler and
53. m1 m2 m, v1o 6.0 m/s [U], v2o 0, the angle with a protractor gives:
v2f 4 m/s [L25°U], v1f ? 33 mm
To a) v1o
p pTf 1s
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f v1o 0.033 m/s
Since m1 m2 and v2o 0, v2o 0
v1o v1f v2f 33 mm
v1f
1s

v1f 0.033 m/s
33 mm
v2f
1s

v2f 0.033 m/s

b) v1o 0.033 m/s [E] Drawing a vector diagram and using
v2o 0 trigonometry,
v1f 0.033 m/s [E45°S] A B p3 = 7.5 kg·m /s
v2f 0.033 m/s [E45°N]
c) p1o (0.3 kg)(0.033 m/s [E])
p4 p2 = 5.4 kg·m /s
1o 9.9 103 kg·m/s [E]
p θ
2o (0.3 kg)(0) 0
p

pTo 9.9 103 kg·m/s [E]
C p = 4.80 kg·m /s
1

p1f (0.3 kg)(0.033 m/s [E45°S]) Using triangle ABC,
1f 9.9 103 kg·m/s [E45°S]
p 2.7 kg·m/s
tan
p2f (0.3 kg)(0.033 m/s [E45°N]) 5.4 kg·m/s

p2f 9.9 103 kg·m/s [E45°N] 26.6°
The vector diagram for the final situation
p4 (2.7 kg·m/s)2 (5.4 kg·m/s)2
2
is shown below. 4 6.037 kg·m/s

p
6.037 kg·m/s
p1f = 9.9 × 10–3 kg·m /s
45°
v4
p2f = 9.9 × 10–3 kg·m /s 0.25 kg
45°
v4 24.1 m/s
p Tf Therefore, v4 24.1 m/s [S26.6°E]
Using Pythagoras’ theorem, 57. a) Masstotal 5000 kg 10 000 kg
Tf2 (9.9 103 kg·m/s)2
p Masstotal 15 000 kg
(9.9 103 kg·m/s)2 5000 kg 1
b) the distance to the larger

pTf 1.4 102 kg·m/s [E] 15 000 kg 3
d) p1oh 9.9 103 kg·m/s 1
truck, or (400 m) 133.3 m from the
p1ov 0 3
p2oh 0 larger truck.
p2ov 0 58. a) m1 2000 kg, v1o 200 m/s [E],
1o 4 105 kg·m/s [E]
p
p1fh (9.9 103 kg·m/s)(cos 45°)
p1fh 7.0 103 kg·m/s p1o = 4 × 105 kg·m /s [E]
p1fv (9.9 103 kg·m/s)(sin 45°)
p1fv 7.0 103 kg·m/s b) m2 1000 kg, v2o 200 m/s [S30°E],
p2fh (9.9 103 kg·m/s)(cos 45°) 2o 2 105 kg·m/s [S30°E]
p
p2fh 7.0 103 kg·m/s p2o = 2 × 105 kg·m /s [S30°E]
p2fv (9.9 103 kg·m/s)(sin 45°) 30°
p2fv 7.0 103 kg·m/s

e) Momentum is not conserved in this colli- c)
pcmo
p1o
p2o
sion. The total final momentum is about p1o
1.4 times the initial momentum. p2o
56. m1 0.2 kg, v1 24 m/s [E],

pcmo
p1 4.8 kg·m/s [E], m2 0.3 kg, cmf

d) p pcmo
v2 18 m/s [N], p 2 5.4 kg·m/s [N],
m3 0.25 kg, v3 30 m/s [W], pcmf
p 3 7.5 kg·m/s [W], m4 0.25 kg,

cmo
59. a) p pTo
v4 ?, p 4 ?
cmo 9.9 103 kg·m/s [E] (see 55c)
To 0 p
p
b)
pcmf
pTf
p1 p2 p3
p4 0
pcmf 1.4 102 kg·m/s [E] (see vector
diagram for 55c)
Chapter 5 The force that the plow applies in 1 s is:
11. a) W Fd Fapp Fg
W (4000 N)(5.0 m) Fapp mg
W 2.0 104 J Fapp (3556 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
b) W (570 N)(0.08 m) Fapp 34 848.8 N
W 46 J This force is applied over a distance of 5 m:
c) W Ek W Fd
W Ek2 Ek1 W (34 848.8 N)(5.0 m)
1 W 174 244 J
W mv2 0
2 To find the number of seconds it takes to
1 plow the road:
W (9.1 1031 kg)(1.6 108 m/s)2
2 d
t
W 1.2 1014 J v
12. a) W Fd 8000 m
t
W (500 N)(5.3 m) 10 m/s
W 2.7 103 J t 800 s
b) W Fd cos WT (800 s)(174 244 J/s)
W (500 N)(5.3 m) cos 20° WT 1.4 108 J
W 2.5 103 J 15. The two campers must overcome 84 N of fric-
c) W (500 N)(5.3 m) cos 70° tion, or 42 N each in the horizontal direction
W 9.1 102 J since both are at the same 45° angle.
13.
45°
25.0 m Fc
h
θ
45°
W Eg Fh
Fd mgh
The horizontal component of Fc, called Fh,
(350 N)(25.0 m) (50.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)h
must be equal to 42 N.
h 18 m
W Fh d
h
sin W (42 N)(50 m)
25.0 m
W 2.1 103 N·m
18 m
sin Each camper must do 2.1 103 J of work to
25.0 m
overcome friction.
46°
16. W Fd ,where d for each revolution is
14. Using the plow’s speed, in 1 s, the plow will
zero. Therefore, W 0 J.
push a “block” of snow that is 0.35 m deep,
17. 350 J indicates that the force and the dis-
4.0 m wide and 10.0 m long.
placement are in the opposite direction. An
This snow has a mass of:
example would be a car slowing down because
(0.35 m)(4.0 m)(10.0 m)(254 kg/m3) 3556 kg
of friction. Negative work represents a flow or
transfer of energy out of an object or system.

18. dramp 5 m 2
r
b) v
m 35 kg t
dheight 1.7 m 2
(0.1 m)
v
a) F ma 1s
F (35 kg)(9.8 N/kg) v 0.628 m/s
F 343 N 1
Ek mv2
F 3.4 102 N 2
b) W Fd 1
Ek (0.002 kg)(0.628 m/s)2
W (3.4 102 N)(1.7 m) 2
W 583.1 J Ek 3.9 104 J
W 5.8 102 N 100 km 1h 1000 m
c) v
c) W Fdramp 1h 3600 s 1 km
583.1 J F(5 m) v 27.7778 m/s
F 116.62 N 1
Ek mv2
F 1.2 102 N 2
19. W Area under the graph 1
Ek (15 000 kg)(27.7778 m/s)2
(20 m)(200 N) 2
W (10 m)(200 N) Ek 5.8 106 J
2
d
(20 m)(600 N)
(20 m)(200 N) 22. v
2 t
5.0 m
(20 m)(400 N)
(10 m)(800 N) v
2 2.0 s
(20 m)(800 N) (10 m)(1200 N) v 2.5 m/s
W 5.4 104 J 1
Ek mv2
2
20. a) W area under the graph
1
(1 m)(100 N)
W
(1 m)(200 N) 450 J m(2.5 m/s)2
2 2 2
(1 m)(100 N) (2 m)(300 N) m 1.4 102 kg
1
W 8.5 102 J 23. Ek mv2
2
b) The wagon now has kinetic energy (and
1
may also have gained gravitational poten- 5.5 108 J (1.2 kg)v2
2
tial energy).
2(5.5 108 J)
c) W Ek
1
v
1.2 kg
Ek mv2 v 3.0 104 m/s
2
1 24. Ek-gained Eg
850 J (120 kg)v2 Ek-gained mgh2 mgh1
2
v 3.8 m/s Ek-gained mg(h2 h1)
1 Ek-gained (15 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(200 m 1 m)
21. a) Ek mv2 Ek-gained 2.9 104 J
2
1 25. p 2mEk
Ek (45 kg)(10 m/s)2
2 kg·m/s (kg)(J)
Ek 2.3 103 J kg·m/s (kg)(N ·m)
kg·m/s kg(kg m/s2)m
kg·m/s kg m
2 2 2
/s
kg·m/s kg·m/s

1
1000 eV 1.6 1019 J Ek mv2
26. 5 keV 2
1 keV 1 eV
1
8 1016 J 425 J (1.5 kg)v2
2
1
Ek mv2 v 23.8 m/s
2
29. p 2mEk
1
8 1016 J (9.1 1031 kg)v2 p 2(5 kg)(3.0 102 J)
2
p 55 N·s
v 4.2 107 m/s
30. m1 0.2 kg
As a percentage of the speed of light:
m2 1 kg
4.2 107 m/s
100 14% v1o 125 m/s
3 108 m/s
(v22 v12) v1f 100 m/s
27. a) a v2o 0
2d
0 (350 m/s)2 v2f ?
a d2 3 m
2(0.0033 m)
a 1.86 107 m/s2 a) pTo pTf
F ma m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f
F (0.015 kg)(1.86 107 m/s2) (0.2 kg)(125 m/s) 0 (0.2 kg)(100 m/s)
F 2.8 105 N (1 kg)v2f
b) F force of bullet v2f 5 m/s
F 2.8 105 N 1
b) Ek mv2
28. For 1 m: 2
W (50 N)(1 m) 1
Ek (1 kg)(5 m/s)2
2
W 50 J
Ek 12.5 J
W Ek
1 c) This collision is not elastic since some
Ek mv2 kinetic energy is not conserved. Some
2
1 energy may be lost due to the deformation
50 J (1.5 kg)v2 of the apple.
2
v 8 m/s d) v22 v12 2ad
For 2 m: 0 (5 m/s)2 2a(3.0 m)
1 a 4.1667 m/s2
W 50 J (50 N)(1 m) (250 N)(1 m) F ma
2
W 225 J F (1.0 kg)(4.1667 m/s2)
1 F 4.2 N
Ek mv2
2 31. a) Eg mgh
1 Eg (2.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.3 m)
225 J (1.5 kg)v2
2 Eg 25 J
v 17.3 m/s b) Eg mgh
For 3 m: Eg (0.05 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(3.0 m)
Eg 1.5 J

1 1
W 225 J (50 N) m
2 6 c) Eg mgh
Eg (200 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(469 m)

1 1 5
(300 N) m (350 N) m
6 2 6 Eg 9.2 105 J
W 425 J d) Eg mgh
Eg (5000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0)
Eg 0 J

F 36. a) The greatest potential energy is at point A
32. a) m
a (highest point) and point F represents the
4410 N lowest amount of potential energy (lowest
m
9.8 N/kg point).
m 4.5 102 kg b) Maximum speed occurs at F when most of
b) W Fd the potential energy has been converted to
W (4410 N)(3.5 m) kinetic energy.
W 1.5 104 J Eg-lost Ek-gained
33. Using conservation of energy: 1
mgh mv2
ETo ETf 2
1 1 1
mgh mvo2 mvf2 (1000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(75 m) (1000 kg)v2
2 2 2
1 1 v 38 m/s
(9.8 m/s2)(1.8 m) (4.7 m/s)2 v2
2 2 c) At point E, 18 m of Ep is converted to Ek.
1 1
17.64 m2s2 11.045 m2s2 v2 mgh mv2
2 2
v 7.6 m/s 1
(1000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(18 m) (1000 kg)v2
34. Ee Eg 2
1 v 19 m/s
kx2 mgh
2 d) Find the acceleration, then use F ma.
1 v22 v12 2ad
(1200 N/m)x2 (3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0.80 m)
2 0 (38 m/s)2 2a(5 m)
x 0.2 m a 144.4 m/s2
x 20 cm F ma
35. m 0.005 kg F (1000 kg)(144.4 m/s2)
h 2.0 m F 1.4 105 N
Initial: 37. Ee Ek
E mgh 1 1
kx2 mv2
E (0.005 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(2.0 m) 2 2
E 0.098 J (890 N/m)x (10 005 kg)(5 m/s)2
2
At half the height: x 16.8 m

E (0.005 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.0 m) x 17 m
E 0.049 J v12 sin 2
38. dh
After the first bounce: g
E (0.80)(0.098 J) v12 sin 90°
E 0.0784 J 15 m
9.8 m/s2
After the second bounce: v1 12.1 m/s
E (0.80)(0.0784 J) Ek Ee
E 0.062 72 J 1 1
After the third bounce: mv2 kx2
2 2
E (0.80)(0.062 72 J) (0.008 kg)(12.1 m/s) (350 N/m)x2
E 0.050 176 J x 0.058 m
After the fourth bounce: x 5.8 cm
E (0.80)(0.050 176 J)
E 0.040 140 9 J
Therefore, after the fourth bounce, the ball
loses over half of its original height.

39. 85% of the original energy is left after the 46. a) Ek Ee
first bounce, therefore, 1 2 1
mv kx2
(0.85)mghtree mghbounce 2 2
(0.85)(2 m) hbounce (3 kg)v (125 N/m)(0.12 m)2
2
h 1.7 m v 0.77 m/s

40. Ee Ek b) Ff Fn
1 1 Ff (0.1)(3 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
kx2 mv2
2 2 Ff 2.94 N
(35 000 N/m)(4.5 m) (65 kg)v2
2
F ma
v 104.4 m/s F
2 a
v1 sin 2 m
dh
g 2.94 N
a
(104.4 m/s)2 sin 90° 3 kg
dh
9.8 m/s2 a 0.98 m/s2
dh 1.1 103 m v22 v12 2ad
41. k slope 0 (0.77 m/s)2 2(0.98 m/s2)d
k
rise d 0.3 m
run d 30 cm
F 47. Ek Ee
k
x 1 1
120 N mv2 kx2
k 2 2
0.225 m (3.0 kg)v (350 N/m)(0.1 m)2
2
k 5.3 102 N/m v 1.1 m/s

42. W area under the graph 48. F kx
1 F (4000 N/m)(0.15 m)
a) W (0.05 m)(2 103 N)
2 F 600 N
W 50 J 49. F ma
b) W 50 J (0.02 m)(2 103 N) F (100 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
1 F 980 N
(0.02 m)(4.5 103 N)
2 Divided into 20 springs:
W 135 J 980 N
W 1.4 102 J F
20
43. Ek Ee F 49 N per spring
1 2 1 2 F kx
mv kx
2 2 49 N k(0.035 m)
(0.05 kg)v (400 N/m)(0.03 m)2
2
k 1.4 103 N/m
v 2.7 m/s 50. F kx
44. Ek Ee mg kx
1 1
mv2 kx2 (10 kg)(9.8 N/kg) k(1.3 m)
2 2
k 75.3846 N/m
(2.5 10 kg)(95 m/s) k(35 m)2
3 2
1 2
k 1.8 104 N/m Ee kx
2
45. Ee Ek 1
1 2 1 2 106 J (75.3846 N/m)x2
kx mv2 2
2 2 x 2.3 102 m
(5 10 N/m)(0.15 m) (1000 kg)v2
7 2
v 34 m/s

24 h 60 min 60 s In 1 s:
51. 3 d 259 200 s
1d 1h 1 min 255.78 J
P
60 min 60 s 1.0 s
8 h 28 800 s
1h 1 min P 256 W
60 s 56. Using the conservation of momentum:
15 min 900 s
1 min m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f
t 259 200 s 28 800 s 900 s m1v1o m1v1f m2v2f
t 288 900 s m1(v1o v1f) m2v2f (eq. 1)
E Using the conservation of kinetic energy:
P
t m1(v1o2 v1f2) m2v2f2 (eq. 2)
E Pt Dividing equation 2 by equation 1:
E (60 W)(288 900 s) m1(v1o2 v1f2) m2v2f2

E 1.7 107 J m1(v1o v1f) m2v2f
1 kWh v1o v1f v2f
1.7 104 kJ 4.8 kWh
3600 kJ v1f v2f v1o (eq. 3)
52. a) E Eg Substituting equation 3 into equation 1:
E mgh m1(v1o v1f) m2v2f
E (3500 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(13.4 m) m1(v1o v2f v1o) m2v2f
E 459 620 J m1(2v1o v2f) m2(v2f)
P
E v1o(2m1) v2f(m1 m2)
t 2m1v1o
v2f
P
459 620 J m1 m2
23 s m1 m2
57. a) v1f v1o
P 19 983 W m1 m2
19 983 W 15 kg 3 kg
PE v1f (3 m/s)
0.46 15 kg 3 kg
PE 4.3 104 W v1f 2 m/s
1 hp 2m1
b) 4.3 104 W 58 hp v2f v1o
746 W m1 m2
54. a) P Fv 2(15 kg)
v2f (3 m/s)
P Fgv 15 kg 3 kg
P mgv v2f 5 m/s
P (4400 kg 2200 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(2.4 m/s) 1
b) Ek mv2
P 1.6 105 W 2
55. Since the cyclist’s speed is 2.78 m/s, the 1
Ek (3 kg)(5 m/s)2
cyclist travels 2.78 m up the hill per second. 2
The cyclist’s change in height per second is: Ek 37.5 J
h d sin Ek 38 J
h (2.78 m) sin 7.2° 58. pTf pTo
h 0.348 m (m1 m2)vf m1v1o m2v2o
The increase in potenial energy is: (0.037 kg)vf (0.035 kg)(8 ms)
Ep mgh (0.002 kg)(12 m/s)
Ep (75 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(0.348 m) vf 6.9 m/s
Ep 255.78 J

59. a) pTo m1v1om2v2o m1 m2
62. a) v1f v1o
pTo (3.2 kg)(2.2 m/s) (3.2 kg)(0) m1 m2
pTo 7.0 kg·m/s 3m2 m2
v1f (5 m/s)
1
Ek-To mv2 3m2 m2
2 v1f 2.5 m/s
1
Ek-To (3.2 kg)(2.2 m/s)2 b) v2f v1o
2m1
2 m1 m2
Ek-To 7.7 J
2(3m2)
b) Using the conservation of momentum and v2f (5 m/s)
3m2 m2
m1 m2:
v2f 7.5 m/s
63. mw 0.750 kg
2.2 m/s 0 1.1 m/s v2f
k 300 N/m
v2f 1.1 m/s
mb 0.03 kg
1 1
c) Ek-Tf mv1f2 mv2f2 x 0.102 m
2 2
a) Ee-gained Ek-lost
1
Ek-Tf (3.2 kg)(1.1 m/s)2 1 1
2 kx2 mv2
1 2 2
(3.2 kg)(1.1 m/s)2 (300 N/m)(0.102 m) (0.78 kg)v2
2
2
Ek-Tf 3.8 J v 2 m/s
d) The collision is not elastic since there was Using the conservation of momentum:
a loss of kinetic energy from 7.7 J to 3.8 J. pTo pTf
60. pTo pTf mbvbo mwvwo m(bw)vf
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f (0.03 kg)vbo 0 (0.78 kg)(2.0 m/s)
(0.015 kg)(375 m/s) 0 (0.015 kg)(300 m/s) vbo 52 m/s
(2.5 kg)v2f b) The collision is inelastic since:
v2f 0.45 m/s 1
Eko (0.03 kg)(52 m/s)2
61. m1 6m 2
v1o 5 m/s Eko 40.56 J
m2 10m and
v2o 3 m/s Ekf 0
Changing the frame of reference so that v2f 0: The kinetic energy is not conserved.
v1o 8 m/s 1
64. a) mgh mv2
m1 m2 2
v1f v1o 1
m1 m2 (2.05 kg)(9.8 m/s)(0.15 m) (2.05 kg)v2
2
6m 10m
v1f (8 m/s) v 1.7 m/s
6m 10m
b) m1v1 v2(m1 m2)
v1f 2 m/s
(0.05 kg)v1 (1.71 m/s)(2.05 kg)
2m1
v2f v1o v1 70 m/s
m1 m2
2(6m) 65. Using the conservation of momentum and
v2f (8 m/s) m1 m2 m:
6m 10m
v2f 6 m/s pTo pTf
Returning to our original frame of reference mv1o mv2o mv1f mv2f
(subtract 3 m/s): v1o 0 v1f v1f (eq. 1)
v1f 2 m/s 3 m/s 5 m/s,
v2f 6 m/s 3 m/s 3 m/s

Using the conservation of kinetic energy:
EkTo EkTf
1 1 1 1
mv1o2 mv2o2 mv1f2 mv2f2
2 2 2 2
v1o 0 v1f v2f
2 2 2
v1o2 v1f2 v2f2 (eq. 2)

Equation 1 can be represented by the vector
diagram:
v1o
v1f θ v2f
The angle is the angle between the final

velocity of the eight ball and the cue ball after
the collision.
Using the cosine law and equation 2:
v1o2 v1f2 v2f2 2(v1f)(v2f) cos
v1o2 v1o2 2(v1f)(v2f) cos
0 2(v1f)(v2f) cos
0 cos
90°
Therefore, the angle between the two balls
after collision is 90°.

1
Chapter 6 E mv2
2
13. vi 4 km/s 4 103 m/s, vf 80 m/s 1
1 1 E (920 kg)(1.12 104 m/s)2
E mvi2 mvf2 2
2 2
E 5.75 1010 J
1
E (100 000 kg)[(80 m/s)2 (4000 m/s)2] c) The initial speed needed to keep going
2
indefinitely should be greater than the
E 7.9968 1011 J
escape speed, i.e., greater than 11.2 km/s.
It has released 7.9968 1011 J of energy to the
15. ms 550 kg, mE 5.98 1024 kg,
atmosphere.
h 6000 km 6 106 m, rE 6.38 106 m
The shuttle’s initial height was 100 km, and it
GMm GMm
landed on Earth’s surface, therefore its change a) Ep
rh r
in height is 100 km.
1

1
14. mE 5.98 1024 kg, msat 920 kg, Ep GMm
rh r
Ek 7.0 109 J 11
Ep (6.67 10 N·m2/kg2)
a) At the start, the height is rE 6.38 106 m.
(5.98 1024 kg)(550 kg)
Therefore, the total energy is
1
ET Eki Epi

6.38 106 m 6 106 m

GMm
ET 7.0 109 J

1
r
6.38 106 m
ET 7.0 10 J
9
Ep 1.67 1010 J
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)(920 kg)
b) At the maximum height of 6000 km, the
6.38 106 m
ET 5.051 672 1010 J kinetic energy is 0 since the velocity is

Since velocity is 0 at maximum height, zero. Therefore, the change in Ep is the ini-
total energy at maximum height Epf tial kinetic energy,
GMm i.e., Eki 1.67 1010 J.
ET 16. mE 5.98 1024 kg, rE 6.38 106 m,
rh
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)(920 kg)
mm 20 000 kg,
ET
6.38 106 m h vi 3.0 km/s 3.0 103 m/s,
3.67 1017 N·m2 h 200 km 2.0 105 m
ET
6.38 106 m h Since the meteorite is headed from outer space,
The total energy is constant, therefore, 1
Epi 0 and Eki mv2i
3.67 1017 N·m2 2
5.051 672 1010 J 1
6.38 106 m h Therefore, ET mv2i
h 884.1 km 2
At 200 km,
b) Escape velocity from Earth’s surface is
ET Ekf Epf
given by:
1 1 GMm
mv2i mvf2

vesc 2GM
r
2
1
2
1
hr
GM
v2i vf2
vesc
2(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)
2 2 hr
(6.38 106 m)
1 1
vesc 1.12 104 m/s (3.0 103 m/s)2 vf2
2 2
Therefore, the initial kinetic energy required
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)
for the escape should be greater than:
6.58 106 m
vf 11 412.1 m/s
The meteorite’s speed 200 km above Earth’s
surface is approximately 11.4 km/s.
17. vesc c 2.99 108 m/s, mE 5.98 1024 kg 20. mE 5.98 1024 kg, rE 6.38 106 m,
h 400 km 4.0 105 m
vesc
2GM

r Orbital speed is given by:

2GM GM
r 2 v
(vesc) rh
2(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)
r v
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)

(2.99 108 m/s)2 6.38 106 m 4.0 105 m
r 8.92 103 m v 7.67 km/s
18. Given: dEM 3.82 108 m, The period of the orbit is the time required by
mMoon 7.35 1022 kg, the satellite to complete one rotation around
mEarth 5.98 1024 kg Earth. Therefore, the distance travelled, d, is
Equating the forces of gravity between Earth the circumference of the circular orbit.
and the Moon, using the distance from Earth Therefore,
as r, d 2π(r h)
GMMoonm GMEarthm d 2(3.14)(6.38 106 m 4.0 105 m)

(3.82 108 m r)2 r2 d 42 599 996 m
MMoon MEarth Hence, speed is given by,

(3.82 10 m r)
8 2
r2 d
v
MMoonr MEarth(3.82 108 m r)2
2
T
0 MEarth(1.46 1017 m d
T
7.64 108r r2) MMoonr2 v
0 8.73 1041 m 4.57 1033r T
42 599 996 m
5.98 1024r2 7.36 1022r2 7670 m/s
0 5.91 1024r2 4.57 1033r T 5552 s
8.73 1041 m The period of the orbit is 5552 s or 92.5 min.
r 4.29 108 m, 3.45 108 m 21. mE 5.98 1024 kg, rE 6.37 106 m
The forces of gravity from Earth and the Since the orbit is geostationary, it has a period
Moon are equal at both 4.43 108 m and of 24 h 86 400 s. Using Kepler’s third law,
3.45 108 m from Earth’s centre. r3 GM
2
19. mEarth 5.98 1024 kg, mMoon 7.35 1022 kg, T 4
2
rE 6.38 106 m, GMT2

1

r
3
rM 1.738 106 m 4
2
r
Let m be the mass of the payload. (6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)(86 400 s)2
1

3

4(3.14)2
GMMoonm GM m r 4.22 10 m 7
E Earth

r R Subtracting Earth’s radius,
E (6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2) r 4.22 107 m 6.37 106 m
7.35 1022 kg 5.98 1024 kg

1.738 10 m6
6.38 106 m r 3.59 107 m
The satellite has an altitude of 3.59 104 km.
E 5.97 107 J 22. mE 5.98 1024 kg, rE 6.37 106 m,
The energy required to move a payload from r1 320 km 3.2 105 m,
Earth’s surface to the Moon’s surface is r2 350 km 3.5 105 m
5.97 107 J/kg.

Energy added to the station’s orbit is given by: 25. mSaturn 5.7 1026 kg, rSaturn 6.0 107 m
GMm GMm
E
r2 rE
r1 rE Equating two equations for kinetic energy,
1 GMm
mv2

1 1 2 2r
E GMm
r2 rE r1 rE
E (6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2) v
GM

r
(5.98 1024 kg)m
v
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(5.7 1026 kg)

1 1
6 107 m
6.73 106 m 6.70 106 m v 2.5 10 m/s 4
E 2.65 105m J If an object is orbiting Saturn, it must have a

The shuttle has added 2.65 105m J of minimum speed of 2.5 104 m/s.
energy to the station’s orbit. 26. mM 7.35 1022 kg,
23. a) The total energy of a satellite in an orbit is r rM 100 km
the sum of its kinetic and potential ener- r 1.738 106 m 1 105 m
gies. In all cases, total energy remains con- r 1.838 106 m
stant. Therefore, when r is increased, the
gravitational potential energy increases as
GMm
vesc
2Gm

r
Moon
Ep . As r increases, the energy

r vesc
2(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(7.35 1022 kg)

increases as it becomes less negative. Thus, 1.838 106 m
when potential energy increases, kinetic vesc 2.31 10 m/s

3
energy decreases to maintain the total The escape speed from the Moon at a height
1 of 100 km is 2.31 km/s.
energy a constant. Since Ek mv2, if
2 27. According to Kepler’s third law,
kinetic energy decreases, v also decreases r3 GM
2
and when r increases, v decreases. T 4
2
r3 4
2r3
b) In Kepler’s third law equation 2 K, T2
T GmMoon
r is directly proportional to T. Therefore,
4(3.14) (1.838 10 m)
T
2 6 3
as r increases, T also increases.

11
(6.67 10
2
N·m /kg )(7.35 10 kg)
2 22
24. mE 5.98 1024 kg, mM 7.35 1022 kg, T 7071 s

r 3.82 108 m It would take the Apollo spacecraft 7071 s or
The Moon’s total energy in its orbit around 1 h 58 min to complete one orbit around the
Earth is given by: Moon.
1 28. dMS 2.28 1011 m, rM 3.43 106 m,
ET Ep
2 mM 6.37 1023 kg, mS 2.0 1030 kg
1 GMm
ET a) Orbital speed is given by:
2 r
1 (6.67 10 N·m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)(7.35 10 kg)
ET
2
11 2 2
3.82 10 m 8
24 22 v
GM

r
ET 3.84 10 J 28
v
(6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2)(2.0 1030 kg)

2.28 1011 m
v 24.2 km/s

b) h 80 km 8 104 m 32. m 2.0 kg, x 0.3 m, k 65 N/m
1
v

Gm
rh
a) E kx2
2
1
v
11
(6.67 10 N·m /kg )(6.37 10 kg)
2 2 23 E (65 N/m)(0.3 m)2
2
3.43 10 m 8 10 m
6 4
v 3.48 km/s E 2.925 J

The speed required to orbit Mars at an alti- Initial potential energy of the spring is
tude of 80 km is 3.48 km/s. 2.925 J.
29. mM 7.35 1022 kg, rM 1.738 106 m b) Maximum speed is achieved when the total
Escape speed is given by: energy is equal to kinetic energy only.
Therefore,
vesc
2GM

r
1
E mv2
2
11
vesc
2(6.67 10 N·m /kg )(7.35 10 kg)
2 2 22
1
1.738 10 m
6
2.925 J (2.0 kg)v2
2
vesc 2.38 km/s
v 2.925
30. Three waves pass in every 12 s, with 2.4 m
v 1.71 m/s
between wave crests.
The mass reaches a maximum speed of
number of waves
f 1.71 m/s.
time
c) x 0.20 m
3
f Total energy of the mass at this location is
12 s
given by:
f 0.25 Hz
1 1
31. k 12 N/m, m 230 g 0.23 kg, E mv2 kx2
2 2
A 26 cm 0.26 m
1
At the maximum distance, i.e., A, v 0, 2.925 J (2.0 kg)v2
2
therefore the total energy is:
1
1 (65 N/m)(0.2 m)2
E kA2 2
2
v 1.625
Also, at the equilibrium point, the displace-
v 1.275 m/s
ment is zero, therefore the total energy is the
The speed of the mass when the displace-
kinetic energy:
ment is 0.20 m is 1.275 m/s.
1
E mv2 33. Given the information in problem 32,
2
a) Maximum acceleration is achieved when
Hence,
the displacement is maximum since
1 1
kA2 mv2 F kx and F ma
2 2
Therefore, maximum displacement is
v kA2

m
x 0.30 m
Hence,

2
v (12 N/m)(0.26 m) ma kx

0.23 m kx
v 1.88 m/s a
m
The speed of the mass at the equilibrium (65 N/m)(0.30 m)
point is 1.88 m/s. a
(2.0 kg)
a 9.75 m/s2
The mass’ maximum acceleration is
9.75 m/s2.

b) x 0.2 m Finding the maximum kinetic energy of the
kx mass (instant before compression of spring),
a
m 1
Ekmax mv2
(65 N/m)(0.2 m) 2
a 1
2.0 kg Ekmax (100 kg)(15.34 m/s)2
a 6.5 m/s2 2
The mass’ acceleration when the displace- Ekmax 11 760 J
ment is 0.2 m is 6.5 m/s2. Since kinetic energy is fully converted to elas-
34. dtide 15 m, mfloats m, spanfloats 10 km, tic potential energy when the spring is fully
Ttide 12 h 32 min 45 120 s compressed,
1
a) Finding the work done by the upward Epmax kx2
2
movement of the floats,
2Epmax
Wup Fg d k
x2
Wup m(9.8 m/s2)(15 m) 2(11 760 J)
Wup 147m J k 2
(0.0064 m)
Since there is a downward movement as k 5.7 108 N/m
well, The spring constant is 5.7 108 N/m.
Wup, down 2Wup 36. k 16 N/m, A 3.7 cm
Wup, down 294m J Since total energy is equal to maximum poten-
Since the linkages are only 29% efficient, tial energy, maximum amplitude x at the
Wactual 0.29(294m J) point of maximum potential energy:
Wactual 85.26m J Ep Etotal
To find power: 1
W Ep kx2
P 2
t 1
85.26m J Ep (16 N/m)(0.037 m)2
P 2
45 120 s Ep 0.011 J
P 1.89 103m W The total energy of the system is 0.011 J.
P 1.89m mW 37. mbullet 5 g 0.005 kg, mmass 10 kg,
The power produced would be 1.89m mW. k 150 N/m, vo bullet 350 m/s
b) 1.89m mW from the hydroelectric linkages To find the final velocity, use the law of con-
is not even comparable to 900 MW from a servation of linear momentum:
reactor at Darlington Nuclear Power po pf
Station. In order for the linkages to pro- (0.005 kg)(350 m/s) 0 (10.005 kg)v
duce the same power, the total mass of the v 0.175 m/s
floats would have to be 4.76 1011 kg, or Therefore, the mass and bullet’s kinetic
476 million tonnes. energy is:
35. m 100 kg, d 12 m, 1
Ek mv2
x 0.64 cm 0.0064 m 2
First, we must find the speed at which the 1
Ek (10.005 kg)(0.175 m/s)2
mass first makes contact with the spring. 2
Using kinematics, Ek 0.153 J
v2 vo2 2ad
v vo2 2
ad
v 0 2(
9.8 m/s2
)(12
m)
v 15.34 m/s

Since all of this energy is transferred to elastic a) Initial energy:
potential energy, 1 bt
Eo kxo2e (t 0 s)

m
Ep Ek 2
1 1
kx20.153 J Eo kxo2e0
2 2
1
x
2(0.153 J)

150 N/m
Eo kxo2
2
x 0.045 m One-half of the initial energy is:
38. b 0.080 kg/s, m 0.30 kg, xo 8.5 cm,

1 1 1
kxo2 kxo2
bt
2 2 4
x xoe

2m
Therefore, the time required for the energy

a) t 0.1 s
(0.080 kg/s)(0.1 s) to reach this value is:
x (8.5 cm)e

2(0.30 kg)
1 bt
Ef kxo2e

x 8.39 cm m
2
b) t 1.5 s 1 1 bt
kxo2 kxo2e

(0.080 kg/s)(1.5 s) m
x (8.5 cm)e

2(0.30 kg)
4 2
x 6.96 cm 1 bt
e

m
c) t 15.5 s 2
(0.080 kg/s)(15.5 s)
x (8.5 cm)e

bt

2(0.30 kg) 1
ln
x 1.076 cm 2 m
d) t 3.0 min 180 s (0.080 kg/s)t

1
(0.080 kg/s)(180 s)
ln
x (8.5 cm)e

2(0.30 kg) 2 0.3 kg
x 3.21 1010 cm t 2.6 s
e) t 5.2 h 18 720 s Therefore, it takes 2.6 s for the mechanical
(0.080 kg/s)(18 720 s)
energy to drop to one-half of its initial
x (8.5 cm)e

2(0.30 kg)
value.
x 0 cm
1 b) i) t 0.1 s
39. x xo 1 (0.080 kg/s)(0.1 s)
E (100 N/m)(0.085 m)2e

2 0.30 kg
Hence, 2
bt E 0.352 J
x xoe
2m
ii) t 22.3 s
1 1 (0.080 kg/s)(22.3 s)
E (100 N/m)(0.085 m)2e
bt
xo xoe 0.30 kg
2m
2 2
(0.080 kg/s)t E 9.45 104 J
0.5 e
2(0.30 kg)
iii) t 2.5 min 150 s
(0.080 kg/s)t 1
E (100 N/m)(0.085 m)2e
(0.080 kg/s)(150 s)

ln 0.5 0.30 kg
0.30 kg 2
t 5.2 s E 1.53 1018 J
Therefore, the time required for the amplitude iv) t 5.6 a 176 601 600 s
to reach one-half its initial value is 5.2 s. 1
E (100 N/m)(0.085 m)2e
(0.080 kg/s)(176 601 600 s)

0.30 kg
40. k 100 N/m 2

1 bt E0J
E kxo2e
m

Chapter 7 560°
d) 9.77 rad
1° 57.3°/rad
17. a) 0.0175 rad
57.3°/rad s r
1 s (40 m)(9.77 rad)
b) 90° 2
rad
4 s 3.9 102 m

22. a) (15 cycles)(2
rad/cycle)
90° rad
2 30
rad
220° b) t 3.5 s
c) 3.84 rad
57.3°/rad

459° t
d) 8.01 rad
57.3°/rad 30
rad 0

1200° 3.5 s
e) 20.9 rad
57.3°/rad 27 rad/s
18. a) (15.3 rev)(2
rad/rev) 96.1 rad c) and become negative.
3 2
rad
b) turn rad
3
23. t 26 s
4 turn 2 (4 cycles)(2
rad/cycle)
2
rad 8
rad
c) 4.4 h 2.3 rad
12 h
2
rad
d) 28.5 h 7.46 rad t
24 h 8
rad 0

19. a) 0 rad 0° 26 s

2
0.97 rad/s
b) rad (57.3°/rad) 120°
3 1700 rev 2
rad 1 min
24. a)
c) (20
rad)(57.3°/rad) 3600° 1 min rev 60 s
d) (466.6 rad)(57.3°/rad) 2.67 104° 178.0 rad/s
3.5 rad
20. a) 0.56 cycles
b)
2
rad/cycle t
1 t
b)
rad cycle
2 (178.0 rad/s)(0.56 s)
1 cycle 1.0 102 rad
c) 50° 0.14 cycle
360° 25. a) 1 0
1 cycle 2 2.55 rad/s
d) 450° 1.25 cycles
360° t 115 s
21. a) s r (2 1)
s (40 m)(2
rad)
t
s 80
m 2.55 rad/s 0
b) s r
115 s
s (40 m)(6.7
rad) 0.0222 rad/s2
s 268
m 2.55 rad/s
124° b) fmax
c) 2.16 rad 2
rad/cycle
57.3°/rad fmax 0.406 Hz
s r 45 rev 2
rad 60 s
26. 1
s (40 m)(2.16 rad) 1 min 1 rev 1 min
s 86 m 1 4.7 rad/s
2 0
t 22.5 s

(2 1) Therefore, the angular speed of the reel is

t approximately 4.3 rad/s.
0 4.7 rad/s 30. r 0.50 m

22.5 s (3.5 rev/s)(2
rad/rev)
0.21 rad/s2 22 rad/s
27. 1 18.0 rad/s ac r2
2 0 ac (0.50 m)(22 rad/s)2
t 22.0 s ac 2.4 102 m/s2
(2 1) 31. ac 7.98 m/s2
a)
t 2.50 103 m
r
(0 18.0 rad/s) 2

22.0 s r 1.25 103 m
0.818 rad/s2 v2
a) ac
b) 22 12 2 r
12 v acr

2 v (7.98
m/s2)(
1.25 103 m)
(18.0 rad/s)2 v 99.9 m/s

2(0.818 rad/s2) b) 0
198 rad v
c)
198 rad r
c) number of cycles
2
rad/cycle 99.9 m/s

number of cycles 31.5 1.25 103 m
d) 2 1 t 0.0799 rad/s
2 18.0 rad/s (0.818 rad/s2)(8.7 s) number of revolutions
2 11 rad/s 0.0799 rad/s
24 h
3600 s
28. 0.95 rad/s2 2
rad/rev 1h
1 1.2 rad/s number of revolutions 1.10 103
a) t 0.30 s 0.0799 rad
d) 45 min
60 s
2 1 t 1s 1 min
2 1.2 rad/s (0.95 rad/s2)(0.30 s) 216 rad
2 0.92 rad/s s r
b) t 1.26 s s (1.25 103 m)(216 rad)
2 1 t s 2.70 105 m
2 1.2 rad/s (0.95 rad/s2)(1.26 s) 32. c 3.0 108 m/s
2 3.0 103 rad/s r 0.80 m
c) t 13.5 s d 2(10.0 km)
2 1 t d 20 000 m
2 1.2 rad/s (0.95 rad/s2)(13.5 s) d
a) t
2 12 rad/s c
29. r 0.028 m 20 000 m
t
v 0.12 m/s 3.0 108 m/s
v r t 6.7 105 s
v 1°

r 57.3°/rad
0.12 m/s 0.0174 rad

0.028 m
4.3 rad/s

1
b) 1t t2
2
t
(4.2 rad/s)(2.8 s)
0.0174 rad
1
6.7 105 s (1.8 rad/s2)(2.8 s)2
2
2.6 102 rad/s
19 rad
b) v r
36. 1 190 rad/s
v (0.80 m)(2.6 102 rad/s)
2 80 rad/s
v 2.1 102 m/s
t 6.4 s
33. Both people are travelling at the same angular 2 1
speed but in the opposite direction. a)
t
Therefore, they will meet halfway, after each 80 rad/s 190 rad/s

person has travelled rad. 6.4 s
2
42 rad/s2

t (2 1)
b) t
2
t
(80 rad/s 190 rad/s)
(6.4 s)

2
rad
t
2 3.5 10 rad
2
1.3 rad/s c) (3.5 102 rad)(57.3°/rad) 2.0 104°

t 1.2 s d) 2 0
34. A 1.3 rad/s 42 rad/s2
B 1.6(1.3 rad/s) 2 1
t
B 2.08 rad/s
A B
0 190 rad/s
t
B
A 42 rad/s2
tA tB t 4.5 s
A B 37. 3.8 rad/s2

A B t 3.5 s
A
A 110 rad

1.3 rad/s 2.08 rad/s 1
a) 1t t2
(2.08 rad/s)A (1.3 rad/s)
(1.3 rad/s)A 2
A 1.208 rad 1
t2
t tA 2
1
A t
t 1
A 110 rad (3.8 rad/s2)(3.5 s)2
2
1.208 rad 1
t 3.5 s
1.3 rad/s
1 24.77 rad/s
t 0.93 s
1 25 rad/s
35. 1 4.2 rad/s
b) 22 12 2
1.80 rad/s2
2 (25
rad/s)2
2(3.8
rad/s2)
(110 ra
d)
t 2.8 s
2 38.22 rad/s
a) 2 1 t
2 38 rad/s
2 4.2 rad/s (1.80 rad/s2)(2.8 s)
2 9.2 rad/s

2 1 2 1
c) b)
t t
38.22 rad/s 24.77 rad/s (2.5 104 rad/s) (3.5 103 rad/s)

3.5 s 1.4 s
3.8 rad/s 2
1.5 10 rad/s
4 2
(2 1) 40. 1.5 104 rad/s2 (from 39b)

d) t
2 1 0
(38.22 rad/s 24.77 rad/s) 2 3.5 104 rad/s
(3.5 s)
2 2 1
t
110 rad
1 3.5 104 rad/s 0
2t t2 t
2 1.5 104 rad/s2
(38.22 rad/s)(3.5 s) t 2.3 s
1
(3.8 rad/s2)(3.5 s)2 41. 2 15 rad/s
2 t 3.4 s
110 rad 2.3 rad/s2
400 rev 2
rad 1 min 1
38. 1 a) 2t t2
1 min rev 60 s 2
1 41.9 rad/s 1
(15 rad/s)(3.4 s) (2.3 rad/s2)(3.4 s)2
t 1.2 s 2
a) (10 turns)(2
rad/turn) 38 rad
20
rad 2 1
b)
(1 2) t
b) t
2 1 2 t
2
2 1 1 15 rad/s (2.3 rad/s2)(3.4 s)
t 1 7.2 rad/s
2(20
rad) 42. TM 5.94 107 s
2 41.9 rad/s
1.2 s TE 3.16 107 s
2 62.8 rad/s headstart 30°
2 63 rad/s
2 1 headstart rad
c) 6
t
62.8 rad/s 41.9 rad/s rad Mt Et

6
1.2 s
rad
17 rad/s 2
6
t
39. 2.0 104 rad M E
1 3.5 103 rad/s
rad
2 2.5 104 rad/s t
6
2
rad 2
rad
(1 2)
a)
2
t

5.94 107 s

3.16 107 s
2 t 5.63 106 s
t
1 2 43. A 0.380 rad/s
t
2(2.0 104 rad) B 0.400 rad/s
(3.5 103 rad/s) (2.5 104 rad/s)
A 0.080 rad/s2
t 1.4 s B 0

25° 47. m 3.5 kg
headstart
57.3°/rad a) I mr2
headstart 0.436 rad I (3.5 kg)(0.21 m)2
A 0.436 rad B I 0.15 kg·m2
1 1
At At2 0.436 rad Bt b) I mr2
2 2
1 1
0 At2 At Bt 0.436 rad I (3.5 kg)(0.21 m)2
2 2
1
0 (0.080 rad/s2)t2 (0.380 rad/s)t I 0.077 kg·m2
2
2
(0.400 rad/s)t 0.436 rad c) I mr2
5
0 (0.040 rad/s2)t2 (0.020 rad/s)t
2
0.436 rad I (3.5 kg)(0.25 m)2
5
Use the quadratic formula: I 0.088 kg·m2
0.020 rad/s (0.0
rad rad)
t
2
20 rad/s) 4(0.040 /s2)(0.436
1
2(0.040 rad/s2) d) I mr2
2
t 3.56 s
1
1
44. I mr2 I (3.5 kg)(0.50 m)2
2 2
Ia 14 kg·m2 I 0.44 kg·m2
Ib 4.8 kg·m2 48. m 1.4 kg
Ic 6.8 kg·m2 r 0.12 m
1
The order is a, c, b. a) I mr2
2
45. Ia mr2
1
1 I (1.4 kg)(0.12 m)2
Ib mr2 2
2
1 2 I 0.010 kg·m2
Ic mr b) (60 rev/s)(2
rad/rev)
2
1 120
rad/s
Id (3m)l2
12 377 rad/s
1 49. m 10.0 kg
Id (3m)(2r)2
12 1
ri (0.54 m)
Id mr2 2
2 ri 0.27 m
Ie mr2
5 1
re (0.54 m)(1.4)

2 1 2 2
Ie (2m) r
5 2 re 0.378 m
1 2 1
Ie mr I m(ri2 re2)
5 2
The order is a and d, b and c, e. 1
I (10.0 kg)[(0.27 m)2 (0.378 m)2]
46. m 4200 kg 2
r 0.3 m I 1.08 kg·m2
1 50. m 2.0 kg
I mr2
2 r 1.5 m
1 2
I (4200 kg)(0.3 m)2 a) I mr2
2 3
I 189 kg·m2 2
I (2.0 kg)(1.5 m)2
3
I 3.0 kg·m2

200 rev 2
rad 1 min 9.1 rad
b) number of turns
1 min 1 rev 60 s 2
rad/turn
20.9 rad/s number of turns 1.4
2 53. m 5.98 1024 kg
c) I mr2
5 r 6.38 106 m
2 t 3.16 107 s
I (2.0 kg)(1.5 m)2
5 2
rad
I 1.8 kg·m2 1
a) Erot I2
51. m 20 kg 2
r 0.9 m

1 2
Erot mr 2 2
2 0 2 5
1 (12.3 rev/s)(2
rad/rev) 2

1
Erot mr2
1 77.3 rad/s 5 t
WR 1
Erot (5.98 1024 kg)(6.38 106 m)2
WR I 5

2
2
rad
(1 2)

WR (mr2)
t 2
t 3.16 10 s
7
Erot 1.92 1024 J

1
WR mr2(0 1)(1 0) b) v r
2

2
rad
1 v (6.38 106 m)
WR (20 kg)(0.9 m)2(77.3 rad/s)2 3.16 107 s
2
v 1.27 m/s
WR 4.8 104 J
54. m 8.30 1025 kg
52. m 1450 kg
1.35 m r 3.5 m
r a) Ie mr2
2
r 0.675 m Ie (8.30 1025 kg)(3.5 m)2
1.40 rad/s Ie 1.0 1023 kg·m2
(1000 cycles)(2
rad/cycle)
1
a) I mr2 b)
2 1.0 s
1 6.3 10 rad/s
3
I (1450 kg)(0.675 m)2 1

2 c) Ek mv2
I 330 kg·m2 2
1
1
b) Erot I2 Ek m(r)2
2 2
1
1
Erot (330 kg·m2)(1.40 rad/s)2 Ek (8.30 1025 kg)(3.5 m)2
2 2
(6.3 103 rad/s)2
Erot 3.24 102 J
Ek 2.0 1016 J
c) v r
55. me 9.11 1031 kg
v (0.675 m)(1.40 rad/s)
mn 1.67 1027 kg
v 0.945 m/s
r 5.0 1011 m

d) L 1.05 1034 kg·m2/s
t
a) I mer2
t
I (9.11 1031 kg)(5.0 1011 m)2
(1.40 rad/s)(6.5 s)
I 2.3 1051 kg·m2
9.1 rad

1 1
b) L I a) mgh1 mv12 I12
2 2
L
1 1
I mgh2 mv22 I22
2 2
1.05 1034 kg·m2s
1 1
mgh1 mv22 (mr2)22
2.3 1051 kg·m2 2 2
4.6 1016 rad/s

1 2 1 2 v2 2
gh1 v2 r
1 2 2 r
c) Erot I2
2 1 2 1 2
gh1 v2 v2
1 2 2
Erot (2.3 1051 kg·m2) gh1 v22
2
(4.6 1016 rad/s)2 v2 gh1
Erot 2.4 1018 J v2 (9.8 m/s 2

)(2.5 m)
56. r 0.20 m v2 4.9 m/s
h1 2.5 m b) 2 2
v
h2 0 r
v1 0 4.9 m/s
2
1 0 0.20 m
1 1 2 25 rad/s
a) mgh1 mv12 I12 1 1
2 2 58. mgh1 mv12 I12
1 1 2 2
mgh2 mv22 I22 1 1
2 2 mgh2 mv22 I22
2 2

1 1 1

mgh1 mv22 mr2 22 1 1 2 2 v2 2
2 2 2 mgh1 mv2 mr
2
2 2 5 r

1 1 v 2 1 1
gh1 v22 r2 2 gh1 v22 v22
2 4 r 2 5
1 2 1 2

gh1 v2 v2 10
2 4 v2 gh1
7
3 59. l 2.8 m
gh1 v22
4 r 2.8 m
h1 2.8 m
3 gh

4
v2 1
h2 0
v1 0

3
4
v2 (9.8 2
m/s )(2.5 m)
1 0
v2 5.7 m/s 1 1
mgh1 mv12 I12
v 2 2
b) 2 2 1 1
r mgh2 mv22 I22
5.7 m/s 2 2
2

1 1 1 v 2
0.20 m mgh1 mv22 ml2 2
2 2 3 r
2 29 rad/s
1 2 1 2
57. r 0.20 m gh1 v2 v2
2 6
h1 2.5 m 2 2
gh1 v2
h2 0 3
v1 0

3
v2 gh1
1 0 2

2
3
v2 (9.8 2
m/s )(2.8 m)
v2 6.4 m/s
60. m 3.9 kg
b)
r 0.13 m t
150 rad/s 6.0
rad

2 0.2647 s
a) I mr2
5 71 rad/s
2 c) L I
I (3.9 kg)(0.13 m)2
5 L (1.50 103 kg·m2)(71 rad/s)
I 0.0264 kg·m2
L 0.11 kg·m2/s
b) L I
63. l 2.5 m
L (0.0264 kg·m2)(150 rad/s)
m 3.2 kg
L 4.0 kg·m2/s
t 13 s
61. m 2.4 kg
r 0.010 m
r 0.30 m
(28 turns)(2
rad/turn)
1 0
56
rad
2 250 rad/s 1
t 3.5 s a) I mr2
2
1
a) I mr2 1
I (3.2 kg)(0.010 m)2
2 2
1 I 1.6 104 kg·m2
I (2.4 kg)(0.30 m)2
2
b) L I
I 0.108 kg·m2

56
rad
b) 2 1 L (1.6 104 kg·m2)
13 s
250 rad/s 0 L 2.2 103 kg·m2s
250 rad/s 64. l 2.5 m
c) L L2 L1 m 3.2 kg
L I t 13 s
L (0.108 kg·m2)(250 rad/s) (28 turns)(2
rad/turn)
L 27 kg·m2/s 56
rad

d) 1
a) I ml2
t 12
250 rad/s
1
I (3.2 kg)(2.5 m)2
3.5 s 12
71.4 rad/s2 I 1.667 kg·m2
e) I I 1.7 kg·m2
(0.108 kg·m2)(71.4 rad/s2) b) L I
7.7 N·m

56
rad
62. I 1.50 103 kg·m2 L (1.667 kg·m2)
13 s
d 4.5 m L 22 kg·m s
2
(3.0 turns)(2
rad/turn) 65. m 3.2 kg
6.0
rad l1 2.5 m
a) v 17.0 m/s 2.5 m
d l2 0.5 m
t 2
v l2 0.75 m
4.5 m
t
17.0 m/s
t 0.2647 s
t 0.26 s

I Icm ml22 69. rp 4.3 m
1
I ml12 ml22 rt 4.3 m
12 mp 600 kg
I 1.7 kg·m2 (3.2 kg)(0.75 m)2 p 6.4 rad/s
I 3.5 kg·m2 mt 35 kg
66. 1 6.85 rad/s a) Ipp (Ip It)f
2 4.40 rad/s Ipp
f
I1 xI2 where x is the factor by which (Ip It)
the moment of inertia changes. 1
1 mprp2p
x f
2
2
6.85 rad/s
x
1

mprp2 mtrt2
2
4.40 rad/s 1
(600 kg)(4.3 m)2(6.4 rad/s)
x 1.56 2
f
67. I11 I22 1

(600 kg)(4.3 m)2 (35 kg)(4.3 m)2

1 2
I11 I1 2 f 5.7 rad/s
2
1 b) t 3.1 rad/s
1 2
2 Ipp Itt (Ip It)f
21 2 Ipp Itt
f
Therefore, the angular speed will increase by a (Ip It)
factor of 2. 1
68. Im 1.5 103 kg·m2 mprp2p mtrt2t
2
Is 8.5 kg·m2 f
s 10 rad/s
1

mprp2 + mtrt2
2
a) Iss Imm 1
(600 kg)(4.3 m)2(6.4 rad/s) + (35 kg)(4.3 m)2(3.1 rad/s)
2
Iss f
m

1
(600 kg)(4.3 m)2 (35 kg)(4.3 m)2
Im 2
(8.5 kg·m2)(10 rad/s) f 6.0 rad/s

m
(1.5 103 kg·m2) c) t 6.4 rad/s
m 5.7 104 rad/s Ipp Itt
f
b) (10 rad)(57.3°/rad) 573° (Ip It)
c) (5.7 104 rad)(57.3°/rad) 3.3 106° 1
mprp2p mtrt2t

2
d) 45° rad f
4

1

mprp2 mtrt2
2
t s 1
s (600 kg)(4.3 m)2(6.4 rad/s) (35 kg)(4.3 m)2(6.4 rad/s)
2

f

1
rad (600 kg)(4.3 m)2 (35 kg)(4.3 m)2
2
4
t
10 rad/s f 5.0 rad/s
t 0.0785 s 70. m1 30 kg
m mt r1 1.5 m
m (5.7 104 rad/s)(0.0785 s) m2 20 kg
m 4.45 103 rad r2 1.0 m
4.45 103 rad 1 12 rad/s
number of rotations
2
rad/rotation
number of rotations 7.1 102

a) I11 (I1 I2)f 73. m 0.135 kg
I11 I 8.50 105 kg·m2
f
(I1 I2) r 0.0030 m
m1r121 d 1.10 m
f
(m1r12 m2r22) 1 0
(30 kg)(1.5 m)2(12 rad/s) v1 0
f
((30 kg)(1.5 m)2 (20 kg)(1.0 m)2) g
a) a
f 9.2 rad/s

I
1 2
b) I11-i I22-i (I1 I2)f mr
I11-i I22-i 9.8 m/s2
f a
(I1 I2) 8.50 105 kg·m2
m1r121-i m2r222-i
f
1 2
(0.135 kg)(0.0030 m)
(m1r12 m2r22)
a 0.138 m/s2
(30 kg)(1.5 m)2(12 rad/s) (20 kg)(1.0 m)2(12 rad/s)
f 1
((30 kg)(1.5 m)2 (20 kg)(1.0 m)2) b) d v1t at2
2
f 12 rad/s

t 2d
I11-i I22-i
c) f a
(I1 I2)
m1r121-i m2r222-i
f
(m1r12 m2r22)
t
2(1.10 m)

0.138 m/s 2
t 3.99 s
(30 kg)(1.5 m)2(12 rad/s) (20 kg)(1.0 m)2(12 rad/s)
f (v2 v1)
((30 kg)(1.5 m)2 (20 kg)(1.0 m)2) c) a
t
f 6.5 rad/s
v2 v1 at
d) I11-i I22-i (I1 I2)f
v2 0 (0.138 m/s2)(3.99 s)
I11-i
2-i v2 0.551 m/s
I2
d) v2 r2
m1r121-i
2-i v
m2r22 2 2
r
(30 kg)(1.5 m)2(12 rad/s)
2-i
(20 kg)(1.0 m)2 2
0.551 m/s
0.0030 m
2-i 40 rad/s 2 184 rad/s
71. I 250 kg·m2 1
r1 2.5 m e) Ek(final) mv22
2
r2 1.5 m 1
t-1 2.0 rad/s Ek(final) (0.135 kg)(0.551 m/s)2
2
md 40 kg Ek(final) 0.0205 J
I11 I22 1
f) Erot(final) I22
I11 2
2
I2 1
Erot(final) (8.50 105 kg·m2)(184 rad/s)2
(I mdr12)1 2
2
(I mdr22) Erot(final) 1.43 J
[250 kg·m2 (40 kg)(2.5 m)2](2.0 rad/s) g) ETotal(initial) mgh1
2
(250 kg·m2 (40 kg)(1.5 m)2) ETotal(initial) (0.135 kg)(9.80 m/s2)(1.10 m)
2 2.9 rad/s ETotal(initial) 1.46 J

1 1
74. m 0.135 kg g) ETotal(initial) mgh1 mv12 I12
2 2
I 8.50 105 kg·m2
ETotal(initial) (0.135 kg)(9.80 m/s2)(1.10 m)
r 0.0030 m
1
d 1.10 m (0.135 kg)(1.0 m/s)2
2
v1 1.0 m/s
1
g (8.50 105 kg·m2)
a) a 2

I
1 2

1.0 m/s 2
mr
0.0030 m
9.8 m/s2 ETotal(initial) 6.24 J
a
8.50 105 kg·m2

1 2
(0.135 kg)(0.0030 m)
a 0.138 m/s2
1
b) d v1t at2
2
1
0 at2 v1t d
2
1
0 (0.138 m/s2)t2
2
(1.0 m/s)t (1.10 m)
0 (0.0690 m/s2)t2
(1.0 m/s)t (1.10 m)
Use the quadratic formula:
1.0 m/s (1.0
m
/s)2
4(0.0690 m
/s2)(
1.10
m)
t
2(0.0690 m/s2)
t 1.03 s
(v2 v1)
c) a
t
v2 v1 at
v2 1.0 m/s (0.138 m/s2)(1.03 s)
v2 1.14 m/s
d) v2 r2
v
2 2
r
1.14 m/s
2
0.0030 m
2 380 rad/s
1
e) Ek(final) mv22
2
1
Ek(final) (0.135 kg)(1.14 m/s)2
2
Ek(final) 0.088 J
1
f) Erot(final) I22
2
1
Erot(final) (8.50 105 kg·m2)(380 rad/s)2
2
Erot(final) 6.16 J

Chapter 8 43. The electroscope has an overall positive
33. Positive signs: protons charge:
Negative signs: electrons q 4.0 1011 e
34. a) No charge q (4.0 1011 e)(1.602 1019 C/e)
b) Negative q 6.4 108 C
1
c) Positive 44. q (5.4 108 e)
d) No charge 2
1
e) Positive q (5.4 108 e)(1.602 1019 C/e)
2
35. a) Negative
b) Positive q 4.3 1011 C
c) Negative 45. qn 2.4 1012 C
d) Positive (2.4 1012 C)(6.25 1018 e/C)
36. a) Negative 1.5 107 elementary charges
b) Electrons This means that there are 1.5 107 protons
37. a) Glass: positive; silk: negative in the nucleus, so the neutral atom must have
b) Since they have opposite charges, they will an equal number of electrons: 1.5 107.
kqq
be attracted 46. Fe
r2
38. a) Insulator (non-metallic)
kqq
b) Conductor (conducts lightning to ground) a) Fe1 2
(4r)
c) Insulator (non-metallic)
kqq
d) Insulator (non-metallic) Fe1 2
16r
e) Insulator (non-metallic)
1
f) Insulator (non-metallic) Fe1 Fe
16
39. Dog hair is positive since a silk shirt rubbed k(2q)(2q)
with wool socks would have a negative charge. b) Fe2
r2
40. a) The electroscope becomes positive because 4kqq
it gives up some electrons to the glass rod Fe2
r2
to reduce the rod’s deficit of electrons. This Fe2 4Fe
is called charging by contact. 4
b) The leaves become positively charged as c) Fe3 Fe
16
well. In charging by contact, the charged 1
Fe2 Fe
object receives the same charge as the 4
charging rod. 47. Each sphere loses half of its charge to balance
c) Negative charges will enter the leaves if the with its identical neutral sphere.
system is grounded. 1 1
q1 q1, q2 q2
41. 1 C 6.25 1018 e, q 15 C 2 2
q (15 C)(6.25 1018 e/C) kq1q2
Fe1
q 9.38 1019 e r21
42. q 1.1 C kq1q2
Fe2
q 1.1 106 C r22
q (1.1 106 C)(6.25 1018 e/C )

1 1
k q1 q2
q 6.9 1012 e 2 2
Fe2 2
r2
kq1q2
Fe2
4r22

But Fe2 Fe1

kq q2
kq1q2 kq1q2 1
Fe2 r2
2
4r2 r21

Fe1 kq q2
1
1 1 r2
2 2
4r2 r1 Fe2 (q)(q)
r2
r22 1 Fe1 (q)(3q)
4 Fe2 q2
1 2
Therefore, r2 r1 Fe1 3q
2
Fe2 1
The spheres should be placed one-half their
Fe1 3
original distance apart to regain their original 1
repulsion. The magnitude of Fe2 is Fe1, and in the
3
48. r 100 pm 100 1012 m 1.00 1010 m, opposite direction of Fe1.
q1 q2 1.602 1019 C 51. a)
p
kq1q2
Fe
r2 Fe
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)2
Fe e
(1.00 1010 m)2
Fe 2.3 108 N Fg
49. r 25.0 cm 0.250 m, Fe 1.29 104 N, b) q1 1.602 1019 C,

2 q2 1.602 1019 C,
q1 q2 q qo
3
m 9.1 1031 kg, g 9.8 m/s2
kqq
a) Fe Fg Fe
r2
kq1q2
mg
q Fer2

k
r2
(1.29 104 N)(0.25 m)2

r
kq q
1 2

q
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)
mg
r
19
(9.0 10 N·m /C )(1.602 10 C)
9 2 2 2

q 3.00 108 C 31
(9.1 10 2
kg)(9.8 m/s )
2 r 5.1 m
b) q is the original charge on each sphere.
3 52. q1 2.0 106 C, q2 3.8 106 C,
3 q3 2.3 106 C
qo q
2
a) r1 0.10 m, r2 0.30 m
3
qo (3.00 108 C) kq1q3
2 1Fe3
r21
qo 4.5 108 C
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)( 2.0 106 C)(2.3 106 C)
The type of charge, positive or negative, 1Fe3
(0.10 m)2
does not matter as long as they are both
1Fe3 4.14 N (attraction)
the same. (Like charges repel.)

1Fe3 4.14 N [right]
50. q1 q, q2 3q
kq2q3
qT q (3q) 2q 2Fe3
r22
2q
So q1 q2 q (9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(3.8 106 C)(2.3 106 C)
2 2Fe3
(0.30 m)2
2Fe3 0.87 N (repulsion)

2Fe3 0.87 N [left]

FeT 4.14 N [right] 0.87 N [left] Therefore, the charge must be placed
eT 3.3 N [right]
F 0.53 m to the left of the first charge. The
b) r1 0.30 m, r2 0.10 m other answer, 0.084 m, would place the
kq1q3 charge between the two base charges and
1Fe3
r21 therefore is an inappropriate answer. For a
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)( 2.0 106 C)(2.3 106 C) charge placement to the right of the two
1Fe3
(0.30 m)2 charges, two inappropriate answers are cal-
1Fe3 0.46 N (attraction) culated, meaning that the only possible

1Fe3 0.46 N [left]
placement for the charge is at 0.53 m to the
kq2q3 left of the first charge.
2Fe3
r22 53. The forces on the test charge from the repul-
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(3.8 106 C)(2.3 106 C)
sion by the other two charges must equal one
2Fe3
(0.10 m)2 another for the test charge to come to rest
Fe3 7.86 N (repulsion) there. The force of charge 1 on the test charge
2

2Fe3 7.86 N [right]
(1Fqt) must equal the force of charge 2 on the

FeT 0.46 N [left] 7.86 N [right] test charge (2Fqt).
1Fqt 2Fqt
FeT 7.4 N [right]
kqqt k4qq
c) 1Fe3 4.14 N (attraction) 2 2t

1 2
1Fe3 4.14 N [left] r r
3 3
Fe3 7.86 N (repulsion)
2 2
r 4r2
2Fe3 7.86 N [left]
9 4(9)
eT 4.14 N [left] 7.86 N [left]
F
eT 12 N [left] r r2
2
F
Therefore, the net force on the charge would
d) The third charge could only be placed to 1
be 0 if it was placed of the distance
the left or to the right of the two basic 3
charges for the forces to balance and give a between the two charges.
force of 0. 54. q2 q1 q3 1.0 104 C,
For the charge to be placed a distance of rx r1 r2 r3 0.40 m
1
metres to the left of the first charge: q
1
q 30°
1Fe3 2Fe3 2 3 120°
kq1q3 kq2q3 q q

2
rx (0.20 m rx)2 40 cm
30°
6
( 2.0 10 C) (3.8 106 C)

rx2 (2.0 101 m rx)2 For q1: The force is the vector sum of two
e1 and 3F
forces, 2F e1. These two magnitudes
(3.8 106)rx2 (2.0 106)(4.0 102
4.0 101rx rx2) must have the same value.
(3.8 10 )rx 8.0 108 8.0
6 2 kqq
2Fe1
107rx 2.0 106rx2 r2
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(1.0 104 C)2
2Fe1
Rearranging:
1.8 106rx2 8.0 107rx 8.0 108 (0.40 m)2
2Fe1 5.6 10 N 3Fe1
2
0
Solve for rx using the quadratic formula. F2eT 2F2e1 3F2e1 2(2Fe1)(2Fe1)(cos 120°)
FeT 2(5.6
102 C)2
2(5.6
102
C)2(co
s 120°)
(8.0 107) (8.0
107
)2 4(1.8
106)(8.0 108)
rx
2(1.8 106) FeT 9.7 10 N 2
So rx 0.53 m or 0.084 m.

From the isosceles triangle with angles of 30°, 56.
the total angle is 30° 60° 90°.

FeT1 9.7 102 N [up]

FeT2 9.7 102 N [left 30° down]

FeT3 9.7 102 N [right 30° down]
Each force is 9.7 102 N [at 90° from the
line connecting the other two charges].
55. a) l 2.0 102 m,
q1 q2 q3 q4 1.0 106 C 57. The field is similar to the one above, but is
2.0 cm now asymmetrical and has its inflection
q q points pushed farther to the right.
2.0 cm
q q
kqq
2Fe1
r22
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)2
2Fe1
(2.0 102 m)2
2

Fe1 22.5 N [left]

4Fe1 22.5 N [up]
58. Parallel plates: Coaxial cable:
kqq
3Fe1 + –
r23
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)2
3Fe1

2(2.0 102
m)2
3

Fe1 11.25 N [left 45° up]
From Pythagoras’ theorem:
2Fe1 4Fe1 2(22.5 N)2

2Fe1 4Fe1 31.82 N [left 45° up]
Therefore,
59. q 2.2 106 C, Fe 0.40 N
FeT1 (31.82 N 11.25 N) [left 45° up]
F

FeT1 43.1 N [left 45° up] e
q
eT2 43.1 N [right 45° up]
F 0.40 N
eT3 43.1 N [right 45° down]
F
2.2 106 C
eT4 43.1 N [left 45° down]
F
1.8 105 N/C
Each force is 43.1 N [symmetrically out-
60. Fe 3.71 N, 170 N/C
ward from the centre of the square].
F
b) The force on the fifth charge is 0 N q e

because the forces from each charge are 3.71 N
balanced. q
170 N/C
c) Sign has no effect. If the new fifth charge q 2.2 102 C
were either positive or negative, the attrac-
tive/repulsive forces would still balance
one another.

61. q1 4.0 106 C, q2 8.0 106 C, 66. rT 0.20 m, q1 1.5 106 C,
r 2.0 m q2 3.0 106 C
kq2 kq1 r22 (0.20 r1)2

1 2 1 2 1 2
r r
2 2 kq1 kq2

r21 r22
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(8.0 106 C)
1.5 106 C 3.0 106 C

2.0 m 2
2
r1 r22
2
r22 2r21
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(4.0 106 C)
Substitute for r22 and rearrange:

2.0 m 2
0 r12 0.4r1 4.0 102
2
3.6 104 N/C 0.4 (0.4)2
4(4.0
102)
r1
Therefore, the field strength is 3.6 104 N/C 2
2
towards the smaller charge. r1 8.3 10 m, therefore,
62. a) q 2.0 106 C, F e 7.5 N [left] r2 1.17 101 m 1.2 101 m

F 0 at 1.2 101 m from the larger charge,
e
q or 8.3 102 m from the smaller charge.
7.5 N [left] 67. q1 q2 q3 q4 1.0 106 C, r 0.5 m

2.0 106 C 0.5 m

3.8 106 N/C [left] q q
b) q2 4.9 105 C 0.5 m

Take right to be positive.
q
e q
F q
Fe (4.9 105 C)(3.8 106 N/C) Since the magnitudes of all four forces are
Fe 1.86 102 N equal, and they are paired with forces in the
The force would be 1.86 102 N [left]. opposite direction (Fe2 F
e4 and
63. r 0.5 m, q 1.0 102 C
Fe1 Fe3), there is no net force. Therefore,
kq there is no net field strength.

r2 0 N/C
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(1.0 102 C) 68. q1 q2 2.0 105 C, r 0.50 m

(0.5 m)2
1
3.6 10 N/C [left]
8
q P
64. q1 4.0 106 C, q2 1.0 106 C

P 2
Take right to be positive. q

2
1 0.50 m
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(4.0 106 C)
kq
(0.40 m)2 1
r2
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)

(0.30 m)2 (9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(2.0 105 C)
1
(0.50 m)2

3.25 105 N/C [right]
1 7.2 105 N/C
65. r 5.3 1011 m, q 1.602 1019 C
1 2 and
T
1 2
kq
Therefore, T 2( 1)
2
2(1
)2(cos
120°)
r2

T 1.2 10 N/C [at 90° from the line con-
6
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)
necting the other two charges]
(5.3 1011 m)2
5.1 1011 N/C

69. q 0.50 C, ∆V 12 V W Ee2 Ee1
W q∆V W 0.18 J 0.045 J
W (0.50 C)(12 V) W 0.14 J
W 6.0 J 75. Position in the field has no bearing on the
70. W 7.0 102 J, ∆V 6.0 V field strength.
W 5.0 103 N/C, d 5.0 cm 5.0 102 m
q
V V d
7.0 102 J V (5.0 102 m)(5.0 103 N/C)
q
6.0 V V 2.5 102 V
q 1.2 102 C 76. a) q 1 105 C, 50 N/C
71. q 1.5 102 C, Fe 7.5 103 N, Fe q
∆d 4.50 cm 4.50 102 m Fe (1 105 C)(50 N/C)
V
W Fe 5.0 104 N
q b) ∆d 1.0 m
Fed ∆Ek W
V
q ∆Ek Fe∆d
(7.5 103 N)(4.5 102 m) ∆Ek (5.0 104 N)(1.0 m)
V
1.5 102 C ∆Ek 5.0 104 J
V 2.3 104 V c) v 2.5 104 m/s
72. 130 N/C, Fe 65 N, ∆V 450 V 1
V Ek mv2
W 2
q 2Ek
VF m
W e v2
2(5.0 104 J)
m
W
(450 V)(65 N) (2.5 104 m/s)2
(130 N/C) m 1.6 1012 kg
W 2.3 102 J 77. d1 1.0 109 m, d2 1.0 108 m,
73. d 0.30 m, q 6.4 106 C q1 q2 1.602 1019 C,
kq m1 m2 9.11 1031 kg
V
d Ee E2 E1
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(6.4 106 C) kq1q2 kq1q2
V Ee
0.30 m d2 d1
V 1.9 10 V5

1 1
74. a) q1 1.0 106 C, q2 5.0 106 C, Ee kq1q2
d2 d1
r 0.25 m Ee 2.08 10 J 19
kq1q2
Ee Therefore, the electric potential energy was
r
reduced by 2.08 1019 J, which was trans-
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)( 5.0 106 C)
Ee
0.25 m
ferred to kinetic energy. The energy is spread
over both electrons, so the energy for each
Ee 0.18 J (repulsion)
electron is 1.04 1019 J.
kq1q2
b) Ee1
r
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)( 5.0 106 C)
Ee1
1.00 m
Ee1 0.045 J (repulsion)

W ∆Ee

For one electron: qV
ma
1 d
Ek mv2
2 qV
a

2E md
v k
m (1.602 1019 C)(7.5 103 V)
a
2(1.04 1019 J) (3.3 1026 kg)(1.2 m)
v

9.11 1031 kg a 3.0 1010 m/s2
v 4.78 105 m/s b) E Vq
78. V2 2V1 and Ek ∆Ee qV E (1.602 1019 C)(7.5 103 V)
With the same charge on each electron, the E 1.202 1015 J
kinetic energy is also doubled, i.e., Ek2 2Ek1 c) At this speed and energy, relativistic effects
Ek2 2Ek1 may be witnessed. Although the speed may
not be what is predicted by simple mechan-
Ek1 Ek1
1 ics, the total energy should be the same but
mv22
2 may be partly contributing to a mass
1 2
mv21 increase of the ion.
2 81. q1 q2 1.602 1019 C,
v22 2v21 m1 m2 1.67 1027 kg,
v2 2 v1 v1 v2 2.7 106 m/s
Therefore, the speed is 1.41 times greater. ∆Ek ∆Ee
79. a) V 15 kV 1.5 104 V, P 27 W, The total energy for both ions is:
1 C 6.25 1018 e 1 kq1q2
(2)mv2
P(6.25 1018 e/C) 2 r
number of electrons/s
V
kq1q2
r

1C mv2
number of electrons/s (27 J/s)
1.5 104 J
(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)2
r
(1.67 1027 kg)(2.7 106 m/s)2
(6.25 1018 e/C)
number of electrons/s 1.1 1016 r 1.9 1014 m
b) q 1.602 1019 C, m 9.11 1031 kg 82. a) q 2e, m 6.696 1027 kg,
Accelerating each electron from rest, v1v 0 m/s, v1h 6.0 106 m/s,
Ek Ee V 500 V, dv 0.03 m, dh 0.15 m
1 Acceleration is toward the negative plate:
mv2 Vq F
2 a e
m
v
2Vq
m a
q
19
m
2(1.5 10 V)(1.602 10 C)
v
4
31 qV
9.11 10 kg a
mdv
v 7.3 10 m/s
7
2(1.602 1019 C)(500 V)
80. a) d 1.2 m, V 7.5 103 V, a
(6.696 1027 kg)(3.0 102 m)
m 3.3 1026 kg
a 7.97 1011 m/s2
Fe q

Time between the plates is: b) d 3.0 cm 3.0 102 m
t h
d V d
vh V (3.0 102 m)(2.04 107 N/C)
0.15 m V 6.1 109 V
t
6.0 106 m/s 86. d 0.12 m, V 92 V
t 2.5 108 s V

Therefore, d
1 92 V
dh at2
2 0.12 m
1 7.7 102 N/C
dh (7.97 1011 m/s2)(2.5 108 s)2
2 87. 3 106 N/C, d 1.0 103 m
dh 2.5 104 m V d
dh 0.025 cm V (1.0 103 m)(3 106 N/C)
The alpha particle is V 3 103 V
3.0 cm 0.025 cm 2.975 cm from the Therefore, 3.0 103 V is the maximum poten-
negative plate if it enters at the positive tial difference that can be applied. Exceeding
plate or 1.475 cm from the negative plate it would cause a spark to occur between the
if it enters directly between the two plates. plates.
b) v2v v1v at 88. V 50 V, 1 104 N/C
v2v 0 (7.97 1011 m/s2)(2.5 108 s) V
d
v2v 2.0 104 m/s
From Pythagoras’ theorem, 50 V
d
v2 (6.0
106 m/s) 2
(2.0 2
104 m/s) 1 104 N/C
v2 6.0 106 m/s d 5.0 103 m
83. d 0.050 m, V 39.0 V 89. V 120 V, 450 N/C
V V
d
d
39.0 V 120 V
d
0.050 m 450 N/C
7.80 102 N/C d 2.67 101 m
84. 2.85 104 N/C, 90. a) m 2.2 1015 kg, d 5.5 103 m,
d 6.35 cm 6.35 102 m V 280 V, g 9.80 N/kg
V d Fe Fg
V (6.35 102 m)(2.85 104 N/C) q mg
V 1.81 103 V qV
mg
85. a) m 2mP 2mn 4(1.67 1027 kg), d
g 9.80 N/kg, q 2e mgd
q
Fe Fg V
mg (2.2 1015 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(5.5 103 m)
q
280 V
q
4(1.67 1027 kg)(9.80 N/kg) q 4.2 1019 C

2(1.602 1019 C) 4.2 1019 C
b) N
2.04 107 N/C 1.602 1019 e/C
N 2.63 e 3 e
The droplet has three excess electrons.

91. V 450 V, me 9.11 1031 kg,
e 1.602 1019 C
a) ∆Ee qV
∆Ee (1.602 1019 C)(450 V)
∆Ee 7.21 1017 J
Therefore,
Ek Ee
1
mv2 Ee
2
v 2Ee
m
2(7.21 1017 J)
v

9.11 1031 kg
v 1.26 107 m/s
1 1
b) mv2 Ee
2 3
v
2Ee
3m
2(7.21 1017 J)
v

3(9.11 1031 kg)
v 7.26 106 m/s
92. k 6.0 103 N/m, d 0.10 m, V 450 V,
x 0.01 m
V
a)
d
450 V

0.10 m
4.5 103 N/C
b) The force to deform one spring is:
F kx
F (6.0 103 N/m)(0.01 m)
F 6.0 105 N
The force to deform both springs is:
2(6.0 105 N) 1.2 104 N
c) The force on the pith ball must also be
1.2 104 N
d) Fspring Fe
Fspring q
Fspring
q

1.2 104 N
q
4.5 103 N/C
q 2.7 108 C

Chapter 9 B 1.8 102 T
22. I 12.5 A NOTE: The solutions to problem 27 are based
B 3.1 105 T on a distance between the two conductors of
I 1 cm.
B
2
r 27. a)
I F F
r
2
B
(4
107 T·m/A)(12.5 A)
r
2
(3.1 105 T)
r 8.1 102 m Currents in the same direction—
wires forced together
23. r 12 m
I 4.50 103 A Referring to the above diagram, the mag-
I netic fields will cancel each other out
B
2
r because the field from each wire is of the
(4
107 T·m/A)(4.50 103 A) same magnitude but is in the opposite
B
2
(12 m) direction.
5
B 7.5 10 T b)
24. I 8.0 A F F
B 1.2 103 T
N1 x
NI
B
2r Currents in opposite directions—
NI wires forced apart
r
2B I 10 A
(4
107 T·m/A)(1)(8.0 A) r 1.0 102 m
r
2(1.2 103 T) I
B
r 4.2 103 m 2
r
25. N 12 (4
107 T·m/A)(10 A)
B
r 0.025 m 2
(1.0 102 m)
I 0.52 A B 2.0 104 T
NI But this field strength (2.0 104 T) is for
B
2r each of the two wires. Referring to the
(4
107 T·m/A)(12)(0.52 A) above diagram, the two fields flow in the
B
2(0.025 m) same direction when the current in the
B 1.6 104 T two wires moves in the opposite direction.
N 35 turns 100 cm The result is that the two fields will add to
26.
L 1 cm 1m produce one field with double the strength
N (4.0 104 T).
3500 turns/m
L 28. Coil 1:
I 4.0 A N 400
NI L 0.1 m
B
L I 0.1 A
N
B I Coil 2:
L
N 200

3500 turns L 0.1 m
B (4
107 T·m/A) (4.0 A)
1m I 0.1 A

BTotal Bcoil1Bcoil2 b) If the current through the wire was to be
NI NI reversed, the magnitude and direction of
BTotal
L L the resultant force would be 0.57 N [down-
7
(4
10 T·m/A)(400)(0.1 A) wards].
BTotal
(0.1 m) 31. a) d(linear density) 0.010 kg/m
7
(4
10 T·m/A)(200)(0.1 A) B 2.0 105 T

(0.1 m) 90°
4
BTotal 2.5 10 T F
dg
29. The single loop: L
NI F
Bsingle (0.010 kg/m)(9.8 N/kg)
2r L
(4
107 T·m/A)(1)I F
Bsingle 9.8 102 N/m (linear weight)
2(0.02 m) L
Solenoid: F BIL sin
L 2
rsingle loop F
I
L 2
(0.02 m) BL sin
L 0.04
F

15 turns 100 cm L
N L I
1 cm 1m B sin
N (1500 turns/m)(0.04
m) 9.8 102 N/m
I
N 188 (2.0 105 T) sin 90°
NI I 4900 A
Bsol
L b) This current would most likely melt the
(4
107 T·m/A)(188)(0.4 A) wire.
Bsol
0.04
32. a) N 60
Bsol 7.5 104 T I 2.2 A
To cancel the field, the magnitude of the two B 0.12 T
fields must be equal but opposite in direction. NI
B
Bsol Bsingle L
(4
107 T·m/A)(1)I NI
7.5 104 T L
2(0.02 m) B
(7.5 104 T)2(0.02 m) (4
107 T·m/A)(60)(2.2 A)
I L
4
107 T·m/A 0.12 T
3
I 24 A L 1.38 10 m
30. a) 45° F BIL sin
L 6.0 m F (0.12 T)(2.2 A)(1.38 103 m)
B 0.03 T (sin 90°)
I 4.5 A F 3.64 104 N
F BIL sin b) F ma
F (0.03 T)(4.5 A)(6.0 m) sin 45° F
a
F 0.57 N m
3.64 104 N
The direction of this force is at 90° to the a
plane described by the direction of the cur- 0.025 kg
rent vector and that of the magnetic field, a 1.46 102 m/s2
i.e., upwards. 33. B 0.02 T
v 1.5 107 m/s
90°

q 1.602 1019 C According to the right-hand rules #1 and #3,
m 9.11 1031 kg this charge would always be forced towards
Fc FB the wire.
mv2 37. a) v 5 107 m/s
qvB sin
r r 0.05 m
mv I 35 A
r
qB q 1.602 1019 C
(9.11 1031 kg)(1.5 107 m/s) F Bqv sin
r
(1.602 1019 C)(0.02 T) I
B
r 4.3 103 m 2
r
34. qalpha 2(1.602 1019 C) Iqv sin
F
qalpha 3.204 1019 C 2
r
v 2 106 m/s F (4
107 T·m/A)(35 A)(1.602 1019 C)(5 107 m/s) sin 90°

2
(0.05)
B 2.9 105 T
malpha 2(protons) 2(neutrons) F 1.12 1015 N
malpha 4(1.67 1027 kg) According to the right-hand rules #1 and
malpha 6.68 1027 kg #3, this charge would always be forced
mv toward the wire.
r
qB b) If the electron moved in the same direction
(6.68 1027 kg)(2 106 m/s) as the current, then it would be forced
r
(3.204 1019 C)(2.9 105 T) away from the wire.
r 1.4 103 m 38. a) v 2.2 106 m/s
35. Fg mg r 5.3 1011 m
Fg (9.11 1031 kg)(9.8 N/kg) q 1.602 1019 C
Fg 8.9 1030 N m 9.11 1031 kg
Fmag Bqv sin At any given instant, the electron can be
Fmag (5.0 105 T)(1.602 1019 C) considered to be moving in a straight line
(2.8 107 m/s) tangentially around the proton.
Fmag 2.24 1016 N Fmag Fc
The magnetic force has considerably more mv2
qvB sin
influence on the electron. r
36. q 1.5 106 C mv
B
v 450 m/s qr
(9.11 1031 kg)(2.2 106 m/s)
r 0.15 m B
(1.602 1019 C)(5.3 1011 m)
I 1.5 A
90° B 2.36 105 T
F Bqv sin But this field would always be met by a
I field of the same magnitude but opposite
B direction when the electron was on the
2
r
Iqv sin other side of its orbit. Therefore, the net
F
2
r field strength at the proton is zero.
(4
107 T·m/A)(1.5 A)(1.5 106 C)(450 m/s)sin 90°
b) To keep an electron moving in a circular
F
2
(0.15 m) artificially simulated orbit, the scientist
F 1.3 109 N must apply a field strength of 2.36 105 T.

39. 475 V/m 43. a) v 5.0 106 m/s
B 0.1 T r 0.001 m
The electron experiences no net force because q 1.602 1019 C
the forces from both the electric and magnetic m 9.11 1031 kg
fields are equal in magnitude but opposite in Fc Fmag
direction. mv2
qvB
If all the directions are mutually perpendicu- r
lar, both the electric and magnetic fields will vm
B
move the electron in the same direction (based qr
on the right-hand rule #3). Therefore, (5.0 106 m/s)(9.11 1031 kg)
B
Fmag Fe ( 1.602 1019 C)(0.001 m)
qvB q B 2.8 102 T
b) Fc mac
v
B Fc qvB
(475 V/m) mac qvB
v
(0.1 T) qvB
ac
v 4750 m/s m
40. B 5.0 102 T (1.602 1019 C)(5.0 106 m/s)(0.028 T)
ac
9.11 1031 kg
d 0.01 m
v 5 106 m/s ac 2.5 1016 m/s2
q 1.602 1019 C 44. a) r 0.22 m
Fmag Fe B 0.35 T
qvB q q 1.602 1019 C
qvB q
V m 1.67 1027 kg
d q v

V dvB m Br
V (0.01 m)(5 106 m/s)(5.0 102 T) qBr
v
V 2500 V m
41. r 3.5 m (1.602 1019 C)(0.35 T)(0.22 m)
v
I 1.5 104 A (1.67 1027 kg)
I1I2L v 7.4 106 m/s
F
2
r mv2
b) Fc
F (4
107 T·m/A)(1.5 104 A)2(190 m)

r
2
(3.5 m)
(1.67 1027 kg)(7.4 106 m/s)2
Fc
F 2.44 103 N 0.22 m
42. L 0.65 m 13
Fc 4.2 10 N
I 12 A
B 0.20 T
F BIL sin
F (0.20 T)(12 A)(0.65 m)(sin 90°)
F 1.56 N [perpendicular to wire]
At the angle shown, the force is:
(1.56 N)sin 30° 0.78 N

e d) No, the results would be exactly the same.
45. 5.7 108 C/kg
m The induced current flow would be in the
B 0.75 T opposite direction if the poles of the mag-
q v net were reversed, but the reduction in

m Br speed would be the same.
mv 49. The copper conductor is cutting through the
r
Bq magnetic field lines as it moves, and therefore
d experiences a force that opposes its motion.
v
t The induced and external magnetic fields are
2
r in opposite directions, which causes the oppo-
v
T sition. Aluminum wire would make no differ-
2
r ence as long as it conducts electricity.
T
v

mv
2

Bq
T
v
2
T

q
B
m
2
T
(0.75 T)(5.7 108 C/kg)
T 1.5 108 s
46. m 6.0 108 kg
q 7.2 106 C
B 3.0 T
1
t T
2

1 2
m
t
2 Bq

(6.0 108 kg)
t
(3.0 T)(7.2 106 C)
t 8.7 103 s
47. Falling through the top of the loop, the cur-
rent is clockwise.
Falling out of the bottom, the current is
counterclockwise.
48. a) The conventional current flow is clockwise
(looking down from top).
b) The induced magnetic field is linear (down
at the south end).
c) Yes, the falling magnet would experience a
magnetic force that is opposing its motion,
as described by Lenz’s law.

1
Chapter 10 T
f
21. a) 4 m
T 0.77 s/cycle
b) A 5 cm
For 45 rpm:
c) T 8 s 45 cycles
1 f
d) f 60 s
T
f 0.75 Hz
1
f 1
8s T
f
f 0.1 s1
T 1.33 s/cycle
e) v f 1
For 33 rpm:
3
v (4 m)(0.1 s1) 100

v 0.4 m/s f rpm
3
cycles
22. f 100 cycles
f
s 180 s
10 cycles f 0.56 Hz
f
3.2 s 1
f 3.125 cycles/s T
f
1 T 1.8 s/cycle
T
f
27. a) x A cos
1
T x 1 cos (10°)
3.125 cycles/s
x 0.98 m
T 0.32 s/cycle
b) x A cos
cycles
23. f x 1 cos (95°)
s
x 0.087 m
72 cycles
f c) x A cos
60 s

3
f 1.2 cycles/s x 1 cos rad

4
1
T x 0.71 m
f
d) x A cos
1
T x 1 cos (2π rad)
1.2 cycles/s
T 0.83 s/cycle x1m
24. f 60 Hz 28. A
x(m)
1 θ
T 180° 360°
f –A
T 0.017 s/cycle
v(m/s)
150 cycles θ
25. a) f 180° 360°
60 s
f 2.5 Hz At equilibrium (x 0), v is a maximum
1 (sin 90° 1). When x A, v is a minimum
b) T
f (sin 0° 0).
T 0.4 s/cycle 29.
a(m/s2)
26. For 78 rpm: θ

180° 360°
78 cycles
f
60 s The object always accelerates toward equilib-
f 1.3 Hz rium and slows down as it moves away from
equilibrium.

a is a maximum when x A (cos 0°); a is a

iii) T 2
L
minimum at equilibrium (cos 90°).
g Jupiter
The a vector is always directed toward the
equilibrium position. T 2
0.15 m

24.6 m/s 2
30. a) T 2

L

g
T 0.49 s/cycle
32. a) T 2

m

T 2
2.1 m
9.8 m/s2
k
T 2.9 s/cycle T 2
0.30 kg

23.4 N/m
b) T 2

L

g
T 0.711 s/cycle
b) T 2

m

T 2

80 m
9.8 m/s 2
k
T 18 s/cycle T 2

0.40 kg

20 N/m
c) T 2

L

g
T 0.889 s/cycle
c) T 2

m

T 2

0.15 m
9.8 m/s2
k
T 0.78 s/cycle T 2
0.21 kg

200 N/m

T 2
L T 0.204 s/cycle
31. a) i)
g

Moon 1 k
33. a) f
T 2
2
2.1 m
1.6 m/s
2
m
k 4
2f 2m
T 7.2 s/cycle k 4
2(12 Hz)2(0.402 kg)
k 2.3 103 N/m

ii) T 2
L

g Moon b) F kx
F (2.3 103 N/m)(0.35 m)
T 2

80 m
1.6 m/s 2 F 8.0 102 N
T 44 s/cycle 34. a) v f
v
f
iii) T 2
L

g Moon
3.00 108 m/s
f
T 2

0.15 m
1.6 m/s 2
6.50 107 m
f 4.62 1014 Hz
T 1.9 s/cycle
v
b) f

T 2
L
b) i)
g Jupiter
3.00 108 m/s
f
T 2

2.1 m
24.6 m/s 2
6.00 107 m
f 5.00 1014 Hz
T 1.8 s/cycle v
c) f

ii) T 2
L

g Jupiter 3.00 108 m/s
f
5.80 107 m
T 2

80 m
24.6 m/s 2
f 5.17 1014 Hz
T 11 s/cycle

v d (3.00 108 m/s)(3.1536 107 s)
d) f
d 9.46 1015 m
3.00 108 m/s 37. d 100 light years 9.46 1017 m,
f
5.20 107 m v 3.00 108 m/s
f 5.77 1014 Hz d
t
v v
e) f
t 3.15 109 s
3.00 108 m/s t 100 a
f
4.75 107 m d
38. t
f 6.32 1014 Hz v
v 160 m
f) f t
3.00 108 m/s
3.00 108 m/s t 5.33 107 s
f
4.00 107 m 39. rEarth 6.38 106 m, cEarth 2π(6.38 106 m)
f 7.50 10 Hz
14 4.01 107 m
d d
35. a) t t
v v
1.49 1011 m 4.01 107 m
t t
3.00 108 m/s 3.00 108 m/s
t 497 s t 0.134 s
t 8.28 min 40. For the minimum frequency, 4 107 m
t 0.138 h v
f
d
b) t 3.00 108 m/s
v f
3.8 108 m 4 107 m
t
3.00 108 m/s f 8 1014 Hz
t 1.3 s For the maximum frequency, 8 108 m
t 2.1 102 min f
v
t 3.5 104 h
d 3.00 108 m/s
c) t f
v 8 108 m
5.8 1012 m f 4 1015 Hz
t
3.00 108 m/s Thus, the range is 8 1014 Hz to 4 1015 Hz.
t 1.9 104 s 41. For the car:
t 3.2 102 min ∆tcar (50 h)(3600 s/h)
t 5.4 h ∆tcar 180 000 s
d For light:
d) t
v d
tlight
9.1 1010 m v
t
3.00 108 m/s 4.00 106 m
tlight
t 3.03 102 s 3.00 108 m/s
t 5.1 min tlight 0.01 s
t 8.4 102 h Comparing the two,
36. 1 a (3600 s/h)(24 h/d)(365 d/a) tcar 180 000 s
1.8 107 times
3.1536 107 s tlight 0.01 s
d v∆t

42. a) sin 30° 0.5 c
c) v
b) sin 60° 0.866 n
c) sin 45° 0.707 3.00 108 m/s
v
d) sin 12.6° 0.218 1.33
e) sin 74.4° 0.963 v 2.26 108 m/s
f) sin 0° 0 d) v
c
g) sin 90° 1 n
43. a) sin1 (0.342) 20° 3.00 108 m/s
v
b) sin1 (0.643) 40° 1.30
c) sin1 (0.700) 44.4° v 2.31 108 m/s
d) sin1 (0.333) 19.5° n
49. Use 1 with n1 1.00:
e) sin1 (1.00) 90° n2
c a) 0.413
44. v b) 0.658
n
3.00 108 m/s c) 0.752
v
0.90 d) 0.769
v 3.3 108 m/s c
50. v
This speed is impossible, since it is greater n
than the speed of light. 3.00 108 m/s
v
45. n1 1.00, n2 1.98, 1 22 1.33
n1 sin 1 n2 sin 2 v 2.26 108 m/s
sin 22 1.98 sin 2 d
t
v
2 sin 2 cos 2 1.98 sin 2
1200 m
1.98
cos 2 t
2 2.26 108 m/s
2 8.1° t 5.31 105 s
46. 1.5 sin 30° n2 sin 50° 51. a) tan 1 tan B
n
n2 0.98 tan 1 2
n1
As in problem 44, this value is impossible.
tan 1 1.42
47.
light ray wavefronts 1 54.8°
b) n1 sin 1 n2 sin 2
glass

sin 54.8°
2 sin1 1.00·
1.42
2 35.2°
c c) 54.8° (i r)
48. a) v 52. Polaroid glasses are most effective when the
n
3.00 108 m/s light is most polarized. The light is 100%
v
2.42 polarized at Brewster’s angle, B.
v 1.24 108 m/s n
tan B 2
c n1
b) v 1.33
n tan B
3.00 108 m/s 1.00
v
1.52 B 53.1°
v 1.97 108 m/s elevation 90° 53.1°
elevation 36.9°

53. a) I2 0.5Io cos2 n2 tan 60°
I2 0.5Io cos2 30° n2 1.73
I2 0.375Io 59. The first Polaroid will remove exactly one
I component (50%) of the incident light. The
2 37.5%
Io third Polaroid, having been placed at any
I angle but 90° to the first one, will remove a
b) 2 20.7%
Io fraction of the remaining light, allowing one
I2 component of the light to pass through. The
c) 5.85%
Io second Polaroid will then remove only a single
54. When viewing something through a doubly component of the residual light. Thus, a frac-
refracting crystal, two images are seen, since tion of the incident light passes through all
two rays of polarized light are produced. If three Polaroids.
another crystal was laid over-top and rotated, 60. a) I2 0.5Io cos2
nothing would be seen, since the two crystals I2 0.5Io cos2 10°
now act as a polarizeranalyzer pair, with an I2 0.485Io
angle of 90° between their axes. I
2 48.5%
55. Use an analyzer (another polarizer, rotated). Io
n I
56. tan B 2 b) 2 37.5%
n1 Io

1.33 I2
B tan1 c) 5.85%
1.00 Io
B 53° I
d) 2 0.380%
n Io
57. a) tan B 2
n1 61. I2 0.4Io
I2 0.5Io cos2

1.33
B tan1
1.00 0.4Io 0.5Io cos2
B 53.1°
n
b) tan B 2
cos1
0.4

0.5
n1 26.6°
62. I2 0.5Io cos2 1 and I3 I2 cos2 2

1.50
B tan1
1.00 I3 0.5Io cos2 1 cos2 2
B 56.3° I3 0.5Io cos2 60° cos2 10°
n I3 0.121Io
c) tan B 2
n1 I
3 12.1%
Io

1.33
B tan1
1.50
B 41.6°
n
d) tan B 2
n1

1.33
B tan1
1.30
B 45.7°
n
58. tan B 2
n1
n2
tan 60°
1.00

Chapter 11 b) d
1.0 m
23. a) constructive 10 500 slits
b) constructive d 9.52 105 m
c) partial m
sin m
d) destructive d
(2)(5.50 107m)
24. 1 sin 2
9.52 105 m
sin 2 0.01155
2 0.662°
S1 27. L 1.0 m
0 dxm
m
L
S1
mL
xm
d
2(5.50 107 m)(1.0 m)
x2
1 2.0 106 m
25. 2
x2 0.55 m
28. 1 0 1
2 2 Maxima
numbers
S1 1
S2 1
3 3
2 Minima
numbers
26. m 2 2 2
550 nm 1 1
a) d 2.0 106 m
29. 560 nm
m
sin m d 4.5 106 m
d
(2)(5.50 107 m) a) m 1
sin 2 m
2.0 106 m sin m
d
sin 2 0.55
(1)(5.60 107 m)
2 33.4° sin 1
4.5 106 m
sin 1 0.12444
1 7.14°

32. 585 nm

1
m L 1.25 m
2
b) sin
d m9
x 3.0 cm
2
3 7
(5.60 10 m)

1
m L
sin 2
4.5 106 m d
x
sin 0.18667
2
19 7
10.8° (5.85 10 m)(1.25 m)
m d
c) sin m 3.0 102 m
d
(3)(5.60 107 m) d 2.3 104 m
sin 3 d 0.23 mm
4.5 106 m
33. 630 nm
sin 3 0.37333
d 3.0 105 m
3 21.9°
d sin

1 m
m
2
d) sin m For maximization, sin 1.
d
d
m
2
7 7
(5.60 10 m)
sin
3 3.0 105 m
4.5 106 m m
6.30 107 m
sin 3 0.43556
m 4.76 1011
3 25.8°
30. 610 nm 34. a) The light now travels an extra twice
4
m2 between the original and the second posi-
2 23o tions. This produces an extra shift
m
d of . The observer therefore sees a dark
sin m 2
(2)(6.10 107 m) band and the fringe pattern moves by half
d
sin 23° a band.
d 3.12 106 m
b) The light now travels an extra twice
2
d 3.12 m
between the original and the second posi-
31. d 0.15 mm
tions. This produces an extra shift of .
m2
The observer therefore sees a bright band
x2 7.7 m
and the fringe pattern moves by a full
L 1.2 m
band.
dxm
3
mL c) The light now travels an extra twice
4
(1.5 104 m)(7.7 m)
between the original and the second posi-
(2)(1.2 m) tions. This produces an extra shift
4.81 104 m 3
of . The observer therefore sees neither
481 m 2
a bright nor a dark band and the fringe
3
pattern moves by of a band.
2

d) The light now travels an extra twice Because there is a half-phase shift between air
between the original and the second posi- and gas,
tions. This produces an extra shift of 2. 1
2t g
2
The observer therefore sees a bright band m
and the fringe pattern moves by two full g
1
bands. 2(3.64 107 m) (3.64 107 m)
2
35. ∆PD 4 m
3.64 107 m
n 1.42
600 nm m 2.5

PD The interference is destructive.
t

2(n 1) 1 3
39. a) 2
(4)(6.00 107 m) 2 2 2
t destructive
2(0.42)

t 2.857 106 m 1
b) 2
t 2.86 m 4 2
36. ∆PD 12 constructive

5 1
t 3.60 microns c) 2 3
4 2
640 nm

PD constructive
n 1

7 1 15
2t d) 2
2 2 2
(12)(6.40 107 m)
n 1 destructive
2(3.60 106 m)
40. ng 1.40
n 2.07
560 nm
37. ∆PD 10
t 4.80 106 m
vm 1.54 108 m/s

t 2.80 microns g
ng
c
nm 5.60 107 m
vm g
1.40
3.0 108 m/s
nm g 4.00 107 m
1.54 108 m/s
nm 1.948 Because there is a half-phase shift between air
nm 1.95 and gas,
1
2t(n 1) 2t g
2

PD m
g
2(2.80 106 m)(0.948)
1
10 2(4.80 106 m) (4.00 107 m)
2
7
5.309 10 m m
4.00 107 m
531 nm
m 24.5
38. t 364 nm
The interference is destructive and a dark
510 nm
area will result.
ng 1.40

g
ng
5.10 107 m
g
1.40
g 3.64 107 m

41. 500 nm b) Because of the phase shift and constructive
a) nf 1.44 interference,

1
f m s
nf 2
t
2
5.00 107 m
f
2
1.44 1 7
1 (4.36 10 m)
f 3.47 107 m t
Because there is a half-phase shift, 2
7
1
2t f t 1.09 10 m
2 t 109 nm
m
f v
43. a)
f
2
1
m f
350 m/s
t
2 250 Hz
1.40 m
2
1 7
1 (3.47 10 m)
v
t b)
2 f
t 8.675 10 m 7
2.50 108 m/s

t 86.8 nm 4.81 1014 Hz
b) nf 1.23 5.20 107 m
520 nm
f
nf v
c)
5.00 107 m f
f
1.23 3.0 108 m/s
f 4.07 107 m
1.2 108 Hz
Because the shifts cancel, 2.5 m
m
t f v
44. a) f
2
(1)(4.07 107 m)
t 3.0 108 m/s
2 f
2.0 1012 m
t 2.03 107 m
f 1.5 1020 Hz
t 203 nm
14 km 1h 1000 m
42. 580 nm b) v
1h 3600 s 1 km
ns 1.33
v 3.889 m/s
s v
ns f
5.80 107 m
s
1.33 3.889 m/s
f
s 4.36 107 m 1.2 m
a) Because of the phase shift and destructive f 3.2 Hz
interference,
m
t s
2
(1)(4.36 107 m)
t
2
t 2.18 107 m
t 218 nm

46. a) m 2 Maximum:

1
580 nm m L
2
w 2.2 105 m x
w

1
m

2 1
sin 2 (8.37 107 m)(1.0 m)
w 2
x
1.2 105 m
2
1 7
2 (5.80 10 m)
x 0.174 m
sin
2.2 105 m x 174 mm
sin 0.0659 49. w 1.1 105 m
3.78° 620 nm
b) m 2 m2
550 nm a) Minimum:
w 2.2 105 m m
sin m
m w
sin m
w (2)(6.20 107 m)
sin 2
(2)(5.50 107 m) 1.1 105 m
sin 2
(2.2 105 m) sin 2 0.113
sin 2 0.05 2 6.47°
2 2.87° b) Maximum:

1
47. w 1.2 102 mm m
2
m1 sin
w
1 4°
w sin m
2 (6.20 10 m)
1 7
2
m sin
(1.2 105 m) sin 4° 1.1 105 m

1 sin 0.141
7
8.37 10 m 8.10°
837 nm 50. Width of central maximum 6.6°
48. L 1.0 m 400 nm
m2
w
837 nm sin
w 1.2 102 mm 4.00 107 m
w
Minimum: sin 3.3°
mL w 6.949 106 m
xm
w w 6.95 m
(2)(8.37 107 m)(1.0 m) 51. 585 nm
x2
1.2 105 m w 1.23 103 cm
x2 0.1395 m L 1.2 m
x2 140 mm a) m 3
mL
xm
w
(3)(5.85 107 m)(1.2 m)
x3
1.23 105 m
x3 0.171 m
x3 171 mm

w
b) m 2 d
N

1
m L 1 102 m
2 d
x 10 000
w
d 1 106 m
2
1 7
2 (5.85 10 m)(1.2 m) m
sin m
x d
1.23 105 m
(1)(5.30 107 m)
x 0.1426 m sin 1
1 106 m
x 143 mm sin 1 0.53
52. w 1.10 103 cm 1 32°
470 nm 56. 650 nm
m1 N 2000 slits

m w 1 cm
sin
2 w m 11.25°
7
(1)(4.70 10 m)
sin 5 d
w
2 1.10 10 m N
1 102 m
sin 0.0427 d
2 2000
4.90° d 5.00 106 m
53. 493 nm d sin m 1
m
w 5.65 104 m 2
6
L 3.5 m (5.00 10 m) sin 11.25° 1
m
m1 (6.50 107 m) 2
1 mL m1
a) xm
2 w 57. m 2
(1)(4.93 107 m)(3.5 m) 1
x 2 d
(5.65 104 m) 2.3 10 slits/mm
4
x 6.1 103 m d 4.35 105 mm

x 6.1 mm L 0.95 m
610 nm

m
b) sin mL
2 w xm
7 d
(1)(4.93 10 m)
sin 4 (2)(6.10 107 m)(0.95 m)
2 (5.65 10 m) x2
(4.35 108 m)

sin 8.73 10
4
x2 27 m
2
58. N 10 000 slits
0.10°
w 1.2 cm
54. 450 nm
w
55. 530 nm d
N
N 10 000 slits 1.2 102 m
w 1 cm d
10 000
m1 d 1.2 106 m

a) 600 nm c) 430 nm
d d
m m

1.2 106 m 1.0 106 m
m m
6.00 107 m 4.30 107 m
m2 m 2.3
b) 440 nm m2
d 61. 1 589 nm
m
2 589.59 nm
1.2 106 m w 2.5 cm
m
4.40 107 m N 104
m 2.7 w
d
m2 N
1 102 m 2.5 102 m
59. d d
1000 104
d 1 105 m d 2.5 106 m

d m m
m400 sin1 2 sin1 1
d d
1 105 m 7
5.8959 10 m
m400
4.00 107 m
sin1 2.5 10 m
6
m400 25 5.89 107 m

d
m700
sin1

2.5 106 m

13.641° 13.627°
1 105 m
m700 1.39 102°
7.00 107 m
62. ∆ 2 1
m700 14.3
∆ 5.8959 107 m 5.89 107 m
m700 14
∆ 5.9 1010 m
Orders needed: 1 2
25 14 11 avg
2
60. d 1.0 microns (5.89 107 m) (5.8959 107 m)
a) 610 nm avg
2
d 7
avg 5.8930 10 m
m
m2
1.0 106 m avg
m N
6.10 107 m
m
m 1.6 (5.8930 107 m)
N
m1 (5.9 1010 m)(2)
b) 575 nm N 500
d 63. N 106
m
w 2.5 cm
1.0 106 m
m 520 nm
5.75 107 m
w
m 1.7 d
N
m1 2.5 102 m
d
106
d 2.5 108 m

d
m

2.5 108 m
m
5.20 107 m
m 0.0481
m0
64. N 4000
m1
∆ (6.5648 107 m) (6.5630 107 m)
∆ 1.8 1010 m
(6.5648 107 m) (6.5630 107 m)
avg
2
avg 6.5639 107 m

avg
R

6.5639 107 m
R
1.8 1010 m
R 3647
Nm (4000)(1)
Nm 4000
R Nm, therefore it will not be resolved.
65. 0.55 nm
1m
d 6
2.5 10
d 4.0 107 m
m1
m
sin
d
(1)(5.5 1010 m)
sin
4.0 107 m
sin 1.375 103
7.9 102°
Diffraction is not apparent.
66. d 0.40 nm
0.20 nm
m3
m
sin
2d
(3)(2.0 1010 m)
sin
2(4.0 1010 m)
sin 0.75
49°

Chapter 12 23. E 4.5 eV, W0(gold) 5.37 eV
19. max 597 nm 5.97 10 m 7 E W0. The gold will absorb all of the
The temperature can be found using Wien’s law: energy of the incident photons, hence there
2.898 103 will be no photoelectric effect observed (see
max
T Figure 12.13).
2.898 103 24. 440 nm 4.4 107 m,
T
max W0(nickel) 5.15 eV
2.898 103 First, we shall calculate the energy of the inci-
T
5.97 107 m dent photons. Using Planck’s equation:
T 4854.27 K E
hc
T 4854.27 273°C
T 4581.27°C (6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
E
20. T 2.7 K 4.4 107 m
max can be found using Wien’s law: E 4.52 1019 J
2.898 103 4.52 1019 J
max E
T 1.6 1019 C
2.898 103 E 2.82 eV
max
2.7 K Since E W0, the photoelectric effect will
max 1.07 103 m not be exhibited (see Figure 12.13).
21. T 125 K 25. P 30 W, 540 nm 5.4 107 m
max can be found using Wien’s law: We are to find the number of photons radiated
2.898 103 by the headlight per second. Let us symbolize
max
T this quantity by N.
2.898 103 Using Planck’s equation, we can express the
max
125 K energy for a single photon:
max 2.32 105 m hc
E
The peak wavelength of Jupiter’s cloud is
2.32 105 m. It belongs to the infrared The number of photons radiated by the head-
part of the electromagnetic spectrum. light can be found as follows:
22. P 2 W, 632.4 nm 6.324 107 m P
N
We are to find the number of photons leaving E
the laser tube per second. Let us symbolize P
N
this quantity by N. hc
Using Planck’s equation, we can express the (30 W)(5.4 107 m)
N
energy for a single photon: (6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
hc N 8.15 1019 photons/s
E
26. W0 3 eV 4.8 1019 J,
The number of photons leaving the tube can 219 nm 2.19 107 m
be found as follows: a) The energy of photons with cut-off fre-
P quency is equal to the work function of the
N
E metal. Hence,
P E W0 4.8 1019 J
N
hc
(2 W)(6.324 107 m)
N
(6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
N 6.36 1018 photons/s

The frequency can be found using Planck’s 29. a) For a material with a work function
equation: greater than zero, the typical photoelectric
E hf effect graph has a positive x intercept. If
E the graph passes through the origin, the
f
h work function of the material is zero,
4.8 1019 J which means that the photoelectric effect
f
6.626 1034 J·s would be observed with incident photons
f 7.24 1014 Hz having any wavelength.
b) The maximum energy of the ejected pho- b) If the graph has a positive y intercept, we
tons can be found using the equation: would observe the photoelectric effect
Ekmax E W0 without the presence of incident photons.
hc 30. 400 pm 4.0 1010 m
Ekmax W0
a) The frequency of the photon can be found
Ekmax (6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
using the wave equation:
2.19 107 m c
4.8 1019 J f

Ekmax 4.28 1019 J 3.0 108 m/s
f
27. a) To avoid unwanted electrical currents and 4.0 1010 m
change in bonding structure of the material f 7.5 1017 Hz
of the satellite, the number of electrons b) The momentum of the photon can be com-
ejected from the material should be mini- puted using de Broglie’s equation:
mal. The greater the work function of the h
metal, the more photon energy it will p

absorb and the fewer electrons will be 6.626 1034 J·s
p
ejected. Hence, the material selected should 4.0 1010 m
have a relatively high work function. p 1.66 1024 N·s
b) The longest wavelength of the photons that c) The mass equivalence can be found using
could affect this satellite would have an de Broglie’s equation:
energy equal to the work function of the p mv
material, i.e., p
m
E W0 c
hc 1.66 1024 N·s
Using Planck’s equation E , m
3.0 108 m/s
hc
max (if W0 is in Joules) m 5.53 1033 kg
W0
31. mproton 1.673 1027 kg
hc
max (if W0 is in eV) First, we have to express the rest energy of the
W0e
proton. It can be found using:
28. W0(platinum) 5.65 eV 9.04 1019 J
Eproton mc 2
From problem 27, we know that:
The energy of the photon, which is equal to
hc
max the rest energy of the proton, can be expressed
W0
using Planck’s equation:
(6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
max hc
9.04 1019 J E

max 2.2 107 m
The maximum wavelength of the photon that
could generate the photoelectric effect on the
platinum surface is 2.2 107 m.

Then, To find the Compton shift,
Eproton E
f i
hc
1 109 m 9.9552 1010 m
mc 2

4.48 1012 m
mc
h The Compton shift is 4.48 1012 m.
34. 180°, vf 7.12 105 m/s
Using de Broglie’s equation: From the conservation of energy,
h Ei Ef Ek
p
hc hc 1
mvf2 (eq. 1)
Hence, i f 2
p mc From the conservation of momentum,
p (1.673 1027 kg)(3.0 108 m/s) pi pf pe
p 5.02 1019 N·s h h
mvf (eq. 2)
32. 10 m 1 105 m i f
Using de Broglie’s equation: (The negative sign signifies a scatter angle
h equal to 180°.)
p
Multiplying equation 2 by c and adding the
6.626 1034 J·s result to equation 1,
p
1 105 m 2hc 1
mvf2 cmvf
p 6.63 1029 N·s i 2
33. f 1 nm 1 109 m 2hc
Consider the following diagram: i

1 2
m vf cvf
2
y
2(6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
i

(9.11 1031 kg) 1(7.12 105 m/s)2 (3.0 108 m/s)(7.12 105 m/s)
2
e
xf i 2.04 109 m
θ
x
35. i 18 pm 1.8 1011 m, energy loss is 67%
43° C
The initial energy of the photon can be com-
xi
puted using Planck’s equation:
hc
Ei
i
From the conservation of energy, (6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
Ei
Ei Ef Ek 1.8 1011 m
hc hc
mvf2
1
(eq. 1) Ei 1.1 1014 J
i f 2 Since 67% of the energy is lost, the final
From the conservation of momentum, energy of the photon is:
pi pf pe Ef 0.33Ei
In the direction of the x axis: Ef 0.33(1.1 1014 J)
h h
cos 43° mvf cos (eq. 2) Ef 3.64 1015 J
i f The final wavelength can be calculated using
In the direction of the y axis: Planck’s equation:
h hc
sin 43° mvf sin (eq. 3) f
i Ef
Using math software to solve the system of (6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
f
equations that consists of equations 1, 2, and 3.64 1015 J
3, the value for i 9.9552 1010 m. f 5.45 1011 m

The Compton shift as a percentage is:
5.45 1011 m
f 100%
v
2E

m
k
i 1.8 1011 m
2(8 1018 J)

f 302%
v

9.11 1031 kg
i
v 4.19 106 m/s
The wavelength of a photon increases by 302%.
Now can be found using de Broglie’s
36. m 45 g 0.045 kg, v 50 m/s
equation:
Using de Broglie’s equation: h
h
mv
mv 6.626 1034 J·s

6.626 1034 J·s (9.11 1031 kg)(4.19 106 m/s)

(0.045 kg)(50 m/s) 1.73 1010 m
2.9 1034 m b) The Bohr radius is 5.29 1011 m. The
The wavelength associated with this ball is wavelength associated with an electron is
2.9 1034 m. longer than a hydrogen atom.
37. mn 1.68 1027 kg, 40. The photon transfers from n 5 to n 2.
0.117 nm 1.17 1010 m The energy at level n is given by:
Using de Broglie’s equation: 13.6 eV
En
h n2

mv The energy released when the photon
h transfers from n 5 to n 2 is:
v
m
E E5 E2
6.626 1034 J·s 13.6 eV 13.6 eV
v
E
(1.68 1027 kg)(1.17 1010 m) 52
22
v 3371 m/s
E 2.86 eV
The velocity of the neutron is 3371 m/s.
E 4.58 1019 J
38. mp 1.67 1027 kg, 2.9 1034 m To compute the wavelength:
Using de Broglie’s equation: hc

h E

mv (6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)

v
h 4.58 1019 J
m 4.34 107 m
6.626 1034 J·s
v The wavelength released when the photon
(1.67 1027 kg)(2.9 1034 m)
transfers from n 5 to n 2 is 4.34 107 m.
v 1.37 1027 m/s It is in the visual spectrum and it would
The speed of the proton would have to be appear as violet.
1.37 1027 m/s. Since v is much greater than 41. a) The electron transfers from n 1 to n 4.
c, this speed is impossible. The energy of the electron is given by:
39. Ek 50 eV 8 1018 J, 13.6 eV
me 9.11 1031 kg En
n2
a) We shall first compute the velocity using The energy needed to transfer the electron
the kinetic energy value: from n 1 to n 4 is:
1
E E4 E1
Ek mv2
2 13.6 eV 13.6 eV

E
42 12

E 12.75 eV
b) The electron transfers from n 2 to n 4. 45. Consider an electron transferring from
Similarly, the energy needed to transfer the n 4 to n 1. As computed in problem 41,
electron from n 2 to n 4 is: the energy released is equal to

E E4 E2 12.75 eV 2.04 1018 J. The frequency
13.6 eV 13.6 eV is then equal to:

E
42 22 E
f

E 2.55 eV h
42. We need to find the difference in the radius 2.04 1018 J
f
between the second and third energy levels. 6.626 1034 J·s
The radius at a level n is given by f 3.08 1015 Hz
rn (5.29 1011 m)n2 The frequency of the photon is 3.08 1015 Hz,
The difference in radii is: or one-half the number of cycles per second
∆r r3 r2 completed by the electron in problem 44.
∆r (5.29 1011 m)(3)2 46. Bohr predicted a certain value for energy at a
(5.29 1011 m)(2)2 given energy level. From the quantization of
∆r 2.64 1010 m energy, there can be only specific values for
43. n 1 velocity, v, and radius, r. Thus, the path of the
The radius of the first energy level can be orbiting electron can attain a specific path
found using: (orbit) around the nucleus, which is an orbital.
rn (5.29 1011 m)n2 48. v 1000 m/s, m 9.11 1031 kg
rn (5.29 1011 m)(1)2 ∆py ∆y ≥ –h
rn 5.29 1011 m ∆p m∆v
The centripetal force is equal to the electro- –h

y
static force of attraction: m
v
ke2 1.0546 1034 J·s
F
y
r2 (9.11 1031 kg)(1000 m/s)
(8.99 109 N·m2/C2)(1.6 1019 C)2
y 1.16 107 m
F
(5.29 1011 m)2 Hence, the position is uncertain to
F 8.22 108 N 1.16 107 m.
The centripetal force acting on the electron to 49. ∆y 1 104 m
keep it in the first energy level is 8.22 108 N. The molecular mass of oxygen is 32 mol.
44. F 8.22 108 N, r 5.29 1011 m The mass of one oxygen molecule is
F m4 2rf 2 32 mol
5.32 1026 kg
6.02 1023 mol/g

1 F
f
2 mr From ∆py∆y ≥ –h and ∆p m∆v, the maximum
speed is:
8.22 108 N

1
f –h
2 (9.11 1031 kg)(5.29 1011 m) v
m
v
f 6.56 1015 Hz 1.0546 1034 J·s
The electron is orbiting the nucleus v
(5.32 1026 kg)(1 104 m)
6.56 1015 times per second.
v 1.98 105 m/s

Chapter 13

200

3 cm
28. a) 3 cm/a
1m 1a tS v2 w2
d)

1a 100 cm 365.25 d tB 100 100

1d v w vw

86400 s

200
9.5 1010 m/s
tS (v w)
(v
w)
9.5 1010 m/s
3.16 1018

tB 200v
3.0 108 m/s
(v w)(v w)
0.1 mm 1m
b) 0.1 mm/s t (v w)(v w)
1s 1000 mm S
4
1.0 10 m/s tB v (v w
)(v w)
1.0 104 m/s t (v w
)(v w)
3.3 1013 S
3.0 108 m/s tB v
10.8 m/s t v
2
w2
c) 3.6 108 S
3.0 108 m/s tB v
d) Mach 6.54 6.54 332 m/s v2 w2

t
S
Mach 6.54 2171.28 m/s tB v 2
2171.28 m/s

2
7.24 107 t w
3.0 108 m/s
S
1 2
tB v
2.2 106 m/s 30. In our rest frame, we observe the contracted
e) 7.33 103
3 108 m/s length:
29. a) Snoopy must fly 50 km/h [N then E].
Let y resultant ground speed

L L0 1 v2
c2
y (130 k m/h)2 (50 km/h )2 L (1.0 m)1 (0
.080)2
y 120 km/h L 0.6 m
b) The Baron going west has a ground speed 1
of: 31. L L0
3

bvg bvw wvg

bvg 130 km/h 50 km/h

v2
L L0 1
c2
bvg 180 km/h [W]

1 v2
While going east, 1
3 c2
bvg 130 km/h 50 km/h
1 v2
bvg 80 km/h [E] 1 2
9 c
c) The time for Snoopy:
v2 8
200 km 3600 s 2
6000 s c 9
120 km/h 1h
9
8
Time for the Baron: vc

100 km 100 km 3600 s
v 0.943c
180 km/h 80 km/h 1h
v 2.83 108 m/s
6500 s
Therefore, Snoopy wins the race by 500 s
or 0.139 h.

32. Length is contracted for the moving stop- Using the low-speed approximation when
watch. The time it measures is: v c:
L v2
t
v
1 2
v2 1
c 2c2
v2

2
2c
L0 1 2 v
L 1 1
0
c 2
t
t
v 35 m/s
(180 m)1 (0
.7)2
t
0.7(3 10 m/s)
8 35 000 m

t
(35 m/s)2

2(3.0 108 m/s)2
t 6.12 107 s 35 m/s
33. We observe the dilated half-life of the muon:
t 6.81 10 s 12
t0
t 36. Given the muon’s dilated half-life:
v2
1 2
c
t 2.8 106 s
and its rest half-life:
2.6 108 s
t 2 t0 2.2 106 s
1 (0 .998)
t0
t 4.11 107 s t
v2
The distance travelled is:
d vt
1 2
c

2.2 v2
d (0.998c)(4.11 107 s) 1
2.8 c2
d 123 m 2

2.2 2 v
34. Katrina measures a contracted distance: 1 2
2.8 c

L L0 1 v2

2.8
c1

2
2.2
c2 v
L (7.83 1010 m)1 (0 .25)2
1.856 108 m/s v
L 7.58 10 m 10
d circumference
35. The time the girlfriend measures is:
L0 d 2r
tf d vt
35 m/s
vt
The time Henry measures is: r
2
d
th (1.856 108 m/s)(2.8 106 s)
v r
2
v2
th

L0 1 2
c
r 82.7 m
37. Only the component of L0 in the direction of
35 m/s
travel is contracted:
Their time difference is:
v2 Lx L0 cos 30°

t
L0

L0 1 2
c The contracted length seen by Tanya in the
35 m/s 35 m/s direction of travel (x) is:
Lx Lx 1
v2
c2

Lx L0 cos 30° 1 v2
c2
The perpendicular length, Ly, is L0 sin 30° for
both Katrina and Tanya.

Ly 39. 1 ca vt
tan 45°
Lx 1 ca (3.0 108 m/s)
Ly (365.25 24 60 60 s)
1
Lx 1 ca 9.47 1015 m
Ly L0 sin 30° 40. Using spacetime invariance:

Lx v2

L0 cos 30° 1 2
c
(∆s2) c2(∆tJ)2 (∆xJ)2
and:
Therefore: (∆s2) c2(∆tT)2 (∆xT)2
L0 sin 30°
1 For Ted, the distance between events is:
v2

L0 cos 30° 1 2
c
c 2(1.0 106 s)2 (600 m)2 0 (
xT)2
9 104 m2 3.6 105 m2 (
xT)2
v2
1 2 tan 30°
c
(
xT)2 2.7 105 m2

xT 5.20 102 m
1
v2
1 2
c 3
41. Ted’s length, L, has contracted relative to
Jane’s length, L0:
v2

1 v2
1 2 L L0 1
c 3 c2
2
v 2
2
c 3 520 m (600 m) 1 v2
c2
v 0.816c
169 v2
v 2.45 108 m/s 1 2
225 c
38. The time to travel a circumference is: v 2
56
2r 2
t c 225
v
v 0.499c
2(6.38 106 m)
t0 v 1.50 108 m/s
300 m/s
42. The dilated time of the stationary observer is:
t0 1.336 105 s
t0
For the clocks on Earth, use the low-speed t
v2
approximation for v c: 1 2
c
t0
t

4.0 s v2
v2 1
1 2
c
5.0 s
2
c2
16 v
v2 1 2

t
t0 1 2
2c
25 c
3
The difference in the flying clocks compared v c
5
to the ones on Earth is:
The distance travelled in the 5.0 s is:

t t t0
d vt
v2

t t0 1 2 t0
c
3
d (3.0 108 m/s)(5.0 s)
5
v2

2r

t 1 2 1 d 9.0 108 m
v 2c
43. See problem 42:
(300 m/s)2

t (1.336 105 s)
2(3.0 108 m/s)2 3
v c
5

t 6.68 108 s v 1.8 108 m/s

44. Trevor’s time is: 46. The centripetal force is provided by the elec-
d trical coulomb force:
t0
v mv2 kQq

v2 r r2
t0

2L0 1 2
c
r 2
ke2
v mv
v2

His sister’s time is:
ke2 1 2
2L c
t 0 r 2
v m0v
The time difference is: (9.0 109 N·m2C2)(1.602 1019 C)2
1 (0
.6)2
r 31
(9.11 10 kg)[0.6(3.0 10 m/s)]

t 1 a
8 2
v2 r 6.26 1015 m
2L

t 0

2L0 1 2
c 47. The difference between the dilated and rest
v v masses is:
∆m m m0

1
2L v 2

t 0 1
v c 2 Use the low-speed binomial approximation

tv when v c:
L0 1 v2
v2

2 1 1 2
c

v
1 2
c
2 1
2c2
(1 a)(0.95c)
L0 v2
2(1 1
L0 0.691 ca
(0 .95c)2)

m m0 1 2 m0
2c
2

m m 1 1
45. q 1.6 1019 C v
0 2
v 0.8c 2c
2

m
B 1.5 T m v 0
2
m0 2 c
m
(60 kg) (3.0 10 m/s) 4 2
v2
m
1 2
c 2 (3.0 10 m/s) 8 2
mv
r
m 3.0 107 kg
qB 48. Use the high-speed approximation:
v2

m0v v
r 1 2
2 1
v2

c c
qB 1 2
c m0
[9.11 1031 kg][0.8(3.0 108 m/s)] m
v2
r
(1.602 1019 C)(1.5 T)1 (0
.8)2 1 2
c
r 1.52 103 m m0
m

v
2 1
c
9.11 1031 kg
m
2(1
0.999 999 9
99 67)
31
9.11 10 kg
m
2(3.3 )
1010
26
m 3.55 10 kg

49. For a charge moving perpendicular to a mag- 51. Using the relativistic equation of velocity addi-
netic field, the centripetal force equals the tion, the velocity of the light relative to the
magnetic force: duck is:
mv2 lvc cvd
Bqv lvd
r lvccvd
1
Due to mass dilation, the magnetic field is: c2
m0v c 0.2c
B lvd
v2 (c)(0.2c)

qr 1 2
c
1
c2
(9.1 1031 kg)(3.0 108 m/s)(0.999 999 986) 1.2c
B lvd
(1.602 1019 C)(450 m) 1 (0
.999 9 99 986
)2 1.2
B 2.26 102 T lvd c
mass 52. Using the relativistic equation of velocity addi-

50. density
volume tion, the velocity of star A relative to star B is:
m avE Evb
density avb
xyz avEEvb
1
where x, y, and z are the rectangular dimen- c2
sions. Contraction occurs only in the direction 0.2c 0.3c
avb
of motion, so density is: 1 (0.2)(0.3)
avb 0.472c

m0

v2 avb 1.42 10 m/s
8
1 2
c 53. The speed of rocket A relative to Earth is:

v2 avb bvE

x0 1 2 yz
c
avE
1 avbbvE

0 c2
v2
1 2 0.8c 0.7c
avE
c 1 (0.8)(0.7)
avE 0.962c
When the density of an object is dilated twice
as much as its density at rest, 20 : avE 2.88 10 m/s
8
0 54. The speed of the positron relative to the elec-

20
v2 tron is:
1 2
c pvg gve
v2 1 pve pvggve
1 2 1
c 2 c2
v2 1 0.95c 0.85c
2 v
c 2 p e
1 (0.95)(0.85)
v 0.7071c pve 0.996c
v 2.1 108 m/s pve 2.988 10 m/s
8
55. Bob’s velocity relative to Earth, bvE 0.3c;

Nicole’s velocity relative to Earth,
nvE 0.9c pvE, the phaser bullet’s velocity
relative to Earth.

The velocity of the phaser bullet relative to At a typical consumer rate of $0.08/kWh,
Bob, pvb, is: 1.0 kg of bananas is equivalent to:
pvE Evb (2.5 1010 kWh)($0.08) $2 109 or
pvb pvEEvb
1 $2 billion
c2
Conversely, the rate of relativistic “banana”
0.9c 0.3c
v
p b
power is:
1 (0.9)(0.3) $1.29
$0.000 000 000 052/kWh
pvb 0.822c 2.5 1010 kWh
pvb 2.47 10 m/s
8
60. E mc2
56. Kirk’s velocity relative to Earth: kvE X E (m0c2 Ek)
the module’s velocity relative to Kirk: mvk X The work done in increasing an electron’s
the module’s velocity relative to Earth: speed is:
mvE 0.8c
Ek Ek Ek
mvk kvE
Ek (mc2 m0c2) (mc2 m0c2)
mvE
mvkkvE
1
Ek (mc2) mc2
c2

1 1
X X
Ek m0c2
0.8c v 2
v2
X2 1 2 1 2
1 c c
c2
2 For v 0.5c to v 0.9c:
0.8X
0.8c 2X

1 1
c
Ek m0c 2 2 2
1 (0 .9) 1 (0 .5)
0.8X 2cX 0.8c2 0
2

Ek 1.139m0c 2
2X2 5cX 2c2 0
For v 0.9c to v 0.95c:
(2X c)(X 2c) 0

1 1
The speed of the Enterprise is:
Ek m0c 2 2 2
c 1 (0 .95) 1 (0 .9)
1.5 108 m/s
Ek 0.908m0c 2
2
57. The mass, m, equivalent to the chemical It takes more work to increase from 0.5c to
energy released is: 0.9c.
E mc2 61. To find the equivalent mass of the particle:
3.2 104 J E mc2
m 8.19 1014 J
c2 m
m 3.56 1013 kg (3.0 108 m/s)2
58. The mass, m, equivalent to the chemical m 9.1 1031 kg
energy released is: m the mass of an electron
E mc2 62. To find the difference between the dilated
9.2 1010 J relativistic and the classical momentum,
m
p p p0
c2
m 1.02 106 kg
p mv m0v

1
59.To find the energy equivalent of 1.0 kg of
p m0v 1
v2
bananas: 1 2
c
E mc2
E (1.0 kg)(3.0 108 m/s)2
E 9.0 1016 J
9.0 1016 J
E
3.6 106 J/kWh
E 2.5 1010 kWh

Since v 75 103 m/s, or v c, use the 65. Accelerating the electron of mass,
low-speed binomial approximation: m0 9.1 1031 kg, and charge,
1 v2 q 1.6 1019 C, from rest, through a

1
v2 2c2

potential of V results in a new total energy:
1 2
c E m0c2 Vq
v2 E mpc2

p m0v 1 2 1
2c mpc2 m0c2 Vq
m0v3 mpc2 m0c2

p V
2c2 q
(125 kg)(75 000 m/s)3 (3.0 108 m/s)2[(1.67 1027 kg) (9.1 1031 kg)]

p V
2(3.0 108 m/s)2 1.60 1019 C

p 0.29 kg·m/s V 9.38 108 V
63. Since v c, use the low-speed approxima- V 938 MV
tion: 66. Using the energy triangle,
1 v2 E2 (mvc)2 (m0c2)2

1
v2 2c2
1 2
c
E2 (m0c2 Ek)2
For particle A:
The work done, ∆Ek, in speeding Mercury (21 J 8 J)2 (21 J)2 (mvc)2
from rest is given by: (mvc)2 841 J2 441 J2

Ek mc2 m0c2 (mvc)2 400 J2

1 mvc 20 J

Ek m0c2 1
v2
1 2 To find the velocity of A,
c
v mvc
2 (where E mc2 m0c2 + Ek)

v mc2

Ek m0c2 1 2 1 c
2c
v 20 J
m0v2

Ek c 29 J
2 v 0.69c
(3.28 1023 kg)(4.78 104 m/s)2

Ek For particle B:
2 (22 J 7 J)2 (22 J)2 (mvc)2

Ek 3.75 10 J 32
(mvc)2 841 J2 484 J2
The mass equivalent, ∆m, to this amount of (mvc)2 357 J2
energy is: mvc 18.9 J

Ek

m To find the velocity of B,
c2
v mvc
3.75 1032 J

m c mc2
(3.0 108 m/s)2
v 18.9 J

m 4.16 1015 kg
c 29 J
E v 0.65c
64. m 2
c
Particle A has the greater speed.
qV
m 67. E2 (mvc)2 (m0c2)2
c2
E2 (mvc)2 (938.3 MeV)2
(1.602 1019 C)(1.35 108 V)
m E2 (0.996mc2)2 (938.3 MeV)2
(3.0 108 m/s)2
E2(1 0.9962) 8.804 105 MeV2
m 2.4 1028 kg
E 1.05 104 MeV

68. E mc2 m0c2 Ek
mc2 (0.511 MeV) (3.1 103 MeV)
mc2 3100.511 MeV
From the energy triangle:
m0c
cos
E
0.511 MeV
cos
3100.5 MeV
89.990557°
mvc
sin
mc2
v
sin
c
v c sin
v (3.0 108 m/s) sin 89.990557°
v 2.999 999 96 108 m/s
69. Using the energy triangle:
mvc
sin
mc2
mvc v

mc2 c
mvc
2 tan
m0c
For particle A:
mvc (4 108 N·s)(3 108 m/s)
2
m0c 20 J
mvc
2 0.60
m0c
tan 0.60
30.96°
v
sin (30.96°)
c
v 0.514c
For particle B:
mvc (5 108 N·s)(3 108 m/s)
2

mc 30 J
mvc
0.50
mc2
v 0.50c
Particle A is faster.

Chapter 14 52. Assuming the uranium nucleus is fixed at rest
43. a) Cl and the kinetic energy of the alpha particle
b) Rn becomes electrical potential,
c) Be kq1q2
Ek
d) U r
kq1q2
e) Md r
Ek
44. For AZ X, Z is the number of protons and A Z
(8.99 109 J·m/C2)(1.6 1019 C)2(2)(92)
is the number of neutrons: r
(5.3 106 eV)(1.6 1019 J/eV)
a) 17 protons, 18 neutrons
b) 86 protons, 136 neutrons r 5.0 1014 m
90Th → 91Pa 1e
231 231 0
c) 4 protons, 5 neutrons 53. v
92U → 90Th 2He
235 231 4
d) 92 protons, 146 neutrons
e) 101 protons, 155 neutrons 54. The mass difference is:
45. Since 1 u 931.5 MeV/c 2, then ∆m mn (mp me)
18.998 u 931.5 MeV/c 2/u 17 697 MeV/c 2. ∆m [939.57 938.27 0.511] MeV/c 2
106 MeV/c2 ∆m 0.789 MeV/c2
46. Conversely, 0.114 u. 55. From problem 54, the energy equivalent of
931.5 MeV/c2/u
47. To find the weighted average of the two iso- 0.789 MeV/c2 is 0.789 MeV.
2
topes: Thus (0.789 MeV) 0.526 MeV.
3
0.69(62.9296 u) 0.31(64.9278 u) 63.55 u
56. Since the total momentum before decay is
This is closest to the mean atomic mass of Cu.
equal to the total momentum after decay, and
48. B [Zm(1H) Nmn m(146 C )]c 2
p 0 p, the three momentum vectors must
B [6(938.78) 8(939.57)
form a right-angle triangle. From Pythagoras’
(14.003 242 u)(931.5)] MeV
theorem:
B 105.22 MeV
pC2 pe2 p2
B 105.22 MeV
7.5 MeV/nucleon pC (2.64
1021)2
(4.76
10
21 2
)
A 14 nucleons
pC 5.44 1021 N·s
N
49. Since 146C → 147N 10 e v , the ratio p2
Z 57. Using Ek , the recoiling carbon nucleus
2m
8 7 4
changes from to or from to the will have
6 7 3
(5.44 1021 N·s)2
more stable .
1 Ek
1 2(12.011 u)(1.6605 1027 kg/u)
50. The binding energy is: Ek 7.42 1016 J
B [m(3He) mn m(4He)]c 2 58. For a fixed gold nucleus at rest, the kinetic
B [3.0160 u 1.008 665 u 4.002 60 u]c 2 energy of the 449-MeV alpha particle is
931.5 MeV/c 2/u converted to electrical potential. Thus, for
B 20.55 MeV the radius,
92U → 90Th 2He Ek,
51. Since 232 228 4 kq1q2
Ek
Ek [mU mTh m]c 2 r
Ek [232.037 131 u 228.028 716 u kq1q2
r
4.002 603 u]c2 931.5 MeV/c2/u Ek
Ek 5.41 MeV (8.99 109 J·m/C2)(1.6 1019 C)2(2)(79)
r
(449 106 eV)(1.6 1019 J/eV)
r 5.07 1016 m

59. % of Original Dose still 62. If the amount of radioactive material is 23%
100 Radioactive vs. Time of the original amount after 30 d, then,
1 t
80 N N0 T
2 1

2
% radioactive
30 d

1
60 0.23N0 N0 T 1

2
2

40 30 d 1
log (0.23) log
T 1

2 2
20

1
(30 d) log
2
0 4 8 12 16 20 T
1

2
log (0.23)
t (h)
When t 8 h, 39.7% of the original dose is T 14 d
1

2
still radioactive. 5.12

63. The molar amount of 235U is 0.0218
60. For carbon-14, T 5730 a. Comparing the
1

235
2
3.4 2
relative amount, NR, of a 2000-a relic with the and of Pb is 0.0165. The
207
207
amount, NS, in a shroud suspected of being
original molar amount of 235U was
2002 a 1350 a
650 a, yields:
t 0.0218 0.0165 0.0383. Using the

1 R
T 1

2 decay formula where T 7.1 108 a, 1

NR 2 2
t

t

NS 1 R
1
T 1

2 N N0 T 1

2 2
2
1 t

2000 a 650 a
N 1 R
5730 a
0.0218 0.0383 T 1

2
2
N 2 S

NR 0.0218 t 1
0.85 log log
NS 0.0383 7.1 10 a
8
2
61. The half-life of Po-210 is:

0.0218
log (7.1 108 a)
T 138 d 198 720 min
1
0.0383
2
The half-life of Po-218 is T 3.1 min t

1
1
log

2
After 7.0 min, there will be: 2

1 t

1
7.0 min
t 5.78 10 a
8
210
Po: N N0 T 1

198 720 min
2 2
2
1 64. Using the activity decay formula where

log N (3.5 105)log T 5730 a for 14C decay,
1
2
2
N 100% 1 t
218 1 t
Po: N N0 T
1
1

7.0 min

3.1 min
N N0 T
2 1

2
2 2
2

1
t
1 750 900 5730 a
log N (2.26)log 2
2

750 t 1
N 20.9% log log
900 5730 a 2
There will be a total of:

5
1(1 g) 0.209(1 g) 1.21 g log (5730 a)
6
Therefore, 1.21 106 g of radioactive Po t

1
remains. log
2
t 1507 a

65. For an isotope to be doubly stable, its values 71. The separation distance of an alpha particle
for both Z and N A Z must be “magic” (A 4) and a nitrogen nucleus (AN 14)
nuclear shell numbers, where the numbers is given by:
are 2, 8, 20, 28, 50, 82, and 126. The other r s r r N
3 3
doubly stable isotopes are 42He, 168O, 40 48
20Ca, 20Ca, rs 1.2A 1.2 AN
3 3
78 132
28Ni, and 50 Sn. rs 1.2 4 1.2 14
55Cs → 56Ba 1 e v
66. 137 Ek. To determine the rs 4.8 fm
137 0
maximum Ek available per disintegration, find 72. Considering the nitrogen nuclei to be fixed
the mass difference of the parent nucleon and at rest, the Ek of the incoming alpha particle
the daughter plus the electron. is converted to electrical potential, or
Ek [136.9071 u (136.9058 u kq1q2
Ek , where q1 2e and q2 7e
0.000 549 u)]c 2 931.5 MeV/c 2/u r
Ek 0.6996 MeV Ek (9.0 109 J·m/C2)(1.6 1019 C)2(2)(7)

(4.8 1015 m)(1.6 1013 J/MeV)
activity time energy percentage absorbed
67. Dose
mass Ek 4.2 MeV
73. The half-life of hassium-269 is T 9.3 s. 1
Dose
19
(3700 Bq)(365 24 60 60 s)(1.0 10 eV)(1.6 10 J/eV)(5%)
6
2
70 kg
The original amount of hassium is
Dose 0.013 mGy mass of hassium Avogadro’s number
N
68. The pilots fly for 52 weeks 20 h/week mass per mole
1040 h per year. Thus, their exposure is: Using the activity equation:
(7.0 106 Sv/h)(1040 h/a) 0.693N
Activity
7.28 103 Sv/a. T 1

2
Compared with the average of 2 mSv/a, this

7.28
value is about 3.64 times greater.
0.693
(1.0 103 g)(6.022 1023 mol1)

269 g/mol
2 Activity
9.3 s
69. Since 92U → 82Pb, 238 206 32 nucleons
238 206
Activity 1.67 1017 Bq
are lost through alpha decay in groups of 4
Using the decay formula for a time of 1 s:
nucleons per decay.
1 t
32
Thus, there are 8 alpha particles
4

N N0 T
2
1

2

1 1s

emitted. The number of beta decays is equal to N 9.3 s
the number of neutrons changed into protons. 2

N protons in Pb N 92.82%
protons left after alpha decay If 92.82% remains after 1 s, then
N 82 (92 8 2) 100% 92.82% 7.18% has decayed.
N 6 beta particles emitted This activity equals:
70. Four beta decays means that four neutrons
were changed into protons, or 208 82Pb 824 X.
208
Activity (7.18%)
(1.0 103 g)(6.022 1023 mol1)

269 g/mol
Activity 1.61 10 Bq 17
Six alpha decays means that 208 78X came from
74. The energy released is equivalent to the
78 62Y 90Y. From the periodic table, this
208 64 232
energy of the mass difference:

element is thorium-232 or 232Th.
E [m(1H) m(2H) m(3He)]c 2
E [1.007 825 u 2.014 102 u
3.016 029 u]c 2 931.5 MeV/c 2/u
E 5.49 MeV

75. One mole of 235U releases 23 500 GJ of energy. 1.008 665 u 1.007 276 u
mo 2(fuel used)
v1

1.008 665 u 1.007 276 u
mo 2(moles of U used)(mass/mol) (2.5876 107 m/s)
power time

mo 2 (0.235 kg/mol)
energymol
v1 1.782 104 m/s
92U 0n → 56Ba Z Y 30n,
80. For the reaction 235 1 141 A 1
(0.7 GW)(2)(3.1536 10 s) 7
m 2
o
conservation of atomic mass number for the
23 500 GJ/mol reaction yields 235 1 141 A 3(1), or
(0.235 kg/mol) A 92. Conservation of atomic number
mo 883 kg yields 92 0 56 Z 3(0), or Z 36.
electrical energy produced The daughter isotope, from the periodic table,
76. %E
fission energy released is 92
36Kr.
(electrical power) time 81. Working in MeVs, assume the rest mass of
%E

mass of U
(energy/mol) lead-207 is:
molar mass
m0 (207 u)(931.5 MeV/c 2/u)
(0.7 GW)(86400 s)
%E m0 1.928 105 MeV/c 2

2.5 kg
(23 500 GJ/mol) Its total energy is:
0.235 kg/mol
%E 0.242 E m0c2 Ek
About 24.2% of the fission energy is trans- E 1.928 105 MeV 7.000 106 MeV
formed into electrical energy. E 7.1928 TeV
77. Since a mole of 235U releases 23 500 GJ of At relativistic speeds, use Einstein’s energy
energy, the 50 kg releases triangle:
(50 kg)(23 500 GJ/mol) (mvc)2 E2 (m0c2)2
5 106 GJ (mvc)2 (7.1928 1012 eV)2
0.235 kg/mol
5 1015 J (1.928 1011 eV)2
78. Since the electron keeps only 10% of its mvc 7.1902 1012 eV
kinetic energy with each collision, the energy Rearranging for v,
remaining after x collisions is given by: v 7.1902 1012 eV

Ex Eo(0.1)x c mc2
0.05 eV (5.0 106 eV)(0.1)x v 7.1902 1012 eV

c 7.1928 1012 eV

0.05 eV
log x log (0.1) v 0.999639c
5.0 106 eV
log (108) v 2.9989 108 m/s
x 82. The de Broglie wavelength is:
log (101)
h
x 8 collisions
mv
79. The incoming speed of a neutron with
hc
3.5 MeV of kinetic energy is:
mvc

2E
v k (6.626 1034 J·s)(3.0 108 m/s)
m
(7.19 1012 eV)(1.6 1019 J/eV)
2(3.5 106 eV)(1.602 1019 J/eV)

v
(1.008 665 u)(1.6605 1027 kg/u)
1.73 1019 m
v 2.5876 107 m/s

For head-on elastic collisions,
mn mx
v

mn mx
v, where v is the recoil
velocity of the neutron.

83. At relativistic speeds, the mass becomes qB
The cyclotron frequency, f , yields:
dilated: 2m
m0 2mf
m B
v2

q
1 2
c 2(2.3856 1027 kg)(20 106 Hz)
B
1.673 53 1027 kg 1.6 1019 C
m
1 0.
752 B 1.87 T
m 2.53 1027 kg 2 1 1
The de Broglie wavelength is: 87. a) uds 0
3 3 3
h 2 1
b) ud 1
mv 3 3
6.626 1034 J·s 1 1
c) db 0
(2.53 1027 kg)(0.75c) 3 3
1.16 1015 m 2 2
d) cc 0
1.16 fm 3 3
qB 88. a) lambda (baryon)
84. f b) pion or rho (mesons)
2m
2mf c) b-zero (meson)
B
q d) eta-c (meson)
2(2.53 1027 kg)(23 106 Hz) 89. A neutron consists of udd, therefore an anti-
B
(1.6 1019 C) neutron is ud d
.
B 2.28 T 90. The mass of the top quark is
85. Electrons and protons with the same 176 103 MeV/c2
188.94 u. The element
de Broglie wavelength have the same 931.5 MeV/c2/u
with the closest atomic mass is osmium (Os),

h
momentum . Using Einstein’s
mv with an atomic mass of 190.2 u.
energy triangle and MeV units, for the 91. The pion has a quark combination of ud

electron: and a charge of e. Conversely, a pion has
(mvc)2 (m0c2 Ek)2 (m0c2)2 the combination u d, and its charge is
(mvc)2 (0.511 MeV 9 103 MeV)2

2 1
e e e.
(0.511 MeV)2 3 3
mvc 9.0005 GeV
d
92.
t
The proton has an equal mvc, so v
(9000.5 MeV)2 (938.27 MeV Ek)2 2.4 1015 m

t
(938.27 MeV)2 3 108 m/s
938.27 MeV Ek
t 8 1024 s

(9000.5 MeV) 2
MeV)
(938.27 2 93. a) Two protons approach and exchange a vir-
Ek 8951.47 MeV 938.27 MeV tual meson, then recoil from each other.
Ek 8.1 GeV b) An atom sits at rest, then one of its elec-
86. Using the energy equation mc2 m0c2 Ek to trons drops to a lower energy level and
find the dilated mass of the proton, emits a photon, so the atom is pushed in
Ek the opposite direction.
m m0 c) A pion decays into a muon and a muon
c2
400 MeV neutrino.
m 938.27 MeV/c 2
c2
m 1338.27 MeV/c 2
m 2.3856 1027 kg
1
p→ n
94. Antiproton decay: W →n
1 e v
0
98. The charge of the strange quark, s, is and
3
t 2
the charge of the anticharm quark, c, is .
e v
3
1 2
The charge of the meson is: 1
3 3
n 99. The charge of the baryon is
W–
2 2 1
ttb 1
3 3 3
100. The blue quark could either emit a
p
blue-antigreen gluon or absorb a green-
antiblue gluon.
x
t
95. For a neutron and a proton, the interaction is:
p n→p n Blue
udu Proton ddu Neutron Green Green

Blue-
antigreen
u gluon
u
π0 Blue
udu Proton ddu Neutron
x
x
96. In the reaction p → n π , the energy associ-
ated with the mass difference is:
E (mp mn)c2
From Einstein’s energy relationship,
E2 [(mp mn)c2]2
E2 p2c2 m02c4
p2c2 E2 (m0c2)2
p2c2 (939.6 MeV 938.3 MeV)2
(139.6 MeV)2
p c 19 486.5 MeV
2 2
p2 2.165 1013 N2·s2

This result does not have a solution in the real
numbers, so the momentum, p, is imaginary
(or virtual).
97. For a strange, s, quark and an antistrange, s,
quark, the two new quarks created at the bro-
ken ends could be u and u or d and
d , accord-
ing to ss → su
su or sd
sd. These particles
are known as mesons.

Solutions Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Solutions Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

B OOK TWO

NELSON First Folio Resource Group

Project Editor Proofreading and Copy Editing

COPYRIGHT © 2003 by Nelson, a ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this

Every effort has been made to trace

I Solutions to Applying the Concepts Questions II Answers to

Table of Contents iii

Section 1.3 3. a) Since the question asks for the car’s

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 1

a 7.7 105 m/s2

d1 (0 m/s 8.0 m/s)(3.0 s) Substituting equation 1 into equation 2,

over the second interval,

1 Substituting equation 1 into equation 2,

2 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 3

6 m/s For segment 3,

4 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 5

6 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

b) From a), we know that the applied force, G(2m1)m2

v22  v12 r22 2rEarthr2  rEarth2 0

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 7

a y (15 m/s2) sin 56° [N] vf (25.3 m/s)  2

x (15 m/s2) cos 56° [E]

8 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

180°  53°  37° (supplementary Fnet

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 9

10 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

dx (97.2 m/s) sin 25°(2.0 s) Section 2.4

stove does not move.

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 11

Fnetx (25 N) sin 16° F2 x

(35 N) sin 40°  45 N 103.6 N

Fnet (15.6 N)  2

12 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 13

14 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 15

7. G 6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2

16 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Tv T sin 60° 0.65 m

Tv (1.0 104 N) sin 60°

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 17

18 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

0 r1F1 sin 1 r2F2 sin 2  r3F3 sin 3

1 2 3 0

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 19

3 306 N [up]

45° a) m  b  s 0

(rLFL sin 45°) Fm 5.57 103 N (tension)

20 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 21

22 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 23

24 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 25

p3f2 (1.0 kg·m/s)2 (1.0 kg·m/s)2 

26 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

c) The total momentum before and after

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 27

28 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 29

30 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

a 7.7 105 m/s2

d1 (0 m/s 8.0 m/s)(3.0 s) Substituting equation 1 into equation 2,

v22 v12 r22 2rEarthr2 rEarth2 0

a y (15 m/s2) sin 56° [N] vf (25.3 m/s) 2

180° 53° 37° (supplementary Fnet

dx (97.2 m/s) sin 25°(2.0 s) Section 2.4

(35 N) sin 40° 45 N 103.6 N

Fnet (15.6 N) 2

7. G 6.67 1011 N·m2/kg2

0 r1F1 sin 1 r2F2 sin 2 r3F3 sin 3

1 2 3 0

45° a) m b s 0

(rLFL sin 45°) Fm 5.57 103 N (tension)

p3f2 (1.0 kg·m/s)2 (1.0 kg·m/s)2

(9.0 109 N·m2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)2(2)(79)

(5.10 107 m)(1.1 m) (6.25 10 m) 2

5.6 106 m m 55.5

(3)(7.13 107 m)(1.1 m) w

2(0.52) (5.5 106 m)

2 5.5 10 m6 2.59 106 m

(1.0 103 m) 2.59 106 m

2.59 106 m 8.396 106 m

3.0 108 m/s

W0 4.64 1019 J 2.14 107 m

E 1.27 1017 J 2.15 1018 J

6.626 1034 J·s nf2 ni2

(1.673 1027 kg)(1 106 m/s)

mRLv0 mRvR2 mLvR2 v

3.0 108 m/s

0 (s)2 c2(t)2 (x)2

v (2.96 104 m/s)2

v2 4vc 4c2 4c2 4v2 Therefore, there is a much greater increase in

me 1.7 102 m/s/ca

(1.6 10 C)(5.0 105 T)

(3.0 108 m/s)2 36v2 35c 2

The protons are travelling 9.38 106 m/s

7.04 108 a 4.45 10 a

Section 14.2 (0.3010)(1.196 109 a1)

2. Since AZX → A4

3. Since AZ X → AZ1Ye: Section 14.4

4. Since AZ X → AZ1Ye: unobservable annual dosage 360 mSv

2 4 8 16 32 128 256 (29 000 Bq/kg) (365 24 60 60 s)